Skip to main content

Full text of "Lebanon Valley College Catalog"

See other formats


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2011  with  funding  from 

LYRASIS  Members  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://www.archive.org/details/lebanonvalley197273leba 


LEBANON  VALLEY  COLLEGE 


bulletin 


Lebanon  Valley  College  Bul- 
letin. Published  quarterly 
by  Lebanon  Valley  College, 
Laughlin  Hall,  Annville, 
Pennsylvania  17003 


Volume  V,  Number  4, 
Winter,  1971 


The  College  reserves  the 
right  to  change  any  provisions 
or  requirements  at  any  time 
within  the  student's  term  of 
residence. 


Second  class  postage  paid 
at  Annville,  Pennsylvania  17003 


CALENDAR  1971 


JANUARY 

FEBRUARY 

MARCH 

APRIL 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

1    2 

12    3    4    5    6 

12    3    4    5    6 

12    3 

3    4    5    6    7    8    9 

7    8    9  10  11  12  13 

7    8    9  1011  12  13 

4    5    6    7    8    9   10 

10  11  12  13  14  1516 

14  15  16  17  18  19  20 

14  15  161718  19  20 

11  12  13  14  15  16  17 

17  18  19  20  21  22  23 

21  22  23  24  25  26  27 

21  22  23  24  25  26  27 

18  19  20  21  22  23  24 

24  25  26  27  28  29  30 
31 

28 

28  29  30  31 

25  26  27  28  29  30 

MAY 

JUNE 

JULY 

AUGUST 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

1 

12    3    4    5 

12    3 

12    3    4    5    6    7 

2    3    4    5    6    7    8 

6    7    8    9  10  11  12 

4    5    6    7    8    9  10 

8    9  1011  12  13  14 

9  10  11  12  13  14  15 

13  14  15  16  17  18  19 

11  12  13  14  15  16  17 

15  16  17  18  19  20  21 

16  17  18  19  20  21  22 

20  21  22  23  24  25  26 

18  19  20  21  22  23  24 

22  23  24  25  26  27  28 

23  24  25  26  27  28  29 

27  28  29  30 

25  26  27  28  29  30  31 

29  30  31 

30  31 

SEPTEMBER 

OCTOBER 

NOVEMBER 

DECEMBER 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

12    3    4 

1    2 

12    3    4    5    6 

12    3    4 

5    6    7    8    9  10 11 

3    4    5    6    7    8    9 

7    8    9  1011  12  13 

5    6    7    8    9  10  11 

12  13  1415  1617  18 

10  11  12  13  14  15  16 

14  15  161718  19  20 

12  13  14  15  1617  18 

19  20  21  22  23  24  25 

17  18  19  20  21  22  23 

21  22  23  24  25  26  27 

19  20  21  22  23  24  25 

26  27  28  29  30 

24  25  26  27  28  29  30 
31 

28  29  30 

26  27  28  29  30  31 

CALENDAR  1972 


JANUARY 

FEBRUARY 

MARCH 

APRIL 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

1 

12    3    4    5 

12    3    4 

1 

2    3    4    5    6    7    8 

6    7    8    9  10  11  12 

5    6    7    8    9  10  11 

2    3    4    5    6    7    8 

9  10  11  12  13  14  15 

13  14  15  1617  18  19 

12  13  14  15  1617  18 

9  10  11  12  13  14  15 

16  17  18  19  20  21  22 

20  21  22  23  24  25  26 

19  20  21  22  23  24  25 

16  17  18  19  20  21  22 

23  24  25  26  27  28  29 

27  28  29 

26  27  28  29  30  31 

23  24  25  26  27  28  29 

30  31 

30 

MAY 

JUNE 

JULY 

AUGUST 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

12    3    4    5    6 

12    3 

1 

12    3    4    5 

7    8    9  1011  12  13 

4    5    6    7    8    9  10 

2    3    4    5    6    7    8 

6    7    8    9  10  11  12 

14  15  16  17  18  19  20 

11  12  13  14  15  1617 

9  1011  12  1314  15 

13  14  15  16  17  18  19 

21  22  23  24  25  26  27 

18  19  20  21  22  23  24 

16  17  18  19  20  21  22 

20  21  22  23  24  25  26 

28  29  30  31 

25  26  27  28  29  30 

23  24  25  26  27  28  29 
30  31 

27  28  29  30  31 

SEPTEMBER 

OCTOBER 

NOVEMBER 

DECEMBER 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

1    2 

12    3    4    5    6    7 

12    3    4 

1    2 

3    4    5    6    7    8    9 

8    9  10  11  12  13  14 

5    6    7    8    9  1011 

3    4    5    6    7    8    9 

10  11  12  13  14  15  16 

15  16  17  18  19  20  21 

12  13  14  15  1617  18 

10  11  12  13  14  15  16 

17  18  19  20  21  22  23 

22  23  24  25  26  27  28 

19  20  21  22  23  24  25 

17  18  19  20  21  22  23 

24  25  26  27  28  29  30 

29  30  31 

26  27  28  29  30 

24  25  26  27  28  29  30 
31 

COLLEGE  CALENDAR  1971/1972 

1971  First  Semester 

Sept.     8-10  Wednesday  through  Friday Faculty  retreat 

11  Saturday    Board  of  Trustees  retreat 

13-15  Monday  through  Wednesday Orientation  for  new  students 

14, 15  Tuesday,  Wednesday Registration 

16  Thursday,  8:00  a.m Classes  begin 

16  Thursday,  11 :00  a.m Opening  College  Convocation 

Oct.  5  Tuesday,  11:00  a.m Religion  and  Life  Lecture 

16  Saturday    Homecoming  Day 

26,  27  Tuesday,  Wednesday    Balmer  Showers  Lectureship 

Nov.  6  Saturday    Board  of  Trustees  meeting 

10  Wednesday     Mid-semester  grades  due 

24  Wednesday,  1 :00  p.m Thanksgiving  vacation  begins 

29  Monday,  8:00  a.m Classes  resume 

Dec.        1-8  Wednesday  through  Wednesday   ...  Pre-registration  for  second  semester 

17  Friday,  5:00  p.m Christmas  vacation  begins 

1972 

Jan.  3  Monday,  8:00  a.m Classes  resume 

14  Friday,  5:00  p.m First  semester  classes  end 

15-18  Saturday  through  Tuesday Reading  period 

19-25  Wednesday  through  Tuesday First  semester  examinations 

25  Tuesday,  5:00  p.m First  semester  ends 

Second  Semester 

31  Monday    Registration 

Feb.  1  Tuesday,  8:00  a.m Classes  begin 

22  Tuesday,  11 :00  a.m Founders'  Day 

Mar.      3-12  Friday  through  Sunday Concert  Choir  tour 

13-16  Monday  through  Thursday Religious  Emphasis  Week 

24  Friday,  5:00  p.m Easter  vacation  begins 

Apr.  4  Tuesday,  8:00  a.m Classes  resume 

4  Tuesday,  11 :00  a.m Phi  Alpha  Epsilon  Day 

16  Sunday,  3:00  p.m Spring  Music  Festival,  Symphonic  Band 

18  Tuesday,  11 :00  a.m Religion' and  Life  Lecture 

19-26  Wednesday  through  Wednesday   ..  .Pre-registration  for  first  semester,  1972-1973, 

and  1972  summer  session 

30  Sunday,  3:00  p.m Spring  Music  Festival,  College  Chorus  and 

Symphony  Orchestra 

May    12-14  Friday  through  Sunday Second  Annual  Spring  Arts  Festival 

16  Tuesday,  11 :00  a.m Awards  and  Recognition  Day 

19  Friday,  5:00  p.m Second  semester  classes  end 

20-23  Saturday  through  Tuesday Reading  period 

24-30  Wednesday  through  Tuesday Second  semester  examinations 

30  Tuesday,  5:00  p.m Second  semester  ends 

June  2  Friday    Board  of  Trustees  meeting 

3  Saturday    Orientation  for  incoming  students 

4  Sunday,   9:00  a.m Baccalaureate  service 

4  Sunday,   11:00  a.m 103rd  Annual  Commencement 

1972  summer  session:  June  12-August  4 

3 


CALENDAR  1972 


JANUARY 

FEBRUARY 

MARCH 

APRIL 

S    M  T  W  T    F    S 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

1 

12    3    4    5 

12    3    4 

1 

2    3    4    5    6    7    8 

6    7    8    9  10  11  12 

5    6    7    8    9  10  11 

2    3    4    5    6    7    8 

9  10  11  12  13  14  15 

13  14  15  16  17  18  19 

12  13  14  15  1617  18 

9  10  11  12  13  14  15 

16  17  18  19  20  21  22 

20  21  22  23  24  25  26 

19  20  21  22  23  24  25 

16  17  18  19  20  21  22 

23  24  25  26  27  28  29 

27  28  29 

26  27  28  29  30  31 

23  24  25  26  27  28  29 

30  31 

30 

MAY 

JUNE 

JULY 

AUGUST 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

12    3    4    5    6 

12    3 

1 

12    3    4    5 

7    8    9  10  11  12  13 

4    5    6    7    8    9  10 

2    3    4    5    6    7    8 

6    7    8    9  1011  12 

14  15  16  171819  20 

11  12  13  14  15  1617 

9  10  11  12  13  14  15 

13  14  15  161718  19 

21  22  23  24  25  26  27 

18  19  20  21  22  23  24 

16  17  18  19  20  21  22 

20  21  22  23  24  25  26 

28  29  30  31 

25  26  27  28  29  30 

23  24  25  26  27  28  29 
30  31 

27  28  29  30  31 

SEPTEMBER 

OCTOBER 

NOVEMBER 

DECEMBER 

S    M  T  W  T    F    S 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

1    2 

12    3    4    5    6    7 

12    3    4 

1    2 

3    4    5    6    7    8    9 

8    9  10  11  12  13  14 

5    6    7    8    9  1011 

3    4    5    6    7    8    9 

10  11  12  13  14  15  16 

15  16  17  18  19  20  21 

12  13  14  15  1617  18 

10  11  12  13  14  15  16 

17  18  19  20  21  22  23 

22  23  24  25  26  27  28 

19  20  21  22  23  24  25 

17  18  19  20  21  22  23 

24  25  26  27  28  29  30 

29  30  31 

26  27  28  29  30 

24  25  26  27  28  29  30 
31 

CALENDAR  1973 


JANUARY 
S  M  T  W  T  F  S 
12  3  4  5  6 
7  8  9  10  11  12  13 
14  15  16  17  18  19  20 
21  22  23  24  25  26  27 
28  29  30  31 

MAY 

5  M    T   W    T    F    S 

12    3    4    5 

6  7  8  9  10  11  12 
13  14  15  16  17  18  19 
20  21  22  23  24  25  26 
27  28  29  30  31 

SEPTEMBER 
S  M  T  W  T  F  S 
1 
2  3  4  5  6  7  8 
9  10  11  12  13  14  15 
16  17  18  19  20  21  22 
23  24  25  26  27  28  29 
30 


FEBRUARY 
S    M    T   W    T    F    S 
12   3 

4  5  6  7  8  9  10 
11  12  13  14  15  16  17 
18  19  20  21  22  23  24 
25  26  27  28 

JUNE 

5  M    T   W    T    F    S 

1  2 
3  4  5  6  7  8  9 
10  11  12  13  14  15  16 
17  18  19  20  21  22  23 
24  25  26  27  28  29  30 

OCTOBER 
S  M  T  W  T  F  S 
12  3  4  5  6 
7  8  9  10  11  12  13 
14  15  16  17  18  19  20 
21  22  23  24  25  26  27 
28  29  30  31 


MARCH 
S    M    T    W    T    F    S 
12   3 

4  5  6  7  8  9  10 
11  12  13  14  15  16  17 
18  19  20  21  22^23  24 
25  26  27  28  29*30  31 

JULY 

5  M  T  W  T  F  S 
12  3  4  5  6  7 
8  9  10  11  12  13  14 
15  16  17  1819  20  21 
22  23  24  25  26  27  28 
29  30  31 

NOVEMBER 
S    M    T    W    T    F    S 
12   3 
4    5    6    7    8    9  10 
11  12  13  14  15  16  17 
18  19  20  21  22  23  24 
25  26  27  28  29  30 


APRIL 
S    M    T    W    T    F    S 
1^34567 

8  9  10  11  12  13  14 

15  16  17  18  19  20  21 

22  23  24  25  26  27  28 

29  30 

AUGUST 
S  M  T  W  T  F  S 
12  3  4 
5  6  7  8  9  10  11 
12  13  14  15  16  17  18 
19  20  21  22  23  24  25 
26  27  28  29  30  31 

DECEMBER 
S    M    T    W    T    F    S 
1 
2    3    4    5    6    7    8 

9  10  11  12  13  14  15 

16  17  18  19  20  21  22 

23  24  25*26  27  28  29 

30  31 


1972  COLLEGE  CALENDAR  1972/1973 

Aug.     31-  First  Semester 

Sept.       1  Thursday,   Friday    Faculty  retreat 

3  Sunday,  2:00  p.m Residence  halls  open  for  new  students 

4-6  Monday  through  Wednesday   Orientation  for  new  students 

5  Tuesday     Registration  by  new  students 

6  Wednesday Registration  by  upperclassmen 

7  Thursday,  8:00  a.m Classes  begin 

7  Thursday,  10:00  a.m Opening  College  Convocation 

9  Saturday    Board  of  Trustees  retreat 

27  Wednesday,  10:00  a.m Religion  and  Life  Lecture 

Oct.    24-25  Tuesday,  Wednesday Balmer  Showers  Lectureship 

25  Wednesday Mid-semester  grades  due 

28  Saturday    Homecoming 

Nov.         11  Saturday    Board  of  Trustees  meeting 

15-22  Wednesday  through  Wednesday  .  .  .  .Pre-registration  for  second  semester 

22  Wednesday,  1 :00  p.m Thanksgiving  vacation  begins 

27  Monday,  8:00  a.m Classes  resume 

Dec.         12  Tuesday,  5:00  p.m First  semester  classes  end 

13-14  Wednesday,  Thursday Reading  period 

15-21  Friday  through  Thursday First  semester  examinations 

21  Thursday,  5:00  p.m First  semester  ends 

1973  Second  Semester 

Jan.  14  Sunday,  2:00  p.m Residence  halls  open 

15  Monday    Registration 

16  Tuesday,   8:00   a.m Classes  begin 

Feb.  21  Wednesday,   10:00   a.m Founders'  Day 

Mar.  2  Friday,  5:00  p.m Spring  vacation  begins 

2-11  Friday  through  Sunday Concert  Choir  tour 

12  Monday,  8:00  a.m Classes  resume 

20-22  Tuesday  through  Thursday Religious  Emphasis  Week 

Apr.  4  Wednesday Phi  Alpha  Epsilon  Day 

4-11  Wednesday  through  Wednesday   ...  Pre-registration  for  first  semester,  1973-1974, 

and  1973  summer  session 

8  Sunday,  3:00  p.m Spring  Music  Festival,  Symphonic  Band 

and  Wind  Ensemble 

18  Wednesday,  10:00  a.m Religion  and  Life  Lecture 

19  Thursday,  5:00  p.m Easter  vacation  begins 

24  Tuesday,  8:00  a.m Classes  resume 

27-29  Friday  through  Sunday Third  Annual  Spring  Arts  Festival 

29  Sunday,  3:00  p.m Spring  Music  Festival,  College  Chorus 

and  Symphony  Orchestra 

May  2  Wednesday,  10:00  a.m Awards  and  Recognition  Day 

2  Wednesday,  5:00  p.m Second  semester  classes  end 

3-6  Thursday  through  Sunday Reading  period 

7-12  Monday  through  Saturday ,  .Second  semester  examinations 

12  Saturday,  5 :00  p.m Second  semester  ends 

18  Friday    Board  of  Trustees  meeting 

19  Saturday    Orientation  for  incoming  students 

20  Sunday,  9:00  a.m Baccalaureate  service 

20  Sunday,   11 :00   a.m 104th  Annual  Commencement 

1973  summer  session:  June  11-August  3 


mmmm 


\ 

V 

I  J 


Contents 


College  Profile 8 

College  History   9 

Accreditation    11 

Principles  and  Objectives 11 

Location  and  Environment 12 

Campus  Map   13 

Campus,  Buildings,  and  Equipment 14 

Support  and  Control    16 

Enrollment  Statistics   19 

Information  For  Prospective  Students 20 

Admission   21 

Student  Finances  23 

Financial  Aid    25 

Academic  Programs  and  Procedures 26 

Requirements  For  Degrees 27 

General  and  Distribution  Requirements    30 

The  College  Honors  Program 31 

Auxiliary    Schools    32 

Marine  Biology  Program 33 

Junior    Year    Abroad     33 

Academic    Procedures     34 

Administrative  Regulations 36 

Student  Activities 38 

The    Religious    Life    39 

Campus  Organizations    41 

Cultural  Opportunities   41 

Student   Government    42 

Athletics  and  Recreation 43 

Courses  of  Study  By  Departments   44 

Special  Plans  of  Study   98 

Directories 111 

Faculty  and  Administrative  Staff  112 

Board  of  Trustees 123 

General  Alumni  Organization   127 

Degrees  Conferred    129 

Student  Awards 1 34 

Correspondence  Directory 140 

Index 141 


College  Profile 


8 


COLLEGE  HISTORY 

Officials  of  the  East  Pennsylvania  Conference 
of  the  Church  of  the  United  Brethren  in 
Christ  were  acutely  embarrassed  in  the  spring 
of  1866.  Five  public-spirited  citizens  of  the 
town  of  Annville  had  come  to  Conference  on 
February  22  and  offered  as  a  gift  the  Annville 
Academy  building  on  Main  Street,  which  they 
had  bought  for  $4,500,  providing  that  the 
Conference  would  establish  and  maintain 
there  forever  an  institution  of  learning  of  high 
grade.  The  gift  was  accepted.  The  name 
Lebanon  Valley  College  was  chosen.  It  was 
decided  to  lease  the  property  to  someone 
qualified  to  operate  a  school.  The  opening 
date  was  set  -  May  7.  Planning  then  came  to 
a  stop,  for  they  could  find  no  one  to  take 
the  lease. 

That  was  the  situation  seven  weeks  before 
the  opening  date,  according  to  George  Wash- 
ington Miles  Rigor,  whose  short  account  is 
the  earliest  extant  history  of  Lebanon  Valley 
College.  There  was  no  college  graduate  in 
the  whole  Conference,  and  a  poll  of  Otter- 
bein  College  graduates  failed  to  turn  up  a 
prospect.  Rigor,  a  United  Brethren  minister 
who  had  attended  college  for  only  three 
years,  stepped  into  the  breach.  He  enlisted 
the  cooperation  of  a  neighbor,  Thomas  R. 
Vickroy,  a  Methodist  minister  and  graduate 
of  Dickinson  College.  They  took  over  the  lease 
as  partners  for  the  next  five  years,  Vickroy  to 
run  the  school  and  Rigor  to  act  as  Agent. 
The  building  was  readied  and  Lebanon  Valley 
College  opened  on  May  7,  as  scheduled,  with 
49  students  enrolled.  From  its  first  day  it  was 
coeducational. 

President  Vickroy's  term  was  marked  by 
action.  Eleven  acres  were  added  to  the  "lot 
and  a  half  of  ground"  conveyed  by  the  origi- 
nal deed.  A  spacious  four-story  building  was 
erected.  A  charter  was  granted  by  the  Com- 


monwealth of  Pennsylvania.  A  faculty  was 
hired.  A  complete  college  curriculum,  based 
on  the  classics  but  including  music  and  art, 
was  established,  and  two  classes  were  gradu- 
ated before  Vickroy  gave  up  his  lease  in  1871. 
The  College  was  not  leased  again  but  con- 
tinued operations  through  a  Board  of  Trustees. 

The  five  presidents  during  the  next  25 
years  had  great  difficulty  in  keeping  the 
College  financially  afloat,  due  to  lack  of  sup- 
port ranging  from  apathy  to  open  opposi- 
tion. There  was  some  progress.  A  library 
was  established  in  1874,  and  a  college  news- 
paper appeared  in  1888.  However,  in  the  fall 
of  1896,  the  school  was  debt-ridden,  living 
from  hand  to  mouth,  with  an  enrollment  of 
only  80. 

The  administration  of  President  Hervin  U. 
Roop,  starting  in  1897,  marked  the  first  real 
period  of  expansion.  Under  his  leadership, 
five  new  buildings  were  erected,  including  a 
library  donated  by  Andrew  Carnegie,  and  the 
Administration  Building  was  re-built  after  a 
disastrous  fire  on  Christmas  Eve,  1904.  By 
1905,  enrollment  had  soared  to  470,  with  a 
faculty  of  23. 

Loss  of  public  confidence  and  financial  sup- 
port prompted  Roop's  resignation  in  1905 
and  the  College  faced  its  darkest  days.  Bank- 
ruptcy was  averted  by  the  keen  business 
sense  and  personal  generosity  of  President 
Lawrence  Keister,  who  served  from  1907  to 
1912. 

President  George  D.  Gossard  finally  gave 
the  College  stability  when  he  achieved  for  it 
accreditation  and  a  million  dollar  endowment 
fund,  the  income  from  which  was  to  form  the 
financial  cushion  dreamed  of  by  all  the  presi- 
dents before  him.  By  the  end  of  his  20-year 
term  in  1932,  there  were  653  students  and 
32  faculty  members.  Most  important,  the  Con- 
servatory of  Music  was  accredited  by  the  Com- 
monwealth  for  its  program   in   public  school 


music,   marking  the   start   of   an   outstanding 
academic  department. 

Following  Dr.  Gossard's  death  in  1932,  Dr. 
Clyde  A.  Lynch  faced  a  series  of  external  crises 
which  lasted  throughout  his  18  years  as  presi- 
dent. The  stock  market  crash  shrank  the 
handsome  endowment  raised  by  his  predeces- 
sor. The  Depression  of  the  1930's  reduced  the 
enrollment  and  World  War  II  lowered  it  still 
further;  the  post-war  influx  of  veterans  then 
stretched  it  to  more  than  capacity.  In  spite  of 
these  trials,  Dr.  Lynch's  administration  began 
buying  property  adjacent  to  the  campus  to 
allow  for  future  expansion.  It  also  raised  over 
a  half  million  dollars,  part  of  which  was  to  be 
used  for  a  new  physical  education  building. 
This  building,  still  unfinished  at  the  time  of 
Lynch's  death  in  1950,  was  named  in  his  honor 
upon  completion. 

The  twelfth  president  of  the  College,  Fred- 
eric K.  Miller,  served  for  almost  17  years. 
During  his  term,  inflation  caused  mushroom- 
ing costs,  but  the  so-called  "tidal  wave  of 
students"  made  possible  selective  admissions. 
The  greatest  physical  expansion  in  the  history 
of  the  College  occurred,  with  seven  new 
buildings  erected  and  several  renovated.  Two 
major  fund-raising  drives  were  concluded  suc- 
cessfully. Enrollment  increased  by  60%,  with 
a  corresponding  increase  in  faculty  and  ad- 
ministrative staff.  The  Centennial  of  the  found- 
ing of  the  College  was  observed  by  a  year- 
long series  of  events. 

On  April  1,  1967,  Dr.  Miller  retired,  and 
Allan  W.  Mund,  President  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees,  became  Acting  President.  It  was  not 
until  February  3,  1968,  that  Frederick  P. 
Sample  was  selected  by  the  board  to  become 
thirteenth  president  of  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege. When  Dr.  Sample  assumed  office  on 
September  1,  1968,  Lebanon  Valley  College 
faced  its  second  century  as  a  fully-accredited, 
church-related,  coeducational  college  of  the 
liberal  arts  and  sciences,  occupying  a  35-acre 
campus  of  26  buildings,  and  supporting  an 
enrollment  of  900  and  a  full-time  faculty  of  58. 
In  the  years  since  then,  the  College  has  con- 
tinued to  grow  in  acres  and  buildings,  in  stu- 
dents and  faculty.  This  growth  is  reaching  its 
culmination  in  the  1970's  with  the  multi-mil- 


lion dollar  ambitions  of  the  Fund  for  Fulfill- 
ment. 

Just  as  the  College  has  changed  through 
the  years,  so  has  the  Church  of  the  United 
Brethren  in  Christ  which  gave  it  birth  and  of- 
fered its  support.  Organized  in  1800  as  the 
first  Christian  church  indigenous  to  the 
United  States,  the  denomination  merged  with 
the  Evangelical  Church  to  become  the  Evan- 
gelical United  Brethren  Church  in  1946.  In 
April,  1968,  this  body  joined  with  the  Metho- 
dist Church  to  form  the  United  Methodist 
Church. 

In  looking  to  its  second  century,  Lebanon 
Valley  College  is  conscious  of  the  dream  of 
its  forefathers  that  it  be  "an  institution  of 
learning  of  high  grade."  It  aims  to  be  essen- 
tially what  it  is  now,  a  relatively  small  college 
of  the  liberal  arts  and  sciences  that  takes  its 
Christian  origins  seriously. 


Presidents  of  Lebanon  Valley  College 

Rev.  Thomas  Rees  Vickroy,  Ph.D. 
1866-1871 

Lucian  H.  Hammond,  A.M. 
1871-1876 

Rev.  D.  D.  DeLong,  A.M. 
1876-1887 

Rev.  E.  S.  Lorenz,  A.M.,  B.D. 
1887-1889 

Rev.  Cyrus  J.  Kephart,  A.M. 
1889-1890 

E.  Benjamin  Bierman,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 
1890-1897 

Rev.  Hervin  U.  Roop,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  LL.D. 
1897-1906 

Rev.  Abram  Paul  Funkhouser,  B.S. 

1906-1907 
Rev.  Lawrence  Keister,  S.T.B.,  D.D. 

1907-1912 
Rev.  George  Daniel  Gossard,  B.D.,  D.D.,  LL.D. 

1912-1932 
Rev.  Clyde  Alvin  Lynch,  A.M.,  B.D.,  D.D., 
Ph.D.,  LL.D. 

1932-1950 


10 


Frederic  K.  Miller,  MA,  Ph.D.,  Litt.D.,  D.H.L, 
D.Pd.,  LLD. 

Acting  President  1950-1951 
President  1951-1967 

Allan  W.Mund,  LLD. 

Acting  President  1967-1968 

Frederick  P.  Sample,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  D.Ed.,  Pd.D. 
1968- 

ACCREDITATION 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  accredited  by  the 
following  bodies: 

Middle  States  Association  of  Colleges  and 
Secondary  Schools 

Department   of  Education   of   Pennsylvania 

National  Association  of  Schools  of  Music 

American  Chemical  Society 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  member  of  the 
following  bodies: 

American  Council  on  Education 
Association  of  American  Colleges 
College  Entrance  Examination  Board 
College  Scholarship  Service 
Council  of  Protestant  Colleges  and 

Universities 
Pennsylvania  Foundation  for  Independent 

Colleges 
American  Association  of  Colleges  for 

Teacher  Education 
Pennsylvania  Association  of  Colleges  and 

Universities 
Eastern  Collegiate  Athletic  Conference 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  on  the  approved 
lists  of  the  Regents  of  the  University  of  the 
State  of  New  York  and  the  American  Associa- 
tion of  University  Women. 

PRINCIPLES  AND  OBJECTIVES 

The  aim  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  to  give  its 
students  the  opportunity  to  procure  a  liberal 
education  of  the  highest  quality.  That  is,  it 
seeks,  first  of  all,  to  acquaint  them  with  the 
basic  facts  and  principles  of  the  cultural  heri- 
tage of  mankind,  including  its  spiritual,  scien- 
tific, literary,  artistic,  and  social  elements. 
Second,  it  seeks  to  develop  in  its  students  the 
capacity  to  use  their  full  intellectual  resources 
in  dealing  with,  formulating  and  communicat- 


ing ideas,  and  making  reasoned  judgments. 
Third,  it  seeks  to  cultivate  those  qualities  of 
personality  and  character,  of  moral  and  social 
responsibility  and  concern,  that  characterize 
personal  maturity  and  constitute  the  basis  of  a 
free  society. 

The  aims  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  to  pro- 
vide a  liberal  education  are  set  within  the 
context  of  commitment  to  the  Christian  faith 
and  Christian  values,  and  are  ordered  by  the 
conviction  that  sincere  faith  and  significant 
learning  are  inseparable,  that  all  truth  has  its 
origin  and  end  in  God,  and  that,  therefore, 
learner  and  teacher  alike  not  only  can  be,  but 
must  be  free  to  subject  all  claims  to  truth  and 
value,  both  religious  and  secular,  to  the  tests 
of  honest  and  humble  inquiry,  analysis,  reflec- 
tion, and  redefinition.  And  implicit  in  this 
conviction  is  the  correlate  that  keeping  the 
doors  open  for  exploration  and  application  of 
Christian  truth  and  value  does  not  bar  the  way 
to  the  exploration  of  the  truth  and  value  to 
be  found  in  other  religious  and  philosophical 
traditions  of  mankind.  Finally,  in  the  Christian 
understanding  of  man  as  a  creature  of  God  is 
found  the  basis  of  the  College's  concern  for 
all  its  members  as  persons,  as  God-related  as 
well  as  man-related  and  world-related  beings. 
Thus  through  commitment  to  the  ideal  of 
Christian  higher  education  does  the  College 
seek  to  serve  the  Church  and  the  Christian 
community  which   nourishes  and  sustains   it. 

In  its  policy  of  providing  programs  of  a 
professional  and  pre-professional  nature,  Leb- 
anon Valley  College  does  not  seek  simply  to  ' 
help  educate  persons  who  will  make  their 
own  useful  contribution  to  the  work  of  the 
world  and  to  the  service  of  mankind  in  certain 
professions  and  vocation.  The  College  insists 
that  for  its  students  engaged  in  such  prepara- 
tion the  purposes  of  a  Christian  liberal  educa- 
tion apply  completely  and  must  be  neither  ig- 
nored nor  deprecated  for  the  sake  of  techni- 
cal or  utilitarian  ends  or  in  the  name  of  prag- 
matic or  material  values.  A  liberally  educated 
professional  is  a  more  complete  person,  when 
through  his  practice  his  knowledge  and  inter- 
ests are  applied  and  made  relevant  to  the 
world. 


11 


It  is  in  relation  to  these  general  principles 
that  the  following  more  specific  educational 
objectives  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  are  to 
be  understood: 

1.  To  provide  an  opportunity  for  qualified 
young  people  to  procure  a  liberal  educa- 
tion and  to  develop  their  total  personali- 
ties under  Christian  influences. 

2.  To  help  provide  the  church  with  capa- 
ble and  enlightened  leaders,  both  clerical 
and  lay. 

3.  To  foster  Christian  ideals  and  to  encourage 
faithfulness  to  the  Church  of  the  student's 
choice. 


4.  To  help  train  well-informed,  intelligent, 
and  responsible  citizens,  qualified  for 
leadership  in  community,  state,  and  nation. 

5.  To  provide  pre-professional  students  with 
the  broad  preliminary  training  recom- 
mended by  professional  schools  and  pro- 
fessional associations. 

6.  To  provide,  in  an  atmosphere  of  liberal 
culture,  partial  or  complete  training  for 
certain  professions  and  vocations. 

7.  To  provide  opportunity  for  gifted  students 
to  pursue  independent  study  for  the  pur- 
pose of  developing  their  intellectual 
powers  to  the  maximum. 


LOCATION  AND  ENVIRONMENT 


Lebanon  Valley  College  is  located  in  Ann- 
ville,  Lebanon  County,  Pennsylvania,  twenty 
miles  east  of  Harrisburg  and  five  miles  west 
of  Lebanon.  The  campus  faces  U.S.  Highway 
422  on  the  south  and  Pennsylvania  Highway 
934  on  the  west.  Lebanon  Valley  College  is 
accessible  from  the  Pennsylvania  Turnpike 
using  the  Lebanon-Lancaster  Interchange, 
Pennsylvania  Highway  72,  and  Highway  322. 
Bus  service  between  Reading  and  Harris- 
burg over  Highway  422  provides  rail  and  air 
connections  at  Harrisburg  for  Philadelphia, 
New  York,  Baltimore,  Washington,  Pittsburgh, 
and  other  major  cities. 

ROCHESTER  365  miles 


BUFFALO  305  miles 


CLEVELAND  345  miles 


Annville  is  a  residential  community  of  about 
4000  people  situated  in  the  agricultural  coun- 
try of  the  Pennsylvania  Germans.  Of  historical 
significance  in  nearby  areas  are  the  Cornwall 
Charcoal  Furnace,  which  dates  back  to  1742 
and  which  supplied  cannonballs  for  Washing- 
ton's army,  and  the  adjacent  Cornwall  Ore 
Mines  which  are  still  operated  by  the  Beth- 
lehem Steel  Corporation;  the  Union  Canal 
Tunnel  (the  oldest  existing  canal  tunnel  in 
the  United  States)  and  remnants  of  the  locks 
used  from  1828  to  1885  by  the  canal  which 
provided  access  from  the  Susquehanna  River 
to  Philadelphia;  and  the  first  municipal  water 
works  in  America  at  Schaefferstown. 


BOSTON   365  miles 


PITTSBURGH  210   miles 


ALLENTOWN   70   miles 


HAGERSTOWN   95 


PHILADELPHIA  80   miles 
\     \ 
WILMINGTON   00  miles 


\ 


BALTIMORE  100   miles 

/  ATLANTIC   CITY  145   miles 

WASHINGTON   125  miles 


CHURCH^*   STREET 


0/ 


Parking 


Traffic  Light 
WEST  MAIN  STREET 


<v       Parking 


U.S.  Highway  422  To  Palmyra  •  Hershey 

To  Route  322  -  Route  72  -  Turnpike 


EAST  MAIN  STREET      To  Lebanon  -  Readu 


Administration  Building      1 

Art  Building     7 

Carnegie  Lounge     2 

Center  Hall      29 

Central  Heating  Plant     8 

Chapel      13 

College  Center     21 

Dormitory  (New)     32 

East  College     27 

EngleHall      12 

Faculty    Offices,    104    College 

Ave.      31 
Faculty    Offices,    112    College 

Ave.      26 


Faculty    Offices,    130    College 

Ave.      33 
Funkhouser  Hall      30 
Gossard  Memorial  Library     3 
Mary  Capp  Green  Hall      19 
Hammond  Hall      25 
Infirmary     28 
Keister  Hall      24 
Kreider  Hall      4 
Laughlin  Hall      9 
Lynch  Memorial  Building 

(Gymnasium)      14 
Maintenance  Building      6 


Music  Annex  I      34 
Music  Annex  II      35 
North  College      22 
Saylor  Hall      23 
Science  Hall      5 
Sheridan  Hall      15 
South  Hall      10 
United  Methodist  Church 
Vickroy  Hall      20 
Wagner  House      18 
West  Hall      17 
West  Hall  Annex      16 


11 


13 


CAMPUS,  BUILDINGS,  AND 
EQUIPMENT 

The  campus  of  60  acres  is  situated  in  the 
center  of  Annville.  The  college  plant  consists 
of  34  buildings  including: 

The  Administration  Building  —  Administrative 
offices  (President,  Vice  President  and  Dean 
of  the  College,  and  Vice  President  and  Con- 
troller) are  located  on  the  main  floor.  The  re- 
mainder of  the  building  is  devoted  to  class- 
rooms, laboratories,  faculty  offices,  and  admin- 
istrative services. 

Gossard  Memorial  Library  —  The  Gossard  Me- 
morial Library  was  opened  in  June,  1957.  The 
more  than  101,000  volumes  include  an  excel- 
lent collection  of  standard  reference  works 
and  bound  periodicals.  In  addition  to  re- 
sources used  by  the  various  departments  of 
the  College,  a  diversified  collection  of  peri- 
odicals is  available. 

The  Hiram  Herr  Shenk  Collection  (which 
includes  the  Heilman  Library)  and  the  C.  B. 
Montgomery  Memorial  Collection  contain 
many  valuable  works  dealing  with  the  history 


and  customs  of  the  Pennsylvania  Germans. 
These  collections  are  housed  in  the  Historical 
Collection  Room  and  are  open  for  reference 
use  under  staff  supervision. 

A  separate  room  houses  the  archives  of  the 
Historical  Society  of  the  Eastern  Conference 
of  the  United  Methodist  Church.  The  materials 
in  this  collection  are  available  for  reference 
under  the  supervision  of  the  Conference 
Historian. 

Special  equipment  of  the  library  includes 
a  music  and  listening  room  outfitted  with 
turntables  and  earphones,  typing  booths  for 
students,  conference  rooms,  microfilm  reader- 
printers  (there  are  some  6,900  periodicals  on 
microfilm),  an  electrostatic  copier,  and  carrels 
for  individual  study.  In  addition  to  the  library 
proper,  the  building  contains  an  audio-visual 
room  equipped  with  a  loudspeaker  system 
and  adaptable  to  the  exhibiting  of  works  of  art. 
Chapel  —  This  building  houses  the  main  sanc- 
tuary and  meditation  chapel,  office  of  the 
Chaplain,  faculty  offices  of  departments  of 
religion  and  philosophy,  classrooms,  a  fellow- 
ship room,  and  offices  for  PROJECT  and  Delta 
Tau  Chi. 


14 


Engle  Hall  —  Engle  Hall  houses  the  depart- 
ment of  music  and  includes  an  auditorium, 
classrooms,  studios,  offices,  and  private  prac- 
tice rooms. 

Saylor  Hall  —  Practice  rooms  of  the  depart- 
ment of  music  are  located  in  Saylor  Hall. 

Carnegie  Building  — The  former  Carnegie  Li- 
brary now  houses  the  offices  of  the  Dean  of 
Men,  the  Dean  of  Women,  and  faculty  in 
secondary  education  as  well  as  the  admissions 
office  and  the  Teacher  Placement  Bureau. 

Science  Hall—  The  first  floor  of  Science  Hall 
contains  laboratories,  library,  class  and  con- 
ference rooms,  and  offices  of  the  department 
of  chemistry.  The  second  and  third  floors  are 
equipped  with  similar  facilities  and  a  green- 
house of  the  department  of  biology. 

Lynch  Memorial  Physical  Education  Building 

—  This  modern  plant  is  well  equipped  for 
physical  education,  recreation,  and  campus 
meetings.  It  also  houses  the  offices  of  the  de- 
partment of  economics  and  business  adminis- 
tration. 

Residence  Halls  — There  are  six  residence  halls 
for  women  (Centre,  Green,  North,  Vickroy, 
West,  and  the  new  dormitory  south  of  Funk- 
houser)  and  six  for  men  (East,  Funkhouser, 
Hammond,  Keister,  Sheridan,  and  West  Annex). 

The  College  Center  —  Within  the  College  Cen- 
ter are  located  the  college  dining  rooms, 
which  have  facilities  for  serving  all  resident 
students;  the  college  store  where  textbooks, 
school  supplies,  stationery,  clothing,  and  sou- 
venirs can  be  purchased;  a  central  information 
center  and  offices  for  the  College  Center  di- 
rector; and  a  277-seat  theater.  In  addition  the 
Center  contains  a  snack  shop,  a  TV  lounge,  a 
music  listening  room,  meeting  rooms,  lounges, 
a  darkroom  and  offices  for  the  student  news- 
paper and  the  college  yearbook. 

104  College  Avenue  — This  building  houses 
offices  of  the  department  of  foreign  lan- 
guages. 


112  College  Avenue  — This  building  provides 
offices  for  the  department  of  English. 

Wagner  House  —  A  lounge  for  faculty  and  pro- 
fessional staff  is  located  on  the  first  floor; 
overnight  rooms  for  guests  of  the  College  are 
on  the  second.  This  is  a  former  residence  at 
124  College  Ave. 

130  College  Avenue  —  On  the  first  floor  are 
the  offices  of  the  department  of  history  and 
political  science,  on  the  second  floor,  those 
of  the  department  of  sociology  and  a  seminar 
room. 

South  Hall  —  South  Hall  houses  the  office  of 
the  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  and  Regis- 
trar. 

Laughlin  Hall  — The  offices  of  the  College 
Relations  Area  (Alumni,  Development,  and 
Public  Relations)  are  located  in  Laughlin  Hall. 

Infirmary  —  Staffed  by  a  head  nurse  and  resi- 
dent nurses,  the  infirmary  is  available  to  all 
students.  The  College  physicians  are  on  call  at 
all  times. 


15 


SUPPORT  AND  CONTROL 

Lebanon  Valley  College  receives  support  au- 
thorized by  the  General  Conference  of  the 
United  Methodist  Church,  individual  congre- 
gations of  the  denomination  in  the  Eastern 
Pennsylvania  Conference  and  the  Central 
Pennsylvania  Conference,  endowments,  and 
the  Pennsylvania  Foundation  for  Independent 
Colleges.  Also,  since  at  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege as  at  most  other  institutions  of  higher 
learning  the  tuition  and  other  annual  charges 
paid  by  the  student  do  not  cover  the  total  cost 
of  his  education,  additional  income  is  derived 
through  the  Lebanon  Valley  College  Fund. 
The  Fund  is  supported  by  industry,  alumni, 
the  Board  of  Trustees,  parents  of  students,  and 
other  friends  of  the  College. 

Total  assets  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  are 
approximately  $14,000,000,  including  endow- 
ment funds  in  excess  of  $2,750,000.  Aside 
from  general  endowment  income  available 
for  unrestricted  purposes,  there  are  a  number 
of  special  funds  designated  for  specific  uses 
such  as  professorships,  scholarships,  and  the 
library. 

Control  of  the  College  is  vested  in  a 
Board  of  Trustees  composed  of  51  elected 
members,  27  of  whom  represent  church  con- 
ferences; 5  of  whom  represent  the  alumni  of 
the  institution;  5  of  whom  represent  the  fac- 
ulty; and  14  of  whom  are  elected  at  large. 

ENDOWMENT  FUNDS  (June  30,  1971) 

UNRESTRICTED 

For  General  Purposes 

RESTRICTED 

Professorship  Funds 

Chair  of  English  Bible  and  Greek  Testament 
Josephine  Bittinger  Eberly  Professorship  of 

Latin  Language  and  Literature 
John  Evans  Lehman  Chair  of  Mathematics 
The  Rev.  J.  B.  Weidler  Endowment  Fund 
The  Ford  Foundation 


Restricted  Other 

Bishop  J.  Balmer  Showers  Lectureship  Fund 
Karl  Milton  Karnegie  Fund 

Special  Fund— Faculty  Salaries 

The  Batdorf  Fund 

E.  N.  Funkhouser  Fund 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  C.  H.  Horn  Fund 

Mary  I.  Shumberger  Memorial  Fund 

Woodrow  W.  Waltermyer  Professorship  Fund 

Library  Funds 

Library  Fund  of  Class  of  1916 

Class  of  1956  Library  Endowment  Fund 

Dr.  Lewis  J.  and  Leah  Miller  Leiby  Library  Fund 

Maintenance  Funds 

Hiram  E.  Steinmetz  Memorial  Room  Fund 

Equipment  Funds 

Dr.  Warren  H.  Fake  and  Mabel  A.  Fake  Science 

Memorial  Fund 
Williams  Foundation  Endowment  Fund 

Publicity  Funds 

Harnish-Houser  Publicity  Fund 


16 


Scholarship  Funds 

Allegheny  Conference  C.E.  Scholarship  Fund 

A.F.S.  Scholarship  Fund 

Alumni  Scholarship  Fund 

Dorothy  Jean  Bachman  Scholarship  Fund 

Lillian  Merle  Bachman  Scholarship  Fund 

Baltimore  Fifth  Church,  Otterbein  Memorial 

Sunday  School  Scholarship  Fund 
E.  M.  Baum  Scholarship  Fund 
Andrew  and  Ruth  Bender  Scholarship  Fund 
Cloyd  and  Mary  Bender  Scholarship  Fund 
Biological  Scholarship  Fund 
Eliza  Bittinger  Scholarship  Fund 
Mary  A.  Bixler  Scholarship  Fund 
I.  T.  Buffington  Scholarship  Fund 
Alice  Evers  Burtner  Memorial  Award  Fund 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  D.  Clark  Carmean  Scholarship 

Fund 
Collegiate  Scholarship  Fund  of  Evangelical 

United  Brethren  Church 
Isaiah  H.  Daugherty  and  Benjamin  P.  Raab 

Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
Senator  James  J.  Davis  Scholarship  Fund 
William  E.  Duff  Scholarship  Fund 
Derickson  Scholarship  Fund 
East  Pennsylvania  Conference  C.E.  Scholarship 

Fund 
East  Pennsylvania  Branch  W.S.W.S.  Scholarship 

Fund 
Samuel  F.  and  Agnes  F.  Engle  Scholarship  Fund 
M.  C.  Favinger  and  Wife  Scholarship  Fund 
Fred  E.  Foos  Scholarship  Fund 
C.  C.  Gingrich  Scholarship  Fund 
G.  D.  Gossard  and  Wife  Scholarship  Fund 
Margaret  Verda  Graybill  Memorial  Scholarship 

Fund 
Peter  Graybill  Scholarship  Fund 
Jacob  F.  Greasly  Scholarship  Fund 
Hilda  Hafer  Scholarship  Fund 
Harrisburg  Otterbein  Church  of  The  United 

Brethren  In  Christ  Scholarship  Fund 
Harrisburg  Otterbein  Sunday  School 

Scholarship  Fund 
Alice  M.  Heagy  Scholarship  Fund 
J.  M.  Heagy  and  Wife  Scholarship  Fund 
Bertha  Foos  Heinz  Scholarship  Fund 
Harvey  E.  Herr  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
Edwin  M.  Hershey  Scholarship  Fund 
Merle  M.  Hoover  Scholarship  Fund 
judge  S.  C.  Huber  Scholarship  Fund 


Cora  Appleton  Huber  Scholarship  Fund 

H.  S.  Immel  Scholarship  Fund 

Henry  G.  and  Anna  S.  Kauffman  and  Family 

Scholarship  Fund 
John  A.  H.  Keith  Fund 
Barbara  June  Kettering  Scholarship  Fund 
Rev.  and  Mrs.  J.  E.  and  Rev.  A.  H.  Kleffman 

Scholarship  Fund 
Dorothea  Killinger  Scholarship  Fund 
A.  S.  Kreider  Ministerial  Scholarship  Fund 
W.  E.  Kreider  Scholarship  Fund 
Maud  P.  Laughlin  Scholarship  Fund 
Lebanon  Steel  Foundry  Foundation 

Scholarship  Fund 
The  Lorenz  Benevolent  Fund 
Mrs.  Edwin  M.  Loux  Scholarship  Fund 
Lykens  Otterbein  Church  Scholarship  Fund 
Mechanicsburg  U.B.  Sunday  School 

Scholarship  Fund 
Medical  Scholarship  Fund 
Elizabeth  Meyer  Endowment  Fund 
Elizabeth  May  Meyer  Musical  Scholarship  Fund 
Mrs.  Elizabeth  H.  Millard  Memorial 

Scholarship  Fund 
Harry  E.  Miller  Scholarship  Fund 
Bishop  J.  S.  Mills  Scholarship  Fund 
The  Ministerial  Student  Aid  Gift  Fund  of 

The  Evangelical  United  Brethren  Church 
Germaine  B.  Monteux  Memorial  Scholarship 

Fund 
Elizabeth  A.  Mower  Beneficiary  Fund 
Neidig  Memorial  Church  Ministerial 

Scholarship  Fund 
Grace  U.B.  Church  of  Penbrook, 

Penna.  Scholarship  Fund 
Pennsylvania  Branch  W.S.W.S.  Scholarship 

Fund  in  Memory  of  Dr.  Paul  E.  V.  Shannon 
Pennsylvania  Conference  C.E.  Scholarship 

Fund 
Pennsylvania  Conference  Youth  Fellowship 

Scholarship  Fund 
People's  National   Bank  of  Lebanon  Achieve- 
ment Award  in  Economics 
Philadelphia  Lebanon  Valley  College  Alumni 

Scholarship  Fund 
Rev.  H.  C.  Phillips  Scholarship  Fund 
Sophia  Plitt  Scholarship  Fund 
Quincy  Evangelical  United  Brethren 

Orphanage  and  Home  Scholarship  Fund 


17 


Ezra  G.  Ranck  and  Wife  Scholarship  Fund 
Levi  S.  Reist  Scholarship  Fund 
G.  A.  Richie  Scholarship  Fund 
Emmett  C.  Roop  Scholarship  Fund 
Reynaldo  Rovers  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
Harvey  L.  Seltzer  Scholarship  Fund 
Mary  Ann  Ocker  Spital  Scholarship  Fund 
Rev.  and  Mrs.  Cawley  H.  Stine  Scholarship 

Fund 
Dr.  Alfred  D.  Strickler  and  Louise  Kreider 

Strickler  Pre-Medical  Scholarship  Fund 
Washington,  D.  C.  Memorial  E.U.B.  Ministerial 

Scholarship  Fund 
Henry  L.  Wilder  Scholarship  Fund 
Jacob  C.  Winter  Memorial  Scholarship 

Student  Loan  Funds 
Mary  A.  Dodge  Loan  Fund 
Daniel  Eberly  Scholarship  Fund 

Prize  Funds 

Bradford  C.  Alban  Memorial  Award  Fund 

The  L.  G.  Bailey  Award 

Henry  H.  Baish  Memorial  Fund 

Andrew  Bender  Memorial  Chemistry  Fund 


The  Class  of  1964  Quittapahilla  Award  Fund 

Governor  James  H.  Duff  Award 

The  French  Club  Prize  Fund 

Florence  Wolf  Knauss  Memorial  Award  in 

Music 
La  Vie  Collegienne  Award  Fund 
Max  F.  Lehman  Fund 
The  David  E.  Long  Memorial  Fund 
Germaine  Benedictus  Monteux  Music  Award 
Pickwell  Memorial  Music  Award 
The  Rosenberry  Award 
Wallace-Light-Wingate  Award 
The  Salome  Wingate  Sanders  Award  in 

Music  Education 

Annuity  Funds 

Paul  F.  Fulk  and  Margaret  M.  Fulk 

Rev  A.  H.  Kleffman  and  Erma  L.  Kleffman 

E.  Roy  Line  Annuity 

Ruth  Detwiler  Rettew  Annuity  Fund 

Life  Income  Agreements 

Lutz  Memorial  Trust 


18 


ENROLLMENT  STATISTICS 

SUMMARY  OF  COLLEGE  YEAR,  1970-1971  -  CUMULATIVE 

DAY-TIME  FULL-TIME                           PART-TIME  TOTAL 

Degree  Students  Men     Women    Total           Men     Women    Total  Men  Women  Total 

Seniors    104           88         192                6  11  17  110  99  209 

Juniors 114         106         220                3  4  7  117  110  227 

Sophomores 139         107         246                0  3  3  139  110  249 

Freshmen    183         125         308               3  0  3  186  125  311 

Non-degree    _1          _2          _3           _10  _16  _26  _M  _18  _29 

Day-time  Total  ...  541         428         969              22  34  56  563  462  1025 

Evening-Campus    31  58  89  31  58  89 

University  Center 

at  Harrisburg   _281  _266  547  _281  _266  547 

Grand  Total 541         428         969            334  358  692  875  786  1661 

Names  Repeated   .     —4  —5  —9  —4  —5  —9 

Net  Total    54?         428         969           "330  ~353  ~683  871  781  1652 

*Music  Specials 12  26  38  12  26  38 

Summer  Session,  1971 

College   69  48  117  69  48  117 

*Music  Specials 13  19  32  13  19  32 

Names  Repeated   .  —4—5  —9  —4  —5  —9 

*  Not  included  in  totals 


SUMMARY  OF  FIRST  SEMESTER  - 1971-1972 

DAY-TIME  FULL-TIME                           PART-TIME 

Degree  Students  Men  Women  Total  Men     Women    Total 

Seniors 108  92  200  3  7           10 

Juniors    131  100  231  1  4             5 

Sophomores 127  101  228  4  0             4 

Freshmen    171  138  309  0  2             2 

Non-degree _1_  _4  _5^  _W  JI3           23 

Day-time  Total   ..  538  435  973  18  26           44 

Evening-Campus    11  39  50 

University  Center 

at  Harrisburg   _105  _135        _240 

Grand  Total   538  435  973  134  200         334 

Names  Repeated  .     -2  -8        -10 

Net  Total    538  435  973  132  192         324 

*Music  Specials   ....  9  27  36 
*  Not  included  in  totals 


TOTAL 

Men 

Women 

Total 

111 

99 

210 

132 

104 

236 

131 

101 

232 

171 

140 

311 

11 

17 

28 

556 

461 

1017 

11 

39 

50 

105 

135 

240 

672 

635 

1307 

-2 

-8 

-10 

670 

627 

1297 

9 

27 

36 

19 


Information  For 
Prospective  Students 


20 


ADMISSION 

Students  are  admitted  to  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege on  the  basis  of  scholarly  achievement,  in- 
tellectual capacity,  character,  personality,  and 
ability  to  profit  by  college  experience. 

GENERAL  INFORMATION 

1.  All  communications  concerning  admission 
should  be  addressed  to  the  Director  of 
Admissions,  "Lebanon  Valley  College,  Ann- 
ville,  Pennsylvania  17003. 

2.  Applications  should  be  submitted  as  early 
as  possible  in  the  latter  part  of  the  junior  or 
the  beginning  of  the  senior  year  of  high 
school  or  preparatory  school. 

3.  Applications  must  be  filed  on  forms  pro- 
vided by  the  office  of  admissions. 

4.  Each  application  must  be  accompanied  by 
an  application  fee  of  $10.00.  This  fee  is  not 
refundable. 

5.  A  transcript  of  the  secondary  school  record, 
on  a  form  provided  by  the  College  for 
that  purpose,  must  be  sent  by  the  principal 
to  the  Director  of  Admissions.  May  1  is  the 
deadline  for  receiving  applications. 

6.  A  student  transferring  from  another  collegi- 
ate institution  must  present  an  official  tran- 
script of  his  scholastic  record  and  evidence 
of  honorable  dismissal. 

7.  All  new  students  are  required  to  present  on 
or  before  August  20  the  official  health 
record  showing  a  physician's  report  of 
medical  examination;  certification  of  vac- 
cination within  a  period  of  five  years  and 
immunization  against  flu,  polio,  and  tetanus 
given  just  prior  to  the  student's  entrance  to 
college. 

8.  All  applicants  shall  be  considered  for  ad- 
mission without  regard  to  their  race,  re- 
ligion, creed,  or  country  of  national  origin. 


Admission  is  based  on  total  information 
submitted  by  the  applicant  or  in  his  behalf. 
Final  decision,  therefore,  cannot  be  reached 
until  all  information  has  been  supplied  by  the 
applicant. 

FACTORS  DETERMINING  ADMISSION 

Each  candidate  for  admission  will  be  con- 
sidered individually  and  the  decision  of  the 
Admissions  Advisory  Group  with  respect  to 
admission  will  be  based  on  the  following 
factors: 

1.  The  transcript  of  the  applicant's  secondary 
school  record. 

2.  Recommendation  by  the  principal,  teach- 
ers, and  other  responsible  persons  as  to 
the  applicant's  special  abilities,  integrity, 
sense  of  responsibility,  seriousness  of  pur- 
pose, initiative,  self-reliance,  and  concern 
for  others. 

3.  A  personal  interview,  whenever  possible, 
with  the  Director  of  Admissions  or  his  des- 
ignate. 

4.  College  Entrance  Examination  Board  test 
results:  (a)  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test,  (b) 
three  achievement  tests  —  English  composi- 
tion and  two  optional  tests.  All  candidates 
for  admission  are  required  to  take  the 
Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  and  three  achieve- 
ment tests  —  English  composition  and  any 
other  two.  Those  seeking  entrance  in  Sep- 
tember are  advised  to  take  these  tests  no 
later  than  in  the  preceding  December  and/ 
or  January.  Full  information  concerning 
dates  and  locations  of  these  test  adminis- 
trations may  be  obtained  by  writing  to: 
College  Entrance  Examination  Board,  P.O. 
Box  592,  Princeton,  N.  J.  08540. 

5.  Additional  test  results  which  may  be  re- 
quired in  special  cases  by  the  Admissions 
Advisory  Group. 


21 


ADMISSION  TO  THE 
DEPARTMENT  OF  MUSIC 

An  applicant  to  the  music  or  music  educa- 
tion curriculums  is  expected  to  satisfy  the 
general  requirements  for  admission.  In  addi- 
tion, the  candidate  must  appear  for  an  audi- 
tion before  members  of  the  music  faculty 
and  show  evidence  of: 

1.  An  acceptable  singing  voice  and  a  fairly 
quick  sense  of  tone  and  rhythm; 

2.  Ability  to  sing  at  sight  hymn  and  folk  tunes 
with  a  fair  degree  of  accuracy  and  facility; 

3.  Ability  to  sing  or  to  play  the  piano,  organ, 
or  some  orchestral  instrument  at  a  level 
representing  three  years  of  study. 

RECOMMENDED  UNITS 
FOR  ADMISSION 

It  is  recommended  that  all  candidates  offer 
16  units  of  entrance  credit  and  graduation 
from  an  accredited  secondary  school  or  sub- 
mit an  equivalency  certificate  acquired 
through  examination. 

Ten  of  the  16  units  offered  for  admission 
must  be  from  the  following  subjects:  English, 
foreign  language,  mathematics,  science,  and 
social  studies. 

An  applicant  for  admission  whose  prepara- 
tory courses  do  not  coincide  with  the  distri- 
bution of  subject  units  (see  below)  may  be 
considered  by  the  Admissions  Advisory  Group 
if  his  academic  record  is  of  high  quality  and  if, 
in  the  opinion  of  the  Admissions  Advisory 
Group,  he  appears  to  be  qualified  to  do  col- 
lege work  satisfactorily.  All  entrance  defi- 
ciencies must  be  removed  before  sophomore 
academic  status  will  be  granted. 

DISTRIBUTION  OF  SUBJECT  UNITS 

English 4  units 

Foreign  Language  (in  one  language)*  2  " 

Mathematics   2  " 

Science  (laboratory) 1  " 

Social  Studies 1  " 

Electives    6  " 

Total  required 16      " 

*  If  an  applicant  cannot  present  the  two  units  of 
foreign  language,  he  will  be  required  to  take  a 
minimum  of  two  years  of  one  language  in  college. 
His  credits  for  this  work  will  be  counted  toward 
graduation  requirements. 


TRANSFER  CREDIT 

A  student  applying  for  advanced  standing 
at  Lebanon  Valley  College  after  having  at- 
tended another  accredited  institution  of  higher 
education  shall  submit  an  official  transcript, 
of  his  record  and  evidence  of  good  standing 
to  the  Director  of  Admissions.  He  must  also 
submit  College  Board  Aptitude  Test  scores. 
If  requested,  he  must  provide  copies  of  the 
appropriate  catalogs  for  the  years  of  attend- 
ance at  the  other  institution  or  institutions. 

Credits  are  accepted  for  transfer  provided 
that  the  grades  received  are  C  (2.0)  or  better 
and  the  work  is  equivalent  or  similar  to  work 
offered  at  Lebanon  Valley  College.  Grades 
thus  transferred  count  for  hours  only,  not  for 
quality  points. 

Students  transferring  from  two-year  insti- 
tutions are  required  to  earn  at  least  60  hours 
of  credit  from  a  four-year  institution  for 
graduation.  A  minimum  of  30  hours  of  this 
must  be  taken  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  to 
meet  the  residence  requirement. 

Transfer  students  may  be  required  to  take 
placement  examinations  to  demonstrate  ade- 
quate preparation  for  advanced  courses  at 
Lebanon  Valley  College. 

Subject  to  the  conditions  listed  in  the  sec- 
ond paragraph,  Lebanon  Valley  College  will 
recognize  for  transfer  credit  a  maximum  of 
15  hours  of  USAFI  course  work  provided 
such  credit  is  recommended  by  the  Ameri- 
can Council  on  Education's  publication,  A 
Guide  to  the  Evaluation  of  Educational  Ex- 
periences in  the  Armed  Services. 

Credit  will  not  be  granted  for  corre- 
spondence courses. 

ADVANCED  PLACEMENT 

Advanced  placement  and/or  credit  may 
be  granted  to  entering  students  who  make 
scores  of  3,  4,  or  5  on  the  College  Board  Ad- 
vanced Placement  examination. 

Advanced  placement  without  credit  may 
be  granted  on  the  basis  of  the  Achievement 
Tests  of  the  College  Board  Examinations  or 
such  other  proficiency  tests  as  may  be  de- 
termined by  the  Assistant  Dean  of  the  Col- 
lege and  by  the  chairman  of  the  department 
in  which   advanced   placement  is  sought. 


22 


STUDENT  FINANCES 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  private  non-profit 
institution.  It  derives  its  financial  support  from 
endowment  and  gifts  from  the  United  Metho- 
dist Church,  alumni,  industry,  friends  and  from 
the  tuition,  fees,  and  other  charges  paid  by  the 
students.  The  cost  to  the  student  is  main- 
tained at  a  level  consistent  with  adequate 
facilities  and  high  quality  instruction. 

FEES  AND  DEPOSITS 

An  application  fee  of  $10.00  which  is  not 
refundable  is  charged  each  applicant  to  apply 
against  the  cost  of  processing  his  application 
for  admission.  An  admission  deposit  of 
$100.00,  payable  within  ten  days  of  notifica- 
tion of  acceptance,  is  required  of  all  new 
(including  transfer)  students.  Until  this  de- 
posit is  paid  the  student  is  not  guaranteed 
a  place  in  the  entering  class.  The  admission 
deposit  is  not  refundable;  it  will  be  applied 
to  the  student's  account  upon  registration. 


1972-1973  FEE  STRUCTURE  FOR 
FULL-TIME  DEGREE  CANDIDATES 


Resident 

Each 
Semester 


Non- 
Resident 

Each 
Semester 


Standard  Charges 

Tuition  and  Fees* $1,000         $1,000 

Room   and    Board    525 


$1,525**     $1,000** 

Students  may  be  subject  to  the  following 
additional  fees  and  charges,  depending  upon 
their  program: 

Laboratories,  in  excess  of  one  per  semester: 

Science,  Mathematics, 

Languages    $20.00  per  semester 

All  other  laboratories  .  .   15.00  per  semester 

Student  Teaching  Fee:  $8.00  per  credit 

Music  Fees: 

Private  music  instruction 
(V2  hour  per  week, 
15  weeks)    60.00  per  semester 

*  Fee  portion  is  $25  per  semester. 

**  The  fee  structure  (student  charges)  as  published  in 
this  catalog  are  subject  to  change  or  revision  at  the 
discretion  of  the  College. 


Class  music  instruction 

(1  hour  per  week)  ..  40.00  per  semester 
Organ,  practice  rental 

(per  hour  per  week).  8.00  per  semester 
Band  and  orchestral 

instrument  rental  ...  15.00  per  semester 
Transcript,  in  excess 

of  one    $  1.00 

A  required  insurance  fee  is  collected  in  the 
first  semester  of  the  student's  enrollment  and 
a  pro-rata  charge  applies  to  the  student  who 
first  enrolls  in  the  second  semester. 

The  contingency  deposit  in  the  amount  of 
$25.00  must  be  made  before  registration  and 
is  required  of  all  full-time  students  and  will 
be  refunded  upon  graduation  or  withdrawal 
from  college  provided  no  damage  has  been 
caused  by  the  student.  All  student  breakage 
that  occurs  in  college-operated  facilities  will 
be  charged  against  this  deposit  and  the 
amount  must  be  repaid  to  the  College  within 
30  days  of  notice  to  the  student. 

A  fee  of  $10.00  is  charged  each  student  who 
does  not  register  for  classes  during  any  pre- 
scribed pre-registration  or  registration  period. 
A  fee  of  $5.00  is  charged  for  every  change 
of  course  made  at  the  student's  request  after 
registration. 

The  fee  for  part-time  students  (less  than  12 
credit  hours  per  semester)  is  $75.00  per  semes- 
ter credit  hour  plus  a  $2.00  registration  fee; 
the  fee  for  credit  hours  in  excess  of  16  credit 
hours  per  semester  is  $60.00;  fractional  hours 
of  credit  are  charged  proportionately. 

AUXILIARY  SCHOOL  FEE  STRUCTURE 
(EVENING  AND  SUMMER) 

Tuition,    $60.00    per   semester   credit    hour 
Registration  fee,  $2.00 
Late  preregistration  or  registration  fee,  $5.00 
Change  of  registration  fee,  $5.00 

PAYMENT  OF  FEES  AND  DEPOSITS 

Semester  charges  are  due  and  payable  in 
full  on  August  10  (first  semester)  and  Jan- 
uary 1  (second  semester)  as  a  condition  for 
registration.  Those  preferring  to  pay  semester 
charges  in  monthly  installments  are  invited  to 
consult  with  the  office  of  the  Controller  re- 


23 


garding  deferred  payment  plans  offered  by 
various  financial  institutions.  Arrangements  for 
deferred  payment  plans  shall  be  completed 
early  enough  to  assure  payment  of  bills  no 
later  than  the  date  that  semester  charges  are 
due  and  payable  (August  10  and  January  1). 

A  satisfactory  settlement  of  all  college  ac- 
counts is  required  before  grades  are  released, 
transcripts  are  sent,  honorable  dismissal 
granted,  or  degree  conferred. 

REFUND  POLICY 

Refunds,  as  indicated  below,  are  allowed 
only  to  students  who  officially  withdraw  from 
the  College  by  completing  the  clearance  pro- 
cedure: 

Period  of  student  attendance  in  %  of  tuition 

college  from  date  classes  begin  refunded 

Less  than  three  weeks   75% 

Over  three  weeks   0% 

A  refund  on  board  charge  is  allowed  for 
the  period  beginning  after  honorable  official 
withdrawal. 

No  refund  is  allowed  on  student  charges 
when  a  student  retains  his  class  standing  dur- 
ing his  absence  from  college  because  of  ill- 
ness or  for  any  other  reason. 

No  refund  is  allowed  on  room  charges.  No 
refund  is  allowed  on  room  deposit  except 
when  withdrawal  results  from  suspension  or 
dismissal  by  College  action  or  when  with- 
drawal results  from  entrance  into  active  mili- 
tary service. 

RESIDENCE  HALLS 

Residence  hall  rooms  are  reserved  only  for 
those  returning  students  who  make  an  ad- 
vance room  reservation  deposit  of  $50.00. 
(Receipt  must  be  presented  at  the  time  of 
room  sign-up  which  occurs  immediately  after 
the  Easter  vacation.) 

Occupants  must  pay  for  any  breakage  or 
loss  of  furniture,  or  any  other  damage  for 
which  they  are  responsible. 

Each  room  in  the  men's  residence  halls  is 
furnished  with  chests  of  drawers,  book  case, 
beds,  mattresses,  chairs,  and  study  tables. 
Drapes  are  provided  in  Funkhouser,  Ham- 
mond, and   Keister  Halls.  Students  must  pro- 


vide   bedding,    rugs,    lamps,    and    all    other 
furnishings. 

Each  room  in  the  women's  residence  halls 
is  furnished  with  beds,  mattresses,  chairs, 
dressers,  book  case,  and  study  tables.  Drapes 
are  provided  in  Mary  Green  and  Vickroy  Halls. 
Other  desired  furnishings  must  be  supplied 
by  the  student. 

Students  rooming  in  residence  halls  may  not 
sublet  their  rooms  to  commuting  students  or 
to  others. 

Since  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  primarily  a 
boarding  institution,  all  students  are  required 
to  live  in  college-owned  or  controlled  resi- 
dence halls.  Exceptions  to  the  above  are:  mar- 
ried students,  students  living  with  immediate 
relatives,  or  those  living  in  their  own  homes 
who  commute  daily  to  the  campus. 

Should  vacancies  occur  in  any  of  the  resi- 
dence halls,  the  College  reserves  the  right  to 
require  students  rooming  in  the  community 
to  move  into  a  residence  hall. 

The  College  reserves  the  right  to  close  all 
residence  halls  during  vacations  and  between 
semesters. 

The  College  reserves  the  right  to  inspect  any 
student's  room  at  any  time.  Periodic  inspec- 
tion of  residence  halls  will  be  made  by  mem- 
bers of  the  administration. 


24 


The  College  is  not  responsible  for  loss  of 
personal  possessions  by  the  students. 

Lounges  are  provided  by  the  College  for 
resident  and  commuting  students. 

MEALS 

All  resident  students  are  required  to  take 
their  meals  in  the  college  dining  rooms.  Com- 
muting students  may  arrange  for  meals  Mon- 
day through  Friday,  on  a  semester  basis,  if 
space  is  available. 

FINANCIAL  AID 

Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  financial  aid 
to  deserving  students  who  have  been  ac- 
cepted for  admission  insofar  as  its  aid  funds 
permit.  Students  apply  for  financial  aid  by 
submitting  the  Parents'  Confidential  State- 
ment (PCS)  directly  to  the  College  Scholarship 
Service,  Box  176,  Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540. 
Applications  for  financial  aid  (PCS)  are  avail- 
able to  high  school  seniors  in  the  guidance 
counselor's  office  and  to  college  upperclass- 
men  in  the  financial  aid  office.  It  is  not  nec- 
essary to  await  notification  of  acceptance  to 
Lebanon  Valley  College  before  applying  for 
financial  aid;  in  fact,  application  for  financial 
aid  should  be  made  as  early  as  possible  and 
no  later  than  February  1. 

All  financial  aid  is  awarded  for  one  year 
on  the  basis  of  financial  need  (except  Presi- 
dential Scholarships).  The  PCS  form  assists 
the  Financial  Aid  Officer  in  determining  the 
applicant's  need  for  financial  aid.  Participants 
in  CSS  subscribe  to  the  principle  that  the 
amount  of  financial  aid  granted  a  student 
should  be  based  upon  financial  need.  Stu- 
dents receiving  aid  from  sources  outside  the 
College  are  required  to  report  the  amount 
and  source  of  financial  aid  to  the  financial 
aid  office.  The  College  reserves  the  right  to 
review  and  to  adjust  the  financial  aid  offer- 
ing and  award  accordingly. 

All  financial  aid  is  reviewed  annually.  Eligi- 
bility for  renewal  of  financial  aid  is  based 
upon  need  as  established  on  the  renewal 
PCS,  satisfactory  conduct,  and  maintenance 
of  the  required  scholastic  average. 


PRESIDENTIAL  SCHOLARSHIPS 

Presidential  scholarships  are  awarded  to 
entering  students  by  the  President  of  Lebanon 
Valley  College  in  recognition  of  superior 
attainment  in  high  school  study.  A  2.5  cumu- 
lative grade-point  average  is  required  for 
automatic  reinstatement  of  these  awards. 

GRANTS-IN-AID 

Grants-in-aid  are  available  to  entering  fresh- 
men and  upperclassmen  who  have  demon- 
strated capability  either  in  high  school  or  in 
college  work.  A  2.0  cumulative  grade-point 
average  is  required  for  automatic  continuation 
of  these  grants.  Annual  renewal  of  the  PCS 
is   required   for   upperclassmen. 

FEDERAL  OPPORTUNITY  GRANTS 

Educational  grants  range  from  $200  to 
$1,000  per  academic  year  and  are  based  upon 
genuine  need  as  stipulated  by  the  federal 
government  and  supported  by  the  Parents' 
Confidential  Statement. 

STUDENT  LOANS 

National  Defense  Loans  are  available  under 
the  Higher  Education  Act  of  1965.  Qualifying 
students  may  borrow  up  to  $1,000  per  year.  A 
Parents'  Confidential  Statement  must  be  sub- 
mitted. 

STUDENT  EMPLOYMENT  PROGRAMS 

A  student  in  need  of  financial  assistance 
may  be  assigned  a  campus  employment  posi- 
tion. Under  the  College  Work  Study  Program 
which  is  underwritten  by  the  federal  govern- 
ment a  student  may  work  an  average  of  15 
hours  per  week  during  any  week  when 
classes  are  in  session.  A  student  under  this 
program  may  work  40  hours  per  week  during 
any  week  when  classes  are  not  in  session. 

In  addition,  the  College  operates  its  own 
student  employment  program  affording  op- 
portunities for  students  to  work  in  a  variety 
of  positions  as  their  schedules  permit. 

For  further  information,  write  to  the  Finan- 
cial Aid  Officer,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  Ann- 
ville,  Pennsylvania  17003. 


25 


Academic  Programs 

&  Procedures 


26 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  DEGREES 

Lebanon  Valley  College  confers  five  bachelor 
degrees.  They  are:  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor 
of  Science,  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Chemistry, 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Medical  Technology, 
and  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Nursing. 

The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  is  conferred 
upon  students  who  complete  the  require- 
ments for  graduation  in  the  following  areas, 
and  who  are  recommended  by  the  faculty 
and  approved  by  the  Board  of  Trustees: 
English,  French,  German,  Greek,  history,  Latin, 
mathematics,  music,  philosophy,  physics,  po- 
litical science,  psychology,  religion,  sociology, 
and  Spanish. 

The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  is  con- 
ferred upon  students  who  complete  the  re- 
quirements in  the  following  areas,  and  who 
are  recommended  by  the  faculty  and  ap- 
proved by  the  Board  of  Trustees:  actuarial 
science,  biology,  chemistry,  cooperative  en- 
gineering, cooperative  forestry,  economics 
and  business  administration,  elementary  edu- 
cation, mathematics,  music  education,  and 
physics. 

The  professional  degrees  of  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Chemistry,  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Medical  Technology  and  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Nursing  are  conferred  upon  students  who 
complete  the  requirements  in  the  respective 
professional  areas  and  who  are  recommended 
by  the  faculty  and  approved  by  the  Board  of 
Trustees. 

SEMESTER  HOURS 

The  requirements  for  degrees  are  stated  in 
"semester  hours  of  credit"  which  are  based 
upon  the  satisfactory  completion  of  courses 
of  instruction.  Generally,  one  semester  hour 
credit  is  given  for  each  class  hour  a  week 
throughout  the  semester.  In  courses  requiring 
laboratory  work,  not  less  than  two  hours  of 
laboratory  work  a  week  throughout  a  semester 
are  required  for  a  semester  hour  of  credit.  A 


semester  is  a  term  of  approximately  15  weeks. 
Candidates  for  degrees  must  obtain  a 
minimum  of  120  semester  hours  credit  in  aca- 
demic work  in  addition  to  the  required 
courses  in  freshman  and  sophomore  physical 
education.  However,  a  student  who  has  a 
physical  disability  may  be  excused  (on  recom- 
mendation from  the  College  Physician)  from 
the  requirement  in  physical  education. 

MAJOR 

As  a  part  of  the  total  requirement  of  120 
hours  every  candidate  for  a  degree  must  pre- 
sent at  least  24  semester  hours  of  course  work 
in  one  department  (this  is  his  major).  The 
initial  selection  of  a  major  may  be  indicated  or 
recorded  any  time  before  the  end  of  the  stu- 
dent's sophomore  year.  Such  a  choice  of 
department  or  curriculum  in  which  he  will 
pursue  work  of  special  concentration  must  be 
made  by  the  time  of  registration  for  the  junior 
year. 

A  student  shall  be  accepted  as  a  major  in 
a  department  so  long  as  he  has  not  demon- 
strated (by  achieving  less  than  the  minimum 
grade-point  average  in  the  desired  major) 
that  he  is  incapable  of  doing  satisfactory  work 
in  the  department.  A  student  accepted  as  a 
major  has  the  right  to  remain  in  that  depart- 
ment, except  by  special  action  of  the  Dean  of 
the  College,  as  long  as  he  is  in  college. 

EXAMINATIONS 

Candidates  for  degrees  are  required  to  take 
end  of  course  examinations. 
RESIDENCE  REQUIREMENT 

Degrees  will  be  conferred  only  upon  those 
candidates  earning  in  residence  a  minimum 
of  30  semester  hours  out  of  the  last  36  taken 
before  the  date  of  the  conferring  of  the  de- 
gree, or  before  the  transfer  to  a  cooperating 
program.  Residence  credit  is  given  for  course 
work  completed  in  regular  day  classes  and  in 
evening  and  summer  session  courses  taken  on 
campus. 


27 


GRADE  POINT  AVERAGES 

Candidates  for  degrees  must  also  obtain  a 
cumulative  grade-point  average  of  1.75,  com- 
puted in  accordance  with  the  grading  system 
indicated  below. 

In  addition,  candidates  must  earn  a  grade- 
point  average  of  2.0  in  the  major  field  of 
study. 

Only  grades  received  in  courses  taken  on 
campus  or  in  courses  staffed  by  Lebanon  Val- 
ley College  at  the  University  Center  at  Harris- 
burg  are  used  to  determine  grade-point 
averages. 

SYSTEM  OF  GRADING  AND 
QUALITY  POINTS 

The  work  of  a  student  in  each  subject  is 
graded  A,  B-,  C,  D,  or  F,  with  the  plus  and 
minus  available  to  faculty  members  who  wish 
to  use  them.  These  grades  have  the  following 
meanings: 

A— distinguished  performance 
B— superior  work 

C— general  satisfactory  achievement 
D— course   requirements   and   standards   satis- 
fied at  a  minimum  level 
F— course    requirements    and    standards    not 
satisfied  at  a  minimum  level 

A  student  may  not  take  any  course  which 
has  as  a  prerequisite  a  course  that  he  has 
failed.  If  a  student  fails  in  a  course  twice,  he 
may  not  take  it  a  third  time. 

In  addition  to  the  above  grades  the  symbols 
"I,"  "W,"  "WP,"  and  "WF"  are  used  on  grade 
reports  and  in  college  records.  "I"  indicates 
that  the  work  is  incomplete  (that  the  student 
has  postponed  with  the  prior  consent  of  the 
instructor  and  for  substantial  reason,  certain 
required  work),  but  otherwise  satisfactory. 
This  work  must  be  completed  within  the  first 
six  weeks  of  the  beginning  of  the  semester 
following,  or  the  "I"  will  be  converted  to  an 
F.  Appeals  for  extension  of  time  beyond  six 
weeks  must  be  presented  in  writing  to  the 
Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  not  later  than 
one  week  after  the  beginning  of  the  next 
semester. 

W  indicates  withdrawal  from  a  course  any 
time  within  the  first  five  weeks  of  classes  of  a 
semester  without  prejudice  to  the  student's 


standing.  In  case  of  withdrawal  from  a  course 
after  five  weeks  and  not  later  than  the  end 
of  ten  weeks  the  symbol  WP  will  be  en- 
tered if  the  student's  work  is  satisfactory,  and 
WF  if  his  work  is  unsatisfactory.  The  grade 
WP  will  be  considered  as  without  prejudice  to 
the  student's  standing,  but  the  grade  WF  will 
be  counted  as  an  F.  If  a  student  withdraws 
from  a  course  after  ten  weeks,  without  a 
reason  satisfactory  to  the  Assistant  Dean  of 
the  College,  a  grade  of  WF  will  be  recorded. 

For  courses  in  which  no  academic  credit  is 
involved,  student  work  is  evaluated  as  either 
S  (Satisfactory)  or  U   (Unsatisfactory). 

For  each  semester  hour  credit  in  a  course 
in  which  a  student  is  graded  A,  he  receives 
4  quality  points;  A-,  3.7;  B+,  3.3;  B,  3; 
B— ,  2.7;  etc.  F  carries  no  credit  and  no  quality 
points. 

PASS/FAIL  GRADING 

After  a  student  has  gained  sophomore 
standing,  he  may  elect  to  take  up  to  two 
courses  per  semester  and  one  one-semester 
course  per  summer  session  on  a  P/F  basis,  but 
only  six  of  these  courses  can  be  counted  to- 
ward graduation  requirements. 

Any  courses  not  being  counted  toward  the 
fulfillment  of  the  general  requirements  or  the 
specified  major  requirements  may  be  optional 
on  a  pass/fail  basis.  Any  pre-requisite  course 
taken  on  a  P/F  basis  and  successfully  com- 
pleted will  satisfy  the  pre-requisite. 

Any  course  taken  on  a  P/F  basis  will  be 
graded  P/H  (pass  with  distinction),  P  (pass), 
or  F  (fail).  P/H  is  defined  as  B+  and  up,  P  is 
defined  as  D—  through  B;  and  F  is  below  D— . 

Any  course  completed  on  a  P/F  basis  shall 
be  counted  toward  graduation  requirements 
but  only  an  F  grade  shall  be  included  in  com- 
puting the  grade-point  average.  All  passing 
grades  shall  be  treated  on  the  record  as  trans- 
fer credit. 

The  student  will  indicate  at  the  time  of  pre- 
registration  or  registration  the  courses  that  he 
has  elected  to  take  on  a  P/F  basis.  He  may, 
with  the  approval  of  his  advisor,  change  his 
option  for  P/F  grading  to  the  regular  grading 
basis  or  from  regular  grading  to  P/F  grading 


28 


within  two  weeks  after  the  beginning  of  the 
semester. 

Instructors  will  not  be  informed  of  the 
grading  option  selected  by  the  student.  In- 
structors will  submit  for  each  student  an  A 
through  F  grade  which  will  be  converted  to 
P/H,  P,  or  F  for  students  selecting  this  grad- 
ing system. 

TRANSFER  STUDENTS 

Students  transferring  from  two-year  institu- 
tions are  required  to  have  at  least  60  hours  of 
work  at  a  four-year  institution  for  graduation. 
A  minimum  of  30  hours  of  this  must  be  taken 
at  Lebanon  Valley  College  to  meet  the  resi- 
dence requirement.  (See  page  27) 

Students  transferring  from  other  institutions 
must  secure  a  grade-point  average  of  1.75  or 
better  in  work  taken  at  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 


lege, and  must  meet  the  2.0  grade-point  aver- 
age in  their  major  field. 

ATTENDANCE  AT  BACCALAUREATE 
AND  COMMENCEMENT  PROGRAMS 

All  seniors  are  required  to  attend  the  bac- 
calaureate and  commencement  programs  at 
which  their  degrees  are  to  be  conferred. 

Degrees  will  be  conferred  in  absentia  only 
for  the  most  compelling  reasons  and  only 
upon  a  written  request  approved  by  the  As- 
sistant Dean  of  the  College.  Such  requests 
must  be  submitted  at  least  two  weeks  prior 
to  the  date  of  commencement. 

Faculty  approval  is  required  for  the  con- 
ferring of  the  degree  and  the  issuance  of  the 
diploma  in  any  case  of  wilful  failure  to  comply 
with  these  regulations. 


29 


GENERAL  AND   DISTRIBUTION   REQUIREMENTS 

Semester 

I.  GENERAL  REQUIREMENTS:                   Hours  Distribution  requirements  shall  be  met  from 
English    Composition*    6  among  the  following  courses: 

Foreign  Language 

(intermediate  level)* 6  Humanities:  Art  110,  201,  202;   English  221/ 

Mathematics  (First  year  level)* 3  222'  225/226,  227/228,  229,  338;  foreign  lit- 

Religion**    . 6  e'rature  courses  above  the  115  level;  Music 

Physical   Education   (four  semesters) '.!     0  10°  or  341/342;   Philosophy  110,  228;   Re- 
ligion 211,  212;  and  Religion  120,  140  if  not 

II.  DISTRIBUTION  REQUIREMENTS:  USf:d  t0  fulfi"   the   general   requirement  in 

religion. 
Humanities:  Three  one-semester  courses 

(not  more  than  two  from  one  field)  5oc/a/  fences:  Anthropology  211;  Economics 

to  be  chosen  from   among  art  or  110'    120;    History    111/112,    125/126,    213; 

music  treated  as  one  field;  litera-  PoL  Sci-  111/112,  311,  314;  Sociology  111, 

ture  as  offered  by  the  department  112,333. 

of  English;  literature  as  offered  by  Naturaj  Sciences:  Biology  101,  102,  111,  112; 

the    department    of    foreign    Ian-  Chemistry  111,  112;  Physics  100,  103,  104, 

guages;    ph.losophy;   relig.on    ....      9  m>  112;  Psychology  110,  225,  226,  444. 
Social    Sciences:    Three    one-semester 

courses  (not  more  than  two  from  Notes: 

one  field)  to  be  chosen  from  among  r    No  course  jn  the        .Qr  fje|d  sha|,  be  used 

anthropology,   economics,   history,  to    meet             a,    Qr   distribution            ire_ 

political  science,  sociology   9  ments 

Natural   Sciences:    Three    one-semester  2.    No  course  taken  as  a  general  requirement 

courses  (not  more  than  two  from  may  count  toward  a  major, 

one  field)   to  be  chosen   from  bi-  0     M            ,.,.  .       .         ,               , 

ology,     chemistry,     physics,     psy-  3'    No  cr^dit  .s  given  for  an  elementary  lan- 

chology                                    1                9-12  8<Jage  course  if  two  or  more  years  of  the 

same   language   have   been   taken   in   sec- 

48-51  ondary  school  or  if  credit  for  an  elemen- 
tary language  course  has   been   given   on 

nation?UseiPTH  £"*?  Zl  by  Tl^T  exam'~  transfer   from    ano™er    institution.    Credit 

nations  selected   by  the  chairman   of  the  department  £                        ,             ,                         , 

involved   in   consultation   with   the   Assistant   Dean   of  IS    8IVen     for    anV    other    elementary     lan- 

the    College,    or    through    the    Advanced    Placement  guage  course. 

Programs. 

**  Requirement  can  be  met  by  (a)  Religion  111  and 
112,  or  (b)  Religion  111  or  112,  and  Religion  120  or 
140. 


30 


:>.•»!}• 


*••■*•»• 
■■■■••*. 

■■■■■•■a 
*•■■■»■• 
*■*■■•■«. 

>■■«■■»■ 
■■■■■■•■a 

■    •■■■■■a 
•   ■■••■aai 


•  ■"  •  ■  a  a  a 

•  '■••!! 

*:#      ■  ■  a  a  a 

•.»*•»»»»  a  i 
'•linn, 

•  »  «  »  i  §  t  i 

•  »  i  ■  i  i  i  i  . 

•  •■■•■aa 

•  •*•••*  ■  a 


THE  COLLEGE  HONORS 
PROGRAM 

The  college  honors  program  exists  for  the  fol- 
lowing purposes:  to  provide  an  opportunity 
for  intellectually  able  students  to  develop 
their  abilities  to  the  fullest  extent,  to  recog- 
nize and  encourage  superior  academic 
achievement,  and  to  stimulate  all  members  of 
the  college  family  to  greater  interest  and 
activity  in  the  intellectual  concerns  of  college 
life. 

These  objectives  are  pursued  by  means  of 
a  double-phased  program  consisting  of  (1) 
honors  sections  in  a  number  of  courses   in- 


cluded in  the  general  and  distribution  require- 
ments taken  for  the  most  part  during  the  stu- 
dent's freshman  and  sophomore  years,  and  (2) 
a  departmental  honors  plan  by  which  a  stu- 
dent during  his  junior  and  senior  years  may  do 
individual  work  within  the  department  of  his 
major  concentration.  An  honors  student  may 
participate  in  either  of  these  phases  of  the 
program  without  participating  in  the  other. 
An  over-all  grade-point  average  of  3.00  is  a 
requirement  for  the  maintenance  of  honors 
status. 

Appropriate  recognition  is  given  students 
who  successfully  complete  either  phase  or 
both   phases  of  the  college  honors   program. 


31 


HONORS  SECTIONS 

Honors  sections  are  offered  in  the  following 
courses:  English  111/112  (English  Composition 
I,  II),  Religion  111  (Introduction  to  Biblical 
Thought),  Religion  112  (Introduction  to  the 
Christian  Faith),  Economics  110, 120  (Principles 
of  Economics  I,  II),  English  227/228  (World 
Literature  I,  II),  History  125/126  (Survey  of 
United  States  History  I,  II),  Psychology  110 
(General  Psychology),  and  Sociology  111  (In- 
troduction to  Sociology).  The  satisfactory  com- 
pletion of  eighteen  hours  of  honors  work  is 
required  for  official  recognition  of  participa- 
tion in  this  phase  of  the  college  honors  pro- 
gram. 

Freshmen  are  admitted  to  honors  sections 
on  the  basis  of  their  academic  standing  in 
secondary  school,  performance  in  the  College 
Entrance  Examination  Board  tests,  the  recom- 
mendation of  teachers  and  counselors,  and 
personal  interviews  with  members  of  the  Horir 
ors  Council.  Students  not  accepted  initially 
can  be  admitted  to  the  program  at  the  begin- 
ning of  subsequent  semesters  as  they  demon- 
strate ability  to  do  superior  work. 

The  seminar  and  tutorial  methods  are  used 
to  the  greatest  possible  extent,  and  sections 
are  kept  small  in  size. 


DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Departmental  honors  may  be  taken  in  the 
student's  major  field  in  the  junior  and  senior 
years.  This  program  consists  of  a  reading  and/ 
or  research  program  producing  a  thesis  or  an 
essay.  The  latter  is  done  on  a  problem  or  sub- 
ject of  the  student's  own  choosing  under  the 
direct  supervision  of  a  faculty  advisor.  Oppor- 
tunity is  also  offered  to  do  creative  work.  A 
maximum  of  nine  hours  credit  can  be  earned 
in  departmental  honors. 

Departmental  honors  are  offered  in  the  fol- 
lowing fields:  chemistry,  economics  and  busi- 
ness administration,  elementary  education, 
English,  foreign  languages,  history,  mathemat- 
ics, music,  philosophy,  physics,  political  sci- 
ence, psychology,  religion  and  sociology.  For 
further    details    regarding    requirements    and 


procedures  in  departmental  honors  see  the 
appropriate  paragraph  under  each  department 
in  the  catalog  section  "Courses  of  Study." 

AUXILIARY  SCHOOLS 

SUMMER,  EVENING,  EXTENSION 

Summer  sessions,  evening  classes  on  campus, 
and  extension  classes  in  the  University  Center 
at  Harrisburg  have  enabled  teachers,  state  em- 
ployees, and  others  in  active  employment  to 
attend  college  courses  and  secure  academic 
degrees.  By  a  careful  selection  of  courses, 
made  in  consultation  with  the  appropriate  ad- 
visor, students  can  meet  many  of  the  require- 
ments for  a  baccalaureate  degree.  Some 
courses  may  be  taken  for  interim,  provisional, 


32 


and  permanent  teaching  certification;  others 
may  be  taken  with  the  aim  of  transferring 
credit  to  another  institution.  Many  courses 
lead  to  professional  advancement  or  are  of 
direct  benefit  to  persons  in  business  or  indus- 
try, while  others  assist  in  broadening  the  stu- 
dent's vocational,  social,  and  cultural  back- 
ground. 

SUMMER  SESSION 

Regularly  enrolled  students  may,  by  taking 
summer  session  courses,  meet  the  require- 
ments for  the  bachelor's  degree  in  three  years. 

CAMPUS  EVENING  CLASSES 

Evening  classes  are  offered  on  the  campus, 
Monday  through  Thursday,  and  carry  resi- 
dence credit. 

Separate  brochures  are  published  for  the 
summer  session  and  the  evening  classes.  For 
copies  or  for  other  information  pertaining  to 
the  summer  session  or  evening  classes  write 
to  the  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College,  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  Annville,  Pennsylvania,  17003. 

UNIVERSITY  CENTER  AT  HARRISBURG 

Extension  classes  are  offered  in  the  William 
Penn  High  School,  Third  and  Division  Streets 
and  at  the  Center's  campus,  2991  North  Front 
Street,  Harrisburg,  17110,  on  Monday  through 
Thursday  evenings  and  on  Saturday  mornings 
during  the  regular  academic  semesters.  Classes 
meet  during  the  summer  sessions  on  Monday, 
Tuesday,  and  Thursday  evenings.  Lebanon 
Valley  College's  extension  program  in  Harris- 
burg is  carried  on  in  conjunction  with  Eliza- 
bethtown  College,  Temple  University,  The 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  and  the  Univer- 
sity of  Pennsylvania. 

All  students  admitted  and  enrolled  for  a 
degree  at  the  College  are  required  to  secure 
the  permission  of  their  advisors  and  the  Assis- 
tant Dean  of  the  College  prior  to  enrolling 
for  any  courses  at  the  University  Center  at 
Harrisburg. 

For  details  pertaining  to  the  University  Cen- 
ter at  Harrisburg  write  or  call  the  director  at 
2991  North  Front  Street,  Harrisburg,  Pennsyl- 
vania 17110,  at  238-9694  during  the  day  or 
238-9696  during  the  evening. 


MARINE  BIOLOGY  PROGRAM 

Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  a  limited  pro- 
gram in  marine  biology  in  cooperation  with 
the  University  of  Delaware  College  of  Marine 
Studies  and  the  University  of  Georgia  Marine 
Institute. 

Under  this  program  the  student  takes  the 
necessary  fundamental  science  courses  on 
campus  and  spends  six  to  ten  weeks  in  the 
summer  between  his  junior  and  senior  years 
at  the  University  of  Delaware  College  of  Ma- 
rine Studies,  Lewes,  Delaware.  Nine  credits  of 
marine  science  work  can  thus  be  earned  for 
transfer  to  Lebanon  Valley  College. 

In  addition,  short  field  trips  are  made  to 
Lewes  as  part  of  the  ecology  course  (Biology 
404).  An  extended  field  trip  is  made  in  the 
senior  year  to  Sapelo  Island,  site  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Georgia  Marine  Institute.  Oppor- 
tunities are  given  here  for  study  of  various 
aspects  of  the  ecology  of  an  undisturbed 
marsh  ecosystem  and  of  basic  oceanographic 
research  methodology. 

The  College  believes  that  the  best  prepara- 
tion for  a  career  in  marine  biology  is  a 
thorough  grounding  in  biology,  chemistry, 
physics,  and  mathematics.  With  the  addition 
of  the  specific  work  in  ecology  and  marine 
science,  on  campus  and  at  the  cooperating 
institutions,  a  student  is  well  prepared  both 
for  an  immediate  career  as  well  as  for  gradu- 
ate work  in  the  field. 

JUNIOR  YEAR  ABROAD 

A  Lebanon  Valley  student  may  spend  his  junior 
year  abroad  in  study  under  a  program  admin- 
istered by  an  accredited  American  college  or 
university,  or  in  a  program  approved  by  Leba- 
non Valley  College.  Such  a  student  must  have 
maintained  a  B  average  at  Lebanon  Valley 
College,  must  be  proficient  in  the  language 
spoken  in  the  country  in  which  he  will  study, 
and  must  be  a  person  who  in  the  judgment  of 
the  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  and  the  fac- 
ulty will  be  a  worthy  representative  of  his  own 
country.  His  proposed  course  of  study  must  be 
approved  by  the  chairman  of  his  department 
and  the  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College. 


33 


ACADEMIC  PROCEDURES 

REGISTRATION 

Students  are  required  to  register  for  classes 
on  official  registration  days  of  each  semester 
and  on  designated  pre-registration  days.  Infor- 
mation concerning  the  dates  for  official  regis- 
tration is  listed  in  the  college  calendar,  pages 
3  and  5. 

LATE  REGISTRATION 

Students  registering  later  than  the  days  and 
hours  specified  will  be  charged  a  late  registra- 
tion fee  of  ten  dollars.  Students  desiring  to 
register  later  than  one  week  after  the  opening 
of  the  semester  will  be  admitted  only  by  spe- 
cial permission  of  the  Assistant  Dean  of  the 
College.  Students  who  do  not  pre-register  dur- 
ing the  designated  time  will  be  charged  a  late 
pre-registration  fee  of  ten  dollars. 

CHANGE  OF  REGISTRATION 

Change  of  registration,  including  pass/fail 
elections,  when  necessary,  must  be  made  over 
the  signature  of  the  advisor.  Registration  for 
a  course  will  not  be  permitted  after  the  course 
has  been  in  session  for  one  full  week.  With 
the  permission  of  his  advisor,  a  student  may 
withdraw  from  a  course  at  any  time  within 
the  first  five  weeks  of  classes  in  a  semester 
without  prejudice.  (See  p.  28.)  A  fee  of  $5.00 
is  charged  for  every  change  of  course  made  at 
the  student's  request  after  registration. 

ORIENTATION  FOR  NEW  STUDENTS 

A  spring  orientation  day  is  held  annually  for 
incoming  students.  At  this  time  the  activities 
include  a  general  orientation  to  the  College, 
diagnostic  testing,  counseling  with  academic 
advisors  and  pre-registration  for  courses.  Spe- 
cial sessions  for  parents  are  a  vital  part  of  the 
program. 

An  orientation  period  of  several  days  at  the 
beginning  of  the  college  year  is  provided  to 
help  new  students,  both  freshmen  and  trans- 
fers, to  become  familiar  with  their  academic 
surroundings.  This  time  is  devoted  to  lectures, 
social  activities,  and  informal  meetings  with 
members  of  the  faculty. 

During  the  first  semester  all  freshmen  and 
transfer  students  are  required  to  participate  in 


an  orientation  course  which  includes  a  series 
of  lectures  and  discussions  on  college  pro- 
cedures, campus  activities,  and  methods  of 
study. 

DISCONTINUANCE  OF  COURSE 

The  College  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw 
or  discontinue  any  course  for  which  an  insuffi- 
cient number  of  students  have  registered. 

REPETITION  OF  COURSES 

No  student  shall  be  permitted  to  repeat 
for  credit,  grade,  or  quality  points  a  course  for 
which  he  has  already  received  a  passing  grade. 

CONCURRENT  COURSES 

A  student  enrolled  for  a  degree  at  Lebanon 
Valley  College  may  not  carry  courses  concur- 
rently at  any  other  institution  without  the 
prior  consent  of  his  advisor  and  the  Assistant 
Dean  of  the  College.  Neither  may  a  regular 
student  carry  work  concurrently  in  evening  or 
extension  courses  without  the  prior  permission 
of  his  advisor  and  the  Assistant  Dean  of  the 
College. 

A  student  registered  at  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege may  not  obtain  credit  for  courses  taken 
in  other  colleges,  including  the  University 
Center  at  Harrisburg,  during  the  summer  un- 
less such  courses  have  prior  approval  of  his 
advisor  and  the  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College. 

AUDITING  COURSES 

Full-time  students  are  permitted  to  register 
to  audit  courses  with  the  consent  of  the  in- 
structor and  the  academic  advisor.  The  regular 
tuition  fee  is  charged.  Neither  grade  nor  credit 
is  given  either  at  the  time  the  course  is  audited 
or  thereafter. 

FACULTY  ADVISORS 

Each  student  is  assigned  a  faculty  advisor 
who  serves  in  the  capacity  of  friendly  coun- 
selor. 

The  initial  selection  of  a  major  may  be  indi- 
cated or  recorded  any  time  before  the  end 
of  the  student's  sophomore  year.  Such  a 
choice  of  department  or  curriculum  in  which 
to  pursue  work  of  special  concentration  must 
be  made  by  the  time  of  registration  for  the 
junior  year.  This  department  or  curriculum 
shall  be  known  as  his  major.  A  student  shall 


34 


be  accepted  as  a  major  in  a  department  so 
long  as  he  has  not  demonstrated  (by  achiev- 
ing less  than  the  minimum  grade-point  aver- 
age in  the  desired  major)  that  he  is  incapable 
of  doing  satisfactory  work  in  the  department. 
The  chairman  or  another  member  of  the 
department  or  the  advisor  of  the  curriculum 
in  which  the  student  has  elected  to  major 
becomes  the  advisor  for  that  student.  The 
advisor's  approval  is  necessary  before  a  stu- 
dent may  register  for  or  withdraw  from  any 
course  or  select  or  change  his  pass/fail 
elections. 

ARRANGEMENT  OF  SCHEDULES 

Each  student  arranges  his  course  of  study 
and  his  class  schedule  in  consultation  with, 
and  approval  of,  his  faculty  advisor.  Students 
already  in  attendance  do  this  during  pre- 
registration  periods.  New  students  accomplish 
this  on  the  spring  orientation  day. 

LIMIT  OF  HOURS 

To  be  classified  as  full-time,  a  student  must 
take  at  least  twelve  semester  hours  of  work. 
Sixteen  semester  hours  of  work  is  the  maxi- 
mum permitted  without  approval  of  the  ad- 
visor and  special  permission  of  the  Assistant 
Dean  of  the  College;  physical  education  car- 
ries no  credit. 

The  privilege  of  carrying  extra  hours  will 
be  granted  only  for  compelling  reasons  and 
only  when  a  satisfactory  grade  level  has  been 
maintained  for  the  previous  semester.  An  ad- 
ditional charge  will  be  made  for  all  hours 
above  sixteen. 

ACADEMIC  CLASSIFICATION 

Students  are  classified  academically  at  the 
beginning  of  each  year.  Membership  in  the 
sophomore,  junior,  or  senior  classes  is  granted 
to  those  students  who  have  earned  a  mini- 
mum of  28,  56,  or  84  semester  hours  credit 
respectively. 

All  entrance  deficiencies  must  be  removed 
before  the  academic  status  of  sophomore  is 
granted. 
COUNSELING  AND  PLACEMENT 

Lebanon  Valley  College  recognizes  as  part 
of  its  responsibility  to  its  students  the  need 
for  providing  sound  educational,  vocational, 


and  personal  counseling.  Measures  of  inter- 
est, ability,  aptitude,  and  personality,  in  ad- 
dition to  other  counseling  techniques,  are 
utilized  in  an  effort  to  help  each  student  come 
to  a  fuller  realization  of  his  capabilities  and 
personality.  An  important  part  of  the  coun- 
seling program  consists  of  a  series  of  lectures 
and  discussions  conducted  as  a  non-credit 
orientation  course  for  new  students. 

Placement  services  are  provided  by  the  Col- 
lege for  aiding  students  in  procuring  part-time 
employment  while  in  college  and  in  obtaining 
positions  upon  graduation.  A  current  file  is 
maintained  which  contains  information  about 
positions  in  various  companies  and  institu- 
tions, civil  service  opportunities  and  exami- 
nations, entrance  to  professional  schools, 
assistantships,  and  fellowships.  Representatives 
of  business,  industry,  and  educational  insti- 
tutions visit  the  campus  annually  to  interview 
seniors  for  prospective  employment.  A  file  of 
credentials  and  activities  of  those  students 
availing  themselves  of  the  services  is  available 
to  prospective  employers.  Graduates  may 
keep  their  individual  files  active  by  reporting 
additional  information  to  the  Director  of  In- 
dustrial Placement. 

A  Teacher  Placement  Bureau  which  assists 
students  in  finding  positions  is  maintained. 

Records  of  students'  credentials  in  all  areas 
of  student  activities  are  on  file. 


35 


ADMINISTRATIVE  REGULATIONS 

The  rules  of  the  College  are  designed  to  pro- 
vide for  proper  regulation  of  the  academic 
community.  The  rules  and  regulations  as 
stated  in  this  bulletin  are  announcements  and 
in  no  way  serve  as  a  contract  between  the 
student  and  the  College.  Attendance  at  the 
College  is  a  privilege  and  not  a  right.  The  stu- 
dent by  his  act  of  registration  concedes  to  the 
College  the  right  to  require  his  withdrawal 
any  time  deemed  necessary  to  safeguard  the 
ideals  of  scholarship  and  character,  and  to 
secure  compliance  with  regulations.  It  is  ex- 
pected that  the  conduct  of  all  campus  citizens 
will  conform  to  accepted  standards.  All  stu- 
dents are  required  to  respond  to  communica- 
tions sent  by  any  duly  constituted  authority 
of  the  College. 

CLASS  ATTENDANCE 

Each  student  is  held  responsible  for  know- 
ing and  meeting  all  requirements  for  each 
course,  including  regular  class  attendance.  Be- 
cause of  differences  in  various  disciplines, 
specific  regulations  governing  class  attendance 
are  set  by  each  department,  approved  by  the 
Dean  of  the  College,  and  administered  by  the 
instructor.  At  the  opening  of  each  course  the 
instructor  will  clearly  inform  the  students  of 
the  regulations  on  class  attendance.  Viola- 
tions of  class  attendance  regulations  will  make 
the  student  liable  to  being  dropped  from  the 
course  with  a  failing  grade,  upon  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  instructor  and  with  the  ap- 
proval of  the  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College. 

Excused  absences  are  granted  by  the  Assist- 
ant Dean  of  the  College  only  for  bona  fide 
medical  and  compelling  personal  reasons,  or 
for  participation  in  official  functions  of  the 
College.  Students  on  academic  probation  are 
permitted  only  excused  absences. 

Excused  absences  do  not  absolve  the  stu- 
dent from  the  necessity  of  fulfilling  all  course 
requirements. 

ACADEMIC  DISHONESTY 

Instances  of  open  and  conclusive  academic 
dishonesty  are  dealt  with  in  accordance  with 
the  following  regulations: 


For  the  first  offense  the  faculty  member 
shall  have  the  authority  to  fail  the  student  in 
the  course. 

For  the  second  offense  the  student  shall  be 
failed  in  the  course  and  additional  action 
taken,  up  to  and  including  expulsion  from 
college,  if  deemed  warranted  by  the  Dean 
of  the  College. 

For  the  third  offense,  if  the  second  act  of 
dishonesty  did  not  warrant  expulsion  in  the 
opinion  of  the  Dean  of  the  College,  the 
student  shall  be  punished  by  failure  in  the 
course  and  expulsion  from  the  College. 

CHAPEL-CONVOCATION  PROGRAM 

A  chapel-convocation  program  is  held  reg- 
ularly each  week.  The  weekly  programs  are 
augmented  by  additional  events  at  other  times 
during  the  semester.  From  the  total  of  twenty- 
four  programs  each  full-time  student  will 
select  not  less  than  twelve  to  fulfill  his  at- 
tendance requirement  for  the  semester.  For 
each  unexcused  absence,  resulting  in  less  than 
twelve  attendances,  one  hour  will  be  added 
to  the  hours  required  for  graduation. 

HAZING 

Hazing  is  strictly  prohibited.  Any  infringe- 
ment by  members  of  other  classes  upon  the 
personal  rights  of  freshmen  as  individuals  is 
interpreted  as  hazing. 

CARS  AND  STUDENT  PARKING 

Resident  students  of  the  three  upper  classes 
may  have  cars  on  campus.  Resident  freshmen 
students  are  not  permitted  to  have  cars. 

All  cars  owned  or  operated  by  Lebanon 
Valley  College  students  must  be  registered 
with  the  office  of  the  Dean  of  Men.  Viola- 
tions of  established  parking  regulations  will 
result  in  fines  and  may  result  in  suspension  or 
revocation  of  parking  privileges. 

TRANSCRIPTS 

Each  student,  former  student,  or  graduate 
is  entitled  to  one  transcript  of  his  college  rec- 
ord without  charge.  For  each  copy  after  the 
first,  a  fee  of  one  dollar  is  charged. 


36 


REGULATIONS  REGARDING  ACADEMIC 
PROBATION,  SUSPENSION,  DISMISSAL, 
WITHDRAWAL 

A.  PROBATION 

A  student  can  be  placed  on  academic  pro- 
bation by  the  Dean  of  the  College  or  sus- 
pended or  dismissed  if  his  academic  standing 
fails  to  come  up  to  the  grade-point  average 
shown  in  the  following  table: 

Suspension  or 
Probation       dismissal 

1st  semester 1.25 

2nd  semester 1.50     1.25  cumulative 

3rd  semester 1.65 

4th  semester 1.75     1.50  cumulative 

5th  semester 1 .75 

6th  semester 1.75     1.65  cumulative 

7th  &  8th  semesters. .  .1.75  in  all  courses 

A  student  placed  on  academic  probation  is 
notified  of  such  status  by  the  Dean  of  the 
College  and  informed  of  the  College  regula- 
tions governing  probationers.  Students  on 
probation  are  required  to  regulate  their  work 
and  their  times  so  as  to  make  a  most  deter- 
mined effort  to  bring  their  work  up  to  the 
required  standard. 


When  a  student  is  placed  on  academic 
probation,  faculty  and  parents  are  notified  by 
the  Dean  of  the  College.  The  Dean  of  the 
College  may  terminate  the  period  of  proba- 
tion of  any  student.  Usually  this  occurs  at  the 
end  of  a  semester  or  summer  session. 

Infraction  of  the  following  regulations  gov- 
erning probationers  render  a  student  liable 
to  dismissal: 

1.  No  unexcused  class  absences  will  be 
permitted. 

2.  Any  office  or  activity  in  any  College 
organization  that  involves  such  expendi- 
ture of  time  as  to  jeopardize  the  suc- 
cessful pursuit  of  academic  work  must 
be  relinquished. 

B.  SUSPENSION 

1.  A  student  who  obviously  fails  to  achieve 
at  a  level  commensurate  with  his  measured 
ability  may  be  suspended  for  at  least  one 
semester. 

2.  A  student  suspended  for  academic  rea- 
sons is  not  eligible  for  reinstatement  for  at 
least  one  semester,  preferably  two. 

3.  A  student  seeking  reinstatement  to 
Lebanon  Valley  College  must  apply  in  writing 
to  the  Dean  of  the  College. 

4.  Students  suspended  for  academic  rea- 
sons are  not  permitted  to  register  for  work 
in  the  auxiliary  schools  except  for  the  most 
compelling  reasons  and  then  only  with  the 
approval  of  the  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College. 

5.  A  student  may  be  suspended  without  a 
prior  period  on  probation. 

C  DISMISSAL 

A  student  dismissed  for  academic  reasons 
is  not  eligible  for  readmission. 

D.  WITHDRAWAL  FROM  COLLEGE 
AND  READMISSION 

Official  withdrawal  from  the  College  is  ac- 
complished only  by  the  completion  of  with- 
drawal forms  obtained  in  the  office  of  the 
Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  and  Registrar. 
This  is  the  sole  responsibility  of  the  student. 

Application  for  readmission  will  be  con- 
sidered only  if  the  formal  withdrawal  pro- 
cedure has  been  followed  at  the  time  of 
withdrawal. 


37 


Student  Activities 


38 


THE  RELIGIOUS  LIFE 

Lebanon  Valley  College  was  founded  as  a 
Christian  college  and  continues  to  be  dedi- 
cated to  its  faith.  All  students  are  invited  and 
urged  to  participate  in  some  phase  of  religious 
activity. 

THE  CHAPEL-CONVOCATION 
PROGRAM 

A  series  of  twenty-four  programs  is  held  each 
semester  from  which  each  student  selects  a 
minimum  of  twelve  to  fulfill  attendance  re- 
quirements. These  programs  include  chapel 
services  and  convocation  programs  that  are 
held  on  Wednesday  mornings,  as  well  as  cul- 
tural events  selected  by  the  Chapel-Convoca- 
tion Committee.  This  committee,  with  equal 
representation  from  administration,  faculty, 
and  students,  will  announce  the  total  chapel- 
convocation  program  at  the  beginning  of  each 
semester. 

Rationale  of  Chapel-Convocation  Policy 

The  aims  of  objectives  of  Lebanon  Valley 
College  as  they  relate  to  the  chapel-convoca- 
tion policy  and  program  have  been  duly 
published  and  constantly  remind  us  that  this 
institution  was  chartered  to  promote  the  high- 
est human  possibilities.  The  goals  of  our 
chapel-convocation  policy  and  program  derive 
from  (1)  our  conception  of  the  distinctive 
nature  of  the  liberal  arts  and  (2)  the  character 
of  the  academic  community  we  would  con- 
sciously shape. 

Every  aspect  of  educational  activity  reflects 
qualitative  concerns  or  a  scale  of  values.  The 
liberal  arts  inevitably  raise  fundamental  ques- 
tions which  require  honest  regard  for  ultimate 
values  and  personal  commitments.  To  insure 
responsible  learning  and  human  concern  it 
is  necessary  to  recognize  the  value-laden  na- 


ture of  all  knowledge.  Indeed,  the  liberal 
arts  are  not  so  much  courses  of  study  as  they 
are  human  attributes  or  personal  qualities 
which  enhance  the  possibility  for  rational 
discrimination,  uncoerced  decision,  and  re- 
sponsible commitment.  Chapel  services  and 
convocation  programs  are  considered  there- 
fore not  only  an  opportunity  to  focus  honest 
criticism  upon  our  qualitative  concerns  and 
scale  of  values,  but  they  are  offered  as  an 
integrating  experience  for  the  development  oi 
the  whole  person.  Thus,  we  believe  an  au- 
thentic liberal  arts  experience  will  engender 
a  sense  of  mystery,  reverence,  adoration,  and 
celebration  of  the  Highest.  Such  an  experience 
can  be  most  profitably  exercised  and  crea- 
tively structured  in  communal  worship  and 
convocation  programs. 

Second,  we  believe  a  liberal  arts  college  is 
a  community  of  learning  responsibly  com- 
mitted to  humanistic  values.  But  human  values 
are  not  meaningfully  experienced  in  abstrac- 
tion or  in  isolation.  Man  is  truly  human  only 
in  community  and  therefore  man  can  be  cor- 
rectly understood  only  when  seen  in  relation 
to  God  and  fellow  man.  As  an  institution  we 
consciously  attempt  to  shape  this  community 
with  reference  to  the  values  of  Jesus  Christ 
which  we  confess  to  be  our  highest  norm  of 
truth  and  goodness;  in  Him  we  see  authentic 
humanity  as  God's  intention  for  all  men.  This 
orientation  is  not  in  any  way  an  exclusion  or 
bemeaning  of  non-Christians;  rather,  such  a 
confession  positively  requires  a  good  will  and 
sincere  openness  to  all  persons.  When  a  col- 
lege seeks  community  at  its  highest  and  deep- 
est levels  through  corporate  learning  and 
worship  it  does  so  for  the  same  reason  it 
provides  a  library,  gymnasium,  theatre,  or  lab- 
oratory, namely,  opportunity  for  the  highest 
human  development.  Of  course  it  is  fatuous  to 
assume    that    every    opportunity    offered    in 


39 


college  will  prove  to  be  an  occasion  for  an 
enriching  experience  for  every  student;  but 
that  fact  does  not  excuse  the  college  from  the 
obligation  of  providing  opportunities  for  ex- 
periences considered  most  essential  to  the 
realization  of  man's  highest  potential. 

In  summary,  a  liberal  arts  institution  may 
engage  in  a  sort  of  quasi-education  and  will 
fail  to  serve  the  whole  person  if  it  defaults 
in  its  confrontation  with  qualitative  concerns, 
deflects  from  commitment  to  ennobling 
values,  or  denies  the  need  for  corporate  cele- 
bration of  life's  highest  good.  Granted  our 
conception  of  the  nature  of  the  liberal  arts 
and  the  particular  kind  of  community  we 
seek  to  be,  provision  for  corporate  worship 
and  convocation  programs  is  integral  to  our 
total  reason  for  being  a  liberal  arts  community 
committed  to  a  definite  value-orientation,  i.e. 
Christian. 

SUNDAY  SERVICES 

The  United  Methodist  Church  and  the 
other  churches  of  the  community  extend  a 
warm  welcome  to  all  college  students  who 
wish  to  attend  Sunday  worship. 

There  are  seven  churches  of  different  de- 
nominations in  Annville  itself.  Other  parishes 
of  major  religious  groups  not  found  in  Ann- 
ville are  located  within  a  five-mile  radius  of 
the  College. 

PROJECT 

PROJECT  is  the  all-campus  organization 
which  coordinates  the  activities  of  the  vari- 
ous denominational  religious  groups  on  cam- 
pus. It  also  provides  programs  and  activities 
to  fulfill  the  spiritual  needs  of  the  students 
and  promotes  the  spirit  of  brotherhood  in  the 
college  community.  Throughout  the  year  the 
organization  sponsors  a  Big  Sister-Little  Sister, 
Big  Brother-Little  Brother  program,  faculty 
firesides  where  students  spend  an  evening  at 
home  with  the  professors,  and  all-campus  re- 
treats for  fun,  fellowship,  and  relaxation. 
PROJECT  also  provides  special  seasonal  serv- 
ices, opportunities  for  weekend  work  camps, 
presentations  by  guest  speakers,  films,  dramas, 
and  other  types  of  programs.  All  students  are 
welcome  to  assist  in  the  planning  of  and  to 
participate  in  these  activities. 


DENOMINATIONAL  ORGANIZATIONS 

It  is  possible  for  the  different  denomina- 
tions and  faiths  to  organize  their  students  into 
clubs  or  other  type  organizations.  Each  of 
these  groups  in  turn  elects  one  of  its  members 
to  the  Executive  Board  of  PROJECT.  Because 
of  the  newness  of  this  policy  the  number  of 
organized  religious  clubs  is  not  yet  very  large. 

RELIGIOUS  EMPHASIS  WEEK 

This  is  one  of  the  outstanding  religious 
events  of  the  school  year.  Notable  speakers 
are  invited  to  share  their  experiences  with  the 
student  body  through  classroom  lectures,  sem- 
inars, convocations,  and  personal   interviews. 

THE  BALMER  SHOWERS  LECTURESHIP 

This  annual  lectureship  was  established  and 
endowed  by  the  late  Bishop  Emeritus  J. 
Balmer  Showers,  '07,  of  the  Evangelical  United 
Brethren  Church.  Under  the  stipulations  of 
the  endowment,  the  lectures  are  delivered  by 
distinguished  scholars  of  recognized  leader- 
ship in  the  areas  of  Christian  faith  and  the- 
ology, biblical  archaeology  and  interpretation, 
and  Christian  ethics  of  the  Christian  ministry. 

RELIGION  AND  LIFE  LECTURESHIPS 

The  purpose  of  the  Religion  and  Life  Lec- 
tureships is  to  deepen  the  student's  under- 
standing of  some  of  the  problems  of  life  and 
the  religious  resources  that  are  available  to 
meet  such  problems.  Each  semester  a  Chris- 
tian leader  of  national  or  international  repu- 
tation is  invited  to  spend  a  day  on  campus 
in  order  to  confer  with  students  and  faculty, 
to  conduct  seminars,  and  to  address  the  en- 
tire college  community. 

DELTA  TAU  CHI 

Delta  Tau  Chi  is  an  organization  composed 
primarily  of  students  who  have  decided  to 
devote  full-time  service  to  church  vocations. 
Membership  is  open,  however,  to  all  stu- 
dents who  wish  to  participate  in  its  activities 
and  subscribe  to  its  purpose.  The  group  holds 
regularly  scheduled  meetings,  and  daily  devo- 
tion, sends  deputations  to  churches,  con- 
ducts programs  at  various  hospitals  and 
homes,  and  enters  into  other  community 
projects. 


40 


CAMPUS  ORGANIZATIONS 

SOCIAL  ORGANIZATIONS 

Five  organizations  endeavor  to  enrich   the 
social  program  of  the  College  by  sponsoring 
social    activities   on    the    campus    and    in    the 
community,   and    by   broadening   the   experi- 
ence of  its  members  through  group  action. 
Delta  Lambda  Sigma 
Kappa  Lambda  Nu 
Kappa  Lambda  Sigma 
Knights  of  the  Valley 
Phi  Lambda  Si*gma 

RECOGNITION  GROUPS 

Students  who  have  achieved  scholastic  dis- 
tinction in  their  academic  work  or  in  certain 
areas    are    eligible    for    membership    in    hon- 
orary scholastic  societies. 
Phi  Alpha  Epsilon 
Beta  Beta  Beta 
Pi  Gamma  Mu 
Psi  Chi 

HONORARY  AND  SERVICE 
ORGANIZATIONS 

Six  organizations  exist  to  bring  recognition 
to  deserving  music  students  and  participants 
in  dramatic  activities  or  to  function  as  service 
organizations  on  the  campus. 
Alpha  Phi  Omega 
Alpha  Psi  Omega 
Freshman  Orientation  Board 
Gamma  Sigma  Sigma 
Phi  Mu  Alpha 
Sigma  Alpha  lota 

PUBLICATIONS 

Practical  experience   in   management,  writ- 
ing, and  editorial  work  is  available  to  students 
through  membership  on  the  staffs  of  the  col- 
lege yearbook  and  the  campus  newspaper. 
The  Quittapahilla 
La  Vie  Collegienne 

DEPARTMENTAL  CLUBS 

Many  departmental  clubs  provide  oppor- 
tunities for  students  to  participate  in  supple- 
mental department  activities.  At  regular 
meetings    reports   on    appropriate    topics    are 


presented     and     discussed.     Other    activities 

sponsored  by  the  departmental  clubs  include 

lectures  by  specialists  in  the  club's  particular 

field  of  interest,  educational  films,  and  field 

trips. 

Chemistry:  American  Chemical  Society 

Affiliate 
Economics:  Investment  Club 
Education:  Childhood  Education  Club, 

Student  P.S.E.A. 
English:  Green  Blotter  Club 
Mathematics:  Industrial  Mathematics  Society 

Affiliate 
Modern  Languages:  French  Club,  German 

Club,  Russian  Club 
Physics:  Physics  Club,  Student  Section  of  the 

American  Institute  of  Physics 
Psychology:  Psi  Chi 
Sociology:  Sociology  Club 

DRAMATICS  AND  MUSIC 

An   opportunity   to   develop   dramatic   and 
musical   talents  under  qualified   leadership  is 
offered  to  the  students  of  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege by  the  following  organizations: 
All-Girl  Band 
Chapel  Choir 
College  Chorus 
Concert  Choir 
Guild    Student    Group    (American    Guild    of 

Organists) 
Symphonic  Band 
Symphony  Orchestra 
Wig  and  Buckle  Club 


CULTURAL  OPPORTUNITIES 

Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  cultural  pro- 
grams in  the  form  of  the  Great  Artists  Series, 
concerts  by  students,  faculty  members,  and 
musical  organizations  in  the  department  of 
music,  and  lectures  sponsored  by  the  various 
departments  of  the  College.  In  addition,  the 
neighboring  communities  of  Harrisburg, 
Hershey,  and  Lebanon  offer  concerts,  lectures, 
and  other  cultural  activities  throughout  the 
year. 


41 


' 


STUDENT  GOVERNMENT 

Ultimate  responsibility  for  activities  on  the 
college  campus  rests  with  the  faculty  and  the 
administration.  However,  the  faculty  and  the 
administration  have  delegated  powers  and 
responsibilities  to  the  student  governing 
bodies  so  that,  to  a  large  extent,  students 
govern  themselves.  The  College  encourages 
initiative  and  self-government  as  a  part  of 
the  democratic  training  offered. 

The  representative  organizations  described 
below  were  established  to  function  in  areas 
of  student  government.  They  are  privileged 
to  conduct  the  affairs  of  the  student  body  of 
Lebanon  Valley  College  under  their  separate 
responsibilities  so  as  to  guide  and  promote 
the  affairs  of  the  students  in  accordance 
with  local,  state  and  federal  laws  and  general 
institutional  rules. 

STUDENT  COUNCIL 

The  Student  Council  seeks  to  foster  under- 
standing and  cooperation  among  the  students, 
faculty  and  administration  of  Lebanon  Valley 
College.  It  is  the  elected  group  that  acts  as 
the  central  clearing  house  for  all  recommenda- 
tions and  grievances,  outside  the  area  of  re- 
sponsibility of  the  Student  Senate,  which 
emanate  from  the  student  body.  The  Student 
Council  also  coordinates  student  activities  and 
provides  for  the  financing  of  those  activities. 
It  is  composed  of  fifteen  members. 

STUDENT  SENATE 

The  Student  Senate,  composed  of  twelve 
elected  members,  is  the  student  disciplinary 
body.  In  addition  to  rendering  decisions  con- 
cerning student  justice  and  assigning  punish- 
ments for  rule  violations,  it  has  the  responsi- 
bility of  establishing  social  rules  and  regula- 
tions in  accordance  with  the  general  rules  of 
the  College.  One  of  the  key  concepts  that 
underlies  student  government  is  that  it  is  the 
responsibility  and  obligation  of  each  student 
to  enforce  the  rules  that  have  been  established 
by  the  Student  Senate.  A  Senate  Handbook  is 
distributed  to  all  new  students  at  the  start  of 
the  school  year. 


STUDENT  GOVERNMENT 
EXECUTIVE  COMMITTEE 

The  highest  authority  in  matters  of  student 
government  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  the 
Executive  Committee.  This  group,  composed 
of  four  students,  two  administrators,  two 
faculty  members,  and  the  President  of  the 
College  who  serves  as  chairman,  has  authority 
to  make  major  policy  changes  upon  recom- 
mendation by  the  Student  Senate  or  Student 
Council.  It  acts  on  matters  or  appeals  referred 
to  it  by  students,  faculty  members,  administra- 
tors, the  Student  Senate,  or  the  Student 
Council. 

INSTITUTIONAL  RULES 

1.  There  shall  be  no  dichotomy  between 
rules  for  men  and  rules  for  women  and 
there  shall  be  unprejudiced  equality  in  all 
aspects  except  security  measures  for 
women  to  be  determined  by  the  women. 

2.  Senior  students  and  students  twenty-one 
years  of  age  and  older  are  given  prefer- 
ence in  applying  for  permission  to  live 
off  campus  in  the  event  the  College  is 
unable  to  furnish  housing,  provided  pre- 
ference is  also  given  to  students  with  such 
qualifications  of  age  and  class  standing 
who  are  not  on  academic  or  social  proba- 
tion. 

3.  The  possession  and/or  use  of  alcoholic 
beverages  by  any  one  on  any  property 
owned  by  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  pro- 
hibited. 

4.  Any  interference  with  the  educational  or 
administrative  processes  of  the  institution 
is  forbidden. 

5.  Persons  of  the  opposite  sex  may  visit  in  an 
individual's  dormitory  room  only  within 
the  limitations  as  stated  in  the  Student 
Government  Handbook. 

6.  Gambling  is  forbidden  on  the  campus. 

7.  Smoking  is  prohibited  in  all  College  build- 
ings except  in  residents'  rooms  and  where 
receptacles  are  provided. 

8.  Pets  shall  not  be  kept  in  the  dormitories. 


42 


9.  Resident  freshmen  shall  be  required  to  stay 
on  campus  every  weekend  except  one 
prior  to  the  Thanksgiving  vacation. 
10.  Freshmen  resident  students  are  not  per- 
mitted to  have  or  drive  motor  vehicles  in 
Annville  at  any  time  unless  accompanied 
by  a  parent. 

ATHLETICS  AND  RECREATION 

Lebanon  Valley  College  maintains  a  full  pro- 
gram of  intramural  and  intercollegiate  ath- 
letic activities.  Intramural  leagues  and 
tournaments  are  conducted  in  the  various 
sports  for  men,  while  the  women  acquire 
points  toward  individual  awards  by  participa- 
tion   in   the   women's    intramural    program. 

The  College  participates  in  eight  intercol- 
legiate sports  for  men  (baseball,  basketball, 
cross-country,  football,  golf,  lacrosse,  track, 
wrestling)  and  two  for  women  (basketball  and 
hockey).  There  are  two  athletic  organizations 
on  the  campus,  the  LV  Varsity  Club  for  men 
and  the  Women's  Athletic  Association. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  member  of  the 
following  national  and  regional  athletic  as- 
sociations: National  Collegiate  Athletic  Asso- 
ciation, Middle  Atlantic  States  Collegiate 
Athletic  Conference,  Eastern  Collegiate  Athle- 
tic Conference,  and  Central  Pennsylvania  Field 
Hockey  Association. 


AIMS  AND  OBJECTIVES  OF 
INTERCOLLEGIATE  ATHLETICS 

Lebanon  Valley  College  supports  its  inter- 
collegiate athletics  program  because  it  offers 
its  students  an  opportunity  to  participate  in 
activities  that  afford  an  outlet  for  competitive 
spirit  and  vitality,  while  further  providing  each 
student  with  an  opportunity  to  develop, 
understand  and  appreciate  the  values  of  team- 
work, pride,  morale,  dedication,  physical  fit- 
ness and  school  spirit. 


43 


Courses  of  Study 


44 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 

COURSE  NUMBERING  SYSTEM 

The  course  numbering  system  at  Lebanon  Valley  changes  from  one  employing  two 
digits  to  one  of  three  digits  in  September  of  1972.  The  old,  two-digit,  number  appears 
in  this  catalog  in  parentheses  after  the  new,  three-digit,  number;  a  dash  in  parentheses 
after  the  course  number  indicates  that  the  course  is  new  or  that  it  did  not  have  a  number 
last  year.  Persons  who  may  need  to  refer  to  old  numbers  after  the  1972-1973  academic 
year  are  urged  to  retain  this  catalog  because  subsequent  issues  will  not  contain  the  two- 
digit  numbers. 

The  first  digit  of  the  three-digit  system  indicates  the  academic  year  in  which  the  course 
is  normally  taken.  Thus,  a  course  is  normally  taken  in  the  senior  year  if  the  first  digit  is  4, 
in  the  junior  year  if  it  is  3,  in  the  sophomore  year  if  it  is  2,  and  in  the  freshman  year  if  it 
is  1.  (A  first  digit  of  1  may  also  indicate  that  the  course  may  be  taken  by  freshmen  even 
though  it  is  usually  taken  by  sophomores,  juniors  or  seniors.)  A  first  digit  of  5  is  employed 
for  courses  in  private  music  instruction,  independent  study  courses,  and  courses  for 
departmental  honors.  Course  numbers  for  music  organization  have  6  as  a  first  digit.  The 
same  number  is  used  each  time  a  student  enrolls  in  a  course  whose  first  digit  is  5  or  6. 

A  course  is  offered  in  the  first  semester  if  the  third  digit  is  an  odd  number,  in  the  second 
semester  if  the  third  digit  is  an  even  number.  A  course  with  0  as  a  third  digit  is  offered 
in  both  semesters. 

A  comma  separating  the  numbers  of  two  courses  with  a  common  title  indicates  that 
the  first  course  (offered  in  the  first  semester)  is  a  prerequisite  to  the  second  course 
(offered  in  the  second  semester).  A  slash  (/)  separating  the  numbers  of  two  courses  with 
a  common  title  indicates  that  the  first  course  is  not  a  prerequisite  for  the  second  course. 

A  course  is  offered  every  year  if  an  academic  year  is  not  indicated. 

COURSE  CREDIT 

Semester  hours  of  credit,  class  hours  per  week,  and  laboratory  hours  per  week  are 
indicated  by  three  numbers  at  the  end  of  the  line  containing  the  course  number  and  title. 
For  example,  "4:3:3"  for  Biology  201  means  four  semester  hours  of  credit,  three  classroom 
hours  per  week,  and  three  laboratory  hours  per  week. 


45 


ART 


Instructor  Iskowitz;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  Batchelor 

110(12).     Introduction  to  Art.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

Students  are  introduced  to  various  visual  forms  which  are  analyzed  in  an  attempt  to  under- 
stand the  nature  of  art  through  structure,  the  characteristics  of  media,  and  content.  The  impor- 
tance of  shaping  individual  perception  is  stressed  in  order  to  show  how  the  observer  plays  an 
active  role  in  his  appreciation  of  a  work  of  art.  In  the  lectures,  problems  using  old  and  new 
techniques  are  explained  as  well  as  the  various  media  of  the  visual  arts. 
Prerequisite  to  other  art  courses. 

140(14).     Studio  Drawing  and  Painting.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

Problems  are  offered  which  provide  maximum  opportunity  for  the  development  of  the 
creative  capacity  of  the  individual.  An  exploration  of  the  inherent  qualities  of  various  media, 
techniques,  and  tools  is  undertaken  through  active  involvement  in  studio.  Introduction  to  print- 
making,  especially  etching  and  woodcutting,  is  offered.  The  staff  reserves  the  right  to  select  one 
example  of  each  student's  work  for  a  permanent  collection. 

Prerequisite:  Art  110. 
201  (21a).     Art  History  I,  Pre-history  through  the  Middle  Ages.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Representative  examples  in  painting,  sculpture,  architecture,  and  pottery  of  the  major 
cultures  of  successive  historic  periods  are  considered.  Stress  is  given  to  the  interaction  of 
factors  influencing  the  various  forms  of  visual  expressions.  Lectures,  discussions,  visual  aids,  and 
assignments  of  breadth  are  employed  to  encourage  individual  research  in  the  area  of  develop- 
ing interest. 

Prerequisite:  Art  110. 

'202  (21b).     Art  History  II,  Renaissance  to  Twentieth  Century.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Study  of  the  major  forms  of  the  visual  arts  representative  of  the  Renaissance  and  succeeding 
centuries  as  expressed  both  by  the  individual  and  major  schools.  These  viewed  in  terms  of 
degree  of  reflection  of  the  social,  ideological,  and  economic  foci  of  the  period.  Lecture,  discus- 
sion, visual  aids,  supplementary  assignments. 

Prerequisite:  Art  110. 
401  (32).     Art  in  the  Elementary  School.  3:2:2.  First  semester. 

Survey  of  theories  of  art  education  and  of  programs  of  creative  process  activities  adaptive 
to  the  various  levels  of  maturation  at  the  elementary  level.  Studio  experience  employing  a 
variety  of  media  and  techniques  is  offered  to  give  experience  and  understanding  to  the  problems 
involved.  Practical  knowledge  of  process,  sources  of  supply,  approaches  to  display,  and  trends 
in  evaluation  of  process  are  presented  through  lecture,  discussion,  demonstration,  visual  aids, 
supplementary  reading. 

Prerequisite:  Art  110. 


46 


1! 


m 
■■■■■ 


;1 
■Mi 
■-•;■ 


Assistant  Professor  Wolf,  Chairman;  Assistant  Professors  Argot,  Bollinger,  Gring,  and 
Wolfe 

The  work  outlined  in  the  following  courses  in  biology  is  intended  to  develop  an 
appreciation  of  man's  relation  to  his  universe,  to  acquaint  students  with  those  funda- 
mental concepts  necessary  for  the  proper  interpretation  of  the  phenomena  manifested 
by  the  living  things  with  which  they  are  surrounded,  and  to  lay  a  foundation  for 
specialization  in  professional  courses  in  biology. 

The  courses  are  designed  to  prepare  students  for  the  work  in  professional  schools, 
schools  for  medical  technologists,  hospital  schools  for  training  of  nurses,  for  graduate 
work  in  colleges  and  universities,  for  teaching  the  biological  sciences  in  high  schools, 
and  for  assistantships  in  university  and  experiment  station  laboratories  in  the  depart- 
ments of  agriculture  and  other  government  agencies. 

Major:  Biology  111,  112,  201,  202,  411  or  412  and  twelve  additional  hours  in  Biology; 
Chemistry  111,112,  211,212;  Physics  103  and  104  or  111  and  112;  and  Math  161. 

101,102(14).     Introduction  to  Biology  I,  II.  3:2:2  per  semester. 

This  course,  designed  for- the  non-science  major,  places  emphasis  on  the  mastery  of  certain 
biological  principles  which  are  inherent  in  living  material.  These  principles  are  then  applied  to 
specific  organisms  with  special  stress  placed  on  the  study  of  human  biology. 

The  laboratory  includes  exercises  in  botany,  genetics,  ecology,  anatomy,  and  physiology. 

111,112(18).     General  Biology  I,  II.  4:3:4  per  semester. 

An  attempt  is  made  to  familiarize  the  student  with  some  of  the  basic  concepts  of  the 
physical  sciences  necessary  for  the  understanding  of  modern  biology.  Basic  biological  principles 
are  stressed  as  related  to  the  major  subdivisions  of  the  biological  sciences.  This  course  or  its 
equivalent  is  prerequisite  to  all  other  courses  in  the  department. 

Prerequisites  or  corequisites:  Chemistry  111,  112. 

201(22).     Genetics.  4:3:3.  First  semester. 

The  central  theme  of  this  course  is  the  mastery  of  the  universal  properties  of  the  mechanism 
of  heredity.  The  laboratory  stresses  the  demonstration  of  the  key  concepts  of  heredity  utilizing 
both  a  classical  and  a  molecular  approach. 

202(32).     Animal  Physiology.  4:2:4.  Second  semester. 

A  study  of  the  various  tissues,  organs,  and  systems  of  animals  considered  from  a  functional 
point  of  view. 


47 


301  (21).     Microbiology.  4:2:4.  First  semester. 

A  basic  study  of  the  morphology,  physiology,  and  biochemistry  of  representative  micro- 
organisms. 

302  (28).     Botany.  4 :2 -a.  Second  semester. 
The  course  is  designed  to  deal  with  the  broader  aspects  of  plants,  emphasizing  a  study  of 

the  taxonomic,  ecological,  evolutionary  and  pathological  principles.  Consideration  will  be 
given  to  the  local  flora,  with  emphasis  being  placed  on  those  features  which  indicate  relation- 
ships of  the  various  families. 

303  (29).     Biology  of  the  Chordates.  4  2 :4.  Fi rst  semester. 
The  anatomy  of  the  chordates  is  studied  from  a  comparative  viewpoint  with   particular 

attention  given  to  the  correlation  of  structure  to  living  conditions.  Laboratory  work  involves 
dissection  and  demonstration  of  representative  chordates. 

304  (30).     Comparative  Histology  and  Microtechnique.  4:2:4.  Second  semester. 
Microscopic  anatomy  of  invertebrate  and  vertebrate  tissues  illustrating  basic  tissue  simi- 
larities and  specialization  in  relation  to  function.  The  laboratory  work  includes  the  preparation 
of  slides  utilizing  routine  histological  and  histochemical  techniques. 

305  (31).     Developmental  Biology.  4:2:4.  First  semester. 
The  study  of  basic  descriptive  phenomena  in  the  development  of  typical  invertebrate  and 

vertebrate  embryos  will  be  extended  into  consideration  of  modern  embryological  problems. 

307(34).     Plant  Physiology.  4:2:4.  First  semester. 

This  course  acquaints  the  student  with  the  various  functions  of  parts  of  plants.  It  includes 
lectures  and  experimental  work  on  the  processes  of  photosynthesis,  nutrition,  respiration, 
growth,  the  role  of  hormones,  digestion,  absorption,  etc. 

401  (45).     Cell  Physiology.  4:2:4.  First  semester. 

A  molecular  approach  to  the  study  of  the  organization  and  function  of  the  cell. 

For  senior  or  junior  majors  who  have  completed  at  least  two  years  of  chemistry,  or  by 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

402(35).     Invertebrate  Zoology.  4:2:4.  Second  semester. 

Through  the  use  of  a  systemic  approach,  the  morphology  and  physiology  of  representatives 
of  most  of  the  invertebrate  phyla  are  studied.  This  approach  centers  around  the  following  areas: 
movement,  metabolism,  information  and  control,  reproduction,  and  associations  between 
animals. 

404(41).     Ecology.  4:2:4.  Second  semester. 

The  fundamental  concepts  of  ecology  are  examined  with  emphasis  placed  on  the  inter- 
action between  organisms  and  their  biological  and  physical  environment  in  selected  ecosys- 
tems—freshwater, marine,  and  terrestrial.  Field  trips  will  be  taken  to  selected  areas.  Laboratory 
work  will  be  conducted  on  problems  associated  with  various  types  of  ecosystems. 

Prerequisites:  Two  semesters  of  biology  beyond  Biology  112  or  permission  of  the  instructors. 

411/412(40.1).     Biology  Seminar  I,  II.  1 :1 :0  per  semester. 

Readings,  discussions,  and  reports  on  special  topics  in  biology. 

451/452(44).     Special  Problems  I,  II.  1-3  hours  credit  per  semester. 

Limited  to  students  majoring  in  biology  who  have  had  ample  courses  in  the  department 
and  whose  records  indicate  that  they  can  be  encouraged  to  take  part  in  research  or  can  work 
independently  on  research  problems  in  which  they  have  a  special  interest. 

It  is  also  for  those  who  have  had  most  of  the  courses  required  for  their  major  but  who 
may  have  a  special  need  for  experience  in  fields  not  listed  in  the  course  offerings  of  the 
department.  Students  interested  in  a  course  in  marine  biology  should  elect  Biology  451/452 
in  their  senior  year. 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  staff. 

48 


/ 


CHEMISTRY 


Professor  Neidig,  Chairman;  Professor  Lockwood;  Assistant  Professors  Bailey,  Griffiths, 
Lyndrup  and  Spencer;  Instructor  Bell 

The  aims  of  the  department  are:  (1)  to  provide  students  majoring  in  chemistry 
rigorous  training  in  the  principles  and  applications  of  modern  chemistry;  (2)  to  provide 
students  interested  in  the  teaching  profession  an  opportunity  to  become  acquainted 
with  the  teaching  of  science;  and  (3)  to  offer  students  interested  in  advanced  study  or 
in  industrial  employment  professional  training  in  chemistry. 

Major:  Chemistry  111,  112,  211,  212,  311,  312,  313,  314,  315,  316,  317,  318,  and  4 
hours  of  500. 

B.S.  in  Chemistry  (certified  by  the  American  Chemical  Society):  Chemistry  111,  112, 
211,  212,  311,  312,  313,  314,  315,  316,  317,  318,  411,  412,  413,  414  and  4  hours  of  500. 

For  outline  of  program  leading  to  the  degree  of  B.S.  in  Chemistry,  see  pages  100-101. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Juniors  and  seniors  may  participate  in  the  departmental  honors  program  if  they  have 
demonstrated  a  high  scholastic  ability  and  proficiency  in  both  experimental  and 
theoretical  chemistry.  To  be  recommended  for  departmental  honors,  a  student  is 
required:  (1)  to  submit  a  thesis  based  on  extensive  laboratory  investigation  of  an 
original  problem;  and  (2)  to  defend  the  thesis  before  an  appropriate  examining 
committee. 
111,112  (13).     Principles  of  Chemistry  I,  II.  4:3:3  per  semester. 

A  systematic  study  of  the  fundamental  principles  and  concepts  of  chemistry. 
211  (25).     Reaction  Kinetics  and  Chemical  Equilibria.  4:3:4.  First  semester. 

An  investigation  of  chemical  systems  involving  a  study  of  reaction  kinetics  and  equilibria, 
emphasizing  the  reaction  of  ionic  substances  and  using  modern  analytical  methods. 

Prerequisite:  Chemistry  112  or  demonstrated  equivalent  background. 
212(24).     Chemistry  of  the  Covalent  Bond.  4:3:4.  Second  semester. 

The  presentation  of  the  structure  and  chemistry  of  covalent  compounds  including  thermo- 
dynamic and  kinetic  considerations. 

Prerequisite:  Chemistry  211. 
311,  312  (36).     Physical  Chemistry  I,  II.  3 :3 :0  per  semester. 

A  course  in  the  physical  theories  of  matter  and  their  applications  to  systems  of  variable 
composition. 

Prerequisites:  Chemistry  211  and  Mathematics  162. 

313(37).     Organic   Chemistry.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  the  preparation,  properties,  and  uses  of  the  aliphatic  and  aromatic  compounds 
with  emphasis  on  the  principles  and  reaction  mechanisms  describing  their  behavior. 

Prerequisite:  Chemistry  212. 


49 


314(38).     Instrumental   Analysis.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  consideration  of  the  use  of  instrumental  analytical  methods  including  spectrophoto- 
metry, electroanalytical,  coulometry,  and  polarography. 

Prerequisite:  Chemistry  311. 

Corequisite:  Chemistry  312. 
315,  316  (39).     Laboratory  Investigations  I,  II.  1 :0:4  per  semester. 

Use  of  instrumental  techniques  for  investigating  chemical  systems. 

Prerequisite:  Chemistry  212. 

Corequisites:  Chemistry  311,  312. 
317(30.2).     Laboratory  Investigations  III.  2:0:8.  First  semester. 

Investigations  of  methods  of  synthesis  and  analysis  of  organic  compounds  including  some 
physical-organic  studies. 

Prerequisite:  Chemistry  212. 
318(30.1).     Laboratory  Investigations  IV.  2:0:8.  Second  semester. 

Physical-chemical  investigations  of  chemical  systems. 

Prerequisite:  Chemistry  311. 

Corequisite:  Chemistry  312. 
411,412(47).     Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

An  advanced  course  applying  theoretical  principles  to  the  understanding  of  the  descrip- 
tive chemistry  of  the  elements. 

Prerequisites:  Chemistry  312  and  Physics  112. 
413(45).     Advanced  Analytical  Chemistry.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  advanced  topics  in  analytical  chemistry. 

Prerequisites:  Chemistry  312  and  Chemistry  314. 
414  (41).     Advanced  Organic  Chemistry.  3 :3 :0.  Second  semester. 

A  consideration  of  the  structure  of  organic  compounds  and  the  mechanisms  of  homo- 
geneous organic  reactions. 

Prerequisites:  Chemistry  312  and  Chemistry  313. 
421,422(43).     Biochemistry  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  course  in  the  physical  and  organic  aspects  of  living  systems. 

Prerequisites:  Chemistry  211,  Chemistry  313,  and  Chemistry  317. 
423,  424  (— ).     Laboratory  Investigations  V,  VI.  1 :0:4  per  semester. 

Investigations  of  the  properties  of  proteins,  nucleic  acids,  carbohydrates,  and  lipids. 

Prerequisites:  Chemistry  211,  Chemistry  313,  and  Chemistry  317. 

425  (46).     Qualitative  Organic  Analysis.  2:0:8.  First  semester. 

Presentation  of  the  principles  and  methods  of  organic  analysis. 
Prerequisite:  Chemistry  313. 

426  (48).     Advanced  Physical  Chemistry.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 
A  presentation  of  advanced  topics  in  chemistry  from  such  areas  as  quantum   mechanics, 

thermodynamics,  and  kinetics. 

Prerequisite:  Chemistry  312. 
500  (44).     Independent  Study.  2:1 :4  per  semester. 

(Maximum  of  8  hours  credit.) 

Intensive  library  and  laboratory  study  of  topics  of  special  interest  to  advanced  students 
in  the  major  areas  of  chemistry.  For  students  preparing  for  secondary  school  teaching,  the 
emphasis  is  placed  on  methods  of  teaching  chemistry. 

Prerequisites:  Chemistry  311,  312,  and  the  consent  of  the  chairman  of  the  department. 
510(44).     Departmental  Honors.  3:1 :8  per  semester. 

See  information  on  page  49.  (Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 

COMPUTER  PROGRAMMING 

Assistant  Professor  Horgan 

110(1).     BASIC  Computer  Language.  0:1 :0.  Either  semester. 

Introduction  to  the  BASIC  Language. 

50 


■WlNKSal  ADMINISTRATIS 


■  7  100 

BO  103 

84  IOS 

B7  IIS 

88  III 


AMI  Kit 


ECONOMICS  AND  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


Professor  Tom,  Chairman;  Assistant  Professors  Lee,  Peterke,  and  Rice 

The  aim  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  to  give  its  students  the  opportunity  to  pro- 
cure a  liberal  education  of  the  highest  quality.  Thus  within  this  general  objective  of 
the  College,  the  program  of  study  in  economics  and  business  administration  at 
Lebanon  Valley  College  is  designed  to  provide  for  its  own  major: 

1.  A  broad  and  liberal  education  so  that  graduates  of  this  department  will  play  a 
more  active  role  in  our  changing  world  of  ideas  and  actions;  and 

2.  A  sound  and  integrated  knowledge  of  the  essential  principles  and  problems  of 
economics  and  business  administration. 

Major:  Economics  110,  120,  201,  202,  301,  490;  Business  Administration  151,  352, 
and  6  additional  hours  as  approved  by  the  advisor. 

For  an  outline  of  the  suggested  program  in  economics  and  business  administration, 
seepages  102-103. 

Economics  110  and  120  are  prerequisites  for  all  courses  in  this  department  of  a 
higher  number  except  Business  Administration  151,  152,  371,  and  372. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

The  purpose  of  the  departmental  honors  program  is  to  provide  opportunity  for 
capable  students  to  undertake  advanced  academic  work  independently  under  the 
supervision  of  one  or  more  members  of  the  department. 

In  order  to  participate  in  the  departmental  honors  program,  the  applicant  is 
required  to: 

1.  demonstrate  in  his  academic  work  the  caliber  of  scholarship  required  to  undertake 
extensive  research  projects, 

2.  apply  for  and  receive  permission  for  such  participation  from  the  departmental 
chairman  and  from  the  Dean  of  the  College  no  later  than  the  end  of  the  first 
semester  of  the  junior  year, 

3.  obtain  departmental  approval  of  a  research  project, 

4.  prepare  a  paper  on  the  research  project  under  the  guidance  of  one  or  more  staff 
members  of  the  department, 


51 


5.  submit  the  paper  in  March  of  the  senior  year,  and 

6.  present  and  defend  the  paper  before  a  faculty  committee  selected  by  the  depart- 
mental chairman  and  the  Dean  of  the  College. 

On  the  basis  of  the  student's  performance  in  this  program,  the  departmental  chair- 
man and  the  Dean  of  the  College  will  determine  whether  or  not  the  student  will  be 
graduated  with  departmental  honors. 

ECONOMICS 

110  (20a).     Principles  of  Economics  I.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

An  introductory  study  in  economic  principles  and  the  American  economy  with  emphasis 
on  the  elementary  concepts  of  national  income,  price  level,  business  fluctuations,  banking 
activities,  money  supply  and  economic  growth. 

120  (20b).     Principles  of  Economics  II.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

An  introductory  study  in  economic  principles  and  the  American  economy  with  emphasis 
on  the  elementary  concepts  of  consumption  function,  production  function,  product  pricing, 
factor  pricing,  resource  allocation,  labor  economics,  public  finance,  and  international  eco- 
nomics. 

201(40.2).     Microeconomic  Analysis.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Theories  of  demand,  production,  price,  and  resource  allocation. 

202(40.4).     Macroeconomic  Analysis.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Theoretical  and  empirical  study  of  national  income  and  business  cycles. 

301(48).     Labor  Economics.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Analysis  of  the  American  labor  movement;  theories,  history,  structure,  and  functions  of 
unionism;  individual  and  collective  bargaining  policies  and  practices;  labor  legislation; 
grievances;  arbitration. 

311(36).     Money  and  Banking.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Nature  and  functions  of  money  and  credit.  Development  and  role  of  commercial  banking 
and  central  banking.  Structure  and  functions  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System.  Monetary  and 
banking  theory,  policy,  and  practice.  Influence  on  prices,  level  of  income  and  employment,  and 
economic  stability  and  progress. 

322(37).     Public  Finance.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Revenues  and  expenditures  and  economic  functioning  of  the  federal,  state,  and  local  gov- 
ernments; principles  of  taxation — shifting,  incidence,  and  burden;  influence  on  incentives, 
income  distribution,  and  resource  allocation;  economic  and  social  aspects  of  public  spending; 
budgetary  control  and  debt  management;  fiscal  policy  and  economic  stability. 

332(38).     International  Economics.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  study  of  theories  of  trade;  capital  movement;  mechanism  for  attaining  equilibrium; 
economic  policies  such  as  tariff,  quota,  monetary  standards  and  exchange,  state  trading,  cartel, 
and  other  economic  agreements;  the  International  Monetary  Fund  and  the  International  Bank 
for  Reconstruction  and  Development. 

401(40.1).     History  of  Economic  Thought.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

The  evolution  of  economic  thought  through  the  principal  schools  from  mercantilism  to  the 
present.  Attention  will  be  given  to  the  analysis  of  the  various  theories  of  value,  wages,  interest, 
rent,  profit,  price  level,  business  cycles,  and  employment,  and  to  the  influences  of  earlier 
economic  ideas  upon  current  thinking  and  policy-making. 

411(41).     Economic  Growth.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Theoretical  and  empirical  study  of  economic  development. 

52 


422(46).     Econometrics.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

An  introductory  application  of  mathematical  concepts  and  statistical  methods  to  economic 
theories  and  policies. 

490  (40.3).     Seminar  and  Special  Problems.  3 :3 :0.  Either  semester. 

Independent  study  and  research  in  economics,  business  administration,  or  accounting  under 
the  direction  and  supervision  of  the  departmental  staff. 

510  (I.S.).     Departmental  Honors.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 
Open   to    majors   in    economics   and    business   administration   who    are   qualified    for    the 
departmental  honors  program.  See  information  on  pages  51-52. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

151,152(23).     Principles  of  Accounting  I,  II.  4:3:2  per  semester. 

Accounting  principles  and  their  application  in  service,  trading,  and  manufacturing  business 
operating  as  single  proprietorships,  partnerships,  and  corporations.  Topics  studied  include:  the 
accounting  cycle — journalizing,  posting,  worksheet,  financial  statements,  adjusting,  closing; 
basic  partnership  problems — formation,  distribution  of  profits,  dissolution;  corporation  and 
manufacturing  accounting;  basic  problems  of  depreciation,  depletion,  valuation;  introduction 
to  analysis,  interpretation,  and  use  of  financial  statements. 

Accounting,  a  language  of  business,  provides  a  tool  to  implement  work  in  other  fields  of 
business  administration. 

251  (30).     Intermediate  Accounting.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 

Intensively  covers  valuation  accounting  relating  to  working  capital  items — cash,  temporary 
investments,  receivables,  inventories,  current  liabilities;  non-current  items — investments,  plant 
and  equipment,  intangible  assets  and  deferred  charges,  and  long-term  liabilities;  and  corporate 
capital.  Includes  nature  of  income,  cost,  and  expense;  statement  of  source  and  application  of 
funds;  and  statement  preparation  and  analysis.  Attention  is  given  to  relevant  official  pronounce- 
ments in  accounting.  CPA  examination  accounting  theory  questions  are  utilized. 

Prerequisite:  Business  Administration  152. 

252  (31).     Advanced  Accounting.  3 :3 :0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1 972-1 973. 
Accounting  for  joint  ventures;  special  sales  procedures — installment,  consignment,  agency 

and  branch;  parent  and  subsidiary  accounting — consolidations  and  mergers;  fiduciary  and 
budgetary  accounting — statement  of  affairs,  receivership,  estates  and  trusts,  governmental  ac- 
counting; foreign  exchange;  insurance;  actuarial  science  and  applications.  Attention  is  given  to 
relevant  official  pronouncements  in  accounting.  CPA  examination  accounting  problems  are 
utilized. 

Prerequisite:  Business  Administration  251. 

352  (35).     Marketing.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

As  a  branch  of  applied  economics,  this  course  deals  with  (1)  the  application  of  economic 
theory  in  the  distribution  of  economic  goods  on  the  manufacturers'  and  wholesalers'  level; 
(2)  the  methods  of  analysis  on  the  product,  the  consumer,  and  the  company,  and  (3)  the  admin- 
istrative decisions  on  product  planning,  distribution  channels,  promotional  activities,  sales 
management,  and  price  policy.  To  bridge  the  gap  between  the  understanding  and  the  applica- 
tion of  marketing  principles,  students  are  required  to  prepare  and  discuss  a  number  of  cases 
pertaining  to  some  specific  areas  of  marketing. 

361(44).     Corporation  Finance.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  organizing  a  business,  financing  permanent  and  working  capital  needs,  manag- 
ing income  and  surplus,  expanding  through  internal  growth  and  combination,  recapitalization 
and  reorganization.  Forms  of  business  organization;  charter  and  by-laws;  directors,  officers,  and 
stockholders;  stocks  and  bonds;  dividend  policy;  concentration  and  anti-trust  legislation. 

Prerequisite:  Business  Administration  152. 

53 


362  (45).     Investments  and  Statement  Analysis.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Development  and  role  of  investment  and  its  relation  to  other  economic,  legal,  and  social 
institutions.  Investment  principles,  media,  machinery,  policy,  and  management  are  discussed. 
Financial  statement  analysis  is  stressed  and  designed  for  preparation  as  Certified  Public 
Accountants  and/or  Chartered  Financial  Analysts. 

371/372  (32a-32b).     Business  Law  I,  II.  3 :3 :0  per  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 

Elementary  principles  of  law  generally  related  to  the  field  of  business  including  contracts, 
agency,  sales,  bailments,  insurance,  and  negotiable  instruments. 

451  (43).     Cost  Accounting.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 

Industrial  accounting  from  the  viewpoint  of  material,  labor,  and  overhead  costs;  the  analysis 
of  actual  costs  for  control  purposes  and  for  determination  of  unit  product  costs;  assembling  and 
presentation  of  cost  data;  selected  problems. 

Prerequisite:  Business  Administration  152. 

452  (42).     Income  Tax  Accounting.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1 973-1 974. 
Analysis  of  the  federal  income  tax  law  and  its  applications  to   individuals,   partnerships, 

fiduciaries,  corporations;  case  problems;  preparation  of  returns. 

Prerequisite:  Business  Administration  152,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

461  (40.5).     Auditing.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1973-1974. 

Study  and  appraisal  of  current  auditing  standards  and  related  literature. 
Prerequisite:  Business  Administration  152. 

471  (49).     Industrial  Management  and  Personnel  Administration. 

3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1973-1974. 
Principles  of  decision  making  in  business  management.  Personnel  policies  and  practices. 


54 


EDUCATION 


Professor  Ebersole,  Chairman;  Associate  Professors  Herr  and  Weast;  Assistant  Professors 
Kerr  and  Petrofes 

The  aim  of  the  department  of  education  is  to  acquaint  students  with  the  art  of 
teaching  and  to  develop  in  each  prospective  teacher  a  full  realization  of  his  responsi- 
bilities in  this  profession. 

For  a  statement  of  requirements  for  those  planning  to  enter  the  teaching  profession, 
see  pages  104-105  and  110-111. 

ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION 

Major:  Elementary  Education  220,  270,  332,  341,  361/362,  344,  440,  444;  Art  401; 
Geography  111/112;  Psychology  221. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

The  departmental  honors  program  in  elementary  education  permits  the  capable 
student  to  increase  the  depth  of  his  understanding  in  an  area  of  special  interest  and  the 
general  scope  of  his  knowledge  of  elementary  education.  It  is  planned  as  an  integral 
part  of  the  student's  major  program  rather  than  work  superimposed  upon  it. 

A  student  majoring  in  elementary  education  may  participate  in  the  departmental 
honors  program  when  he  completes  the  freshman-sophomore  college  honors  pro- 
gram or  when  he  demonstrates  in  his  academic  work  the  caliber  of  scholarship  required 
to  undertake  an  extensive  research  project.  He  must  also  have  achieved  a  3.3  grade- 
point  average  in  departmental  courses  and  a  3.0  grade-point  average  in  all  college 
courses.  Application  is  made  in  writing  to  the  chairman  of  the  department  not  later 
than  the  end  of  the  first  semester  of  the  junior  year.  Approval  of  the  application  must 
be  given  by  the  Dean  of  the  College  upon  recommendation  by  the  department  staff. 

A  maximum  of  nine  credit  hours  may  be  earned  in  this  program.  These  hours  will 
be  distributed  over  the  junior  and  senior  years  with  a  minimum  of  one  and  a  maxi- 
mum of  three  hours  to  be  taken  in  one  semester.  This  must  include  participation  in 
the  Senior  Seminar  (1)  Elementary  Education  444,  which  is  required  of  all  students 
majoring  in  elementary  education.  The  student  will   investigate   an   area   of  special 


55 


interest  beginning  with  the  study  of  the  literature  and  culminating  in  the  design  and 
execution  of  an  approved  experimental  or  theoretical  research  project.  He  will  submit 
to  the  departmental  chairman  periodic  progress  reports  and  any  other  indication  of 
performance  that  may  be  required  by  the  department.  The  project  should  be  com- 
pleted by  March  of  the  senior  year,  at  which  time  the  student  will  report  and  defend 
the  findings  of  the  project  in  a  manner  to  be  determined  by  the  departmental  staff. 
Graduation  with  departmental  honors  in  elementary  education  will  depend  on  the 
quality  of  performance  in  the  research  project,  the  maintenance  of  the  grade-point 
averages  required  for  admission  to  the  program,  success  in  the  comprehensive  student- 
teaching  program,  and  the  final  approval  of  the  departmental  staff  and  the  Dean  of 
the  College. 

EDUCATION  COURSES  For  Both  Elementary  and  Secondary  Education 

110  (20).     Social  Foundations  of  Education.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

A  study  is  made  of  the  history  of  education  correlated  with  a  survey  of  the  principles  and 
theories  of  noted  educational  leaders.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  influence  these  leaders  and 
their  followers  have  had  on  school  and  society. 

Required  for  elementary  and  secondary  certification. 

331(30).     Educational  Measurements.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  the  principles  of  validity  and  reliability,  appraisal  and  construction  of  test  items 
and  consideration  of  the  uses  of  test  results. 

Recommended  elective  in  elementary  and  secondary  fields. 

Prerequisite:  Psychology  110. 

345  (45).     Visual  and  Sensory  Techniques.  3 :3 :0.  First  semester. 

Psychological  bases  for  sensory  aids;  study  and  appraisal  of  various  aids;  use  of  apparatus; 
sources  of  equipment  and  supplies. 

Recommended  elective  in  elementary  and  secondary  fields.  Open  only  to  juniors  and 
seniors  preparing  to  teach  or  enter  the  ministry. 

Prerequisites:  Education  110;  Psychology  110. 

422  (41).     An  Introduction  to  Guidance.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

An  overview  of  guidance  in  the  public  schools  including  the  history,  philosophy  and 
development  of  programs.  Procedures  and  instruments  to  be  employed  by  the  classroom 
teacher;  creation  of  conditions  for  mental  health;  relation  of  guidance  to  other  phases  of 
instruction. 

Prerequisites:  Education  110;  Psychology  110. 

442  (42).     The  Education  of  the  Exceptional  Child.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  general  view  of  the  practices  and  programs  for  the  education  of  exceptional  children  and 
youth.  The  study  includes  children  with  physical,  mental,  and  emotional  handicaps,  and  gifted 
children.  Observation  in  special  classes,  child  study,  and  the  survey  of  curricular  materials  used 
in  their  education  are  part  of  the  requirements. 

Prerequisites:  Education  110;  Psychology  110. 

ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION 

El.  Ed.  220  (22).     Music  in   the  Elementary  School.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

Fundamentals  of  music,  movement  to  music,  study  of  child  voice,  materials  and  methods 
for  the  different  grades,  and  a  survey  of  the  literature  used  in  the  public  schools. 

El.  Ed.  250  (25).     Mathematics  for  the  Elementary  Grades.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

An  introduction  to  the  fundamental  concepts  of  mathematics  and  a  survey  of  the  new 
and  old  in  mathematical  disciplines  as  applied  in  the  elementary  school. 

56 


El.  Ed.  270  (37).     Children's  Literature.  3 :3 :0.  Either  semester. 

A  study  of  the  literature  of  childhood,  including  authors  and  illustrators.  Attention  is  given 
to  children's  reading  interests,  criteria  and  aids  in  selecting  materials,  a  brief  survey  of  the  de- 
velopment of  children's  literature,  and  the  art  of  storytelling  and  its  place  in  the  curriculum. 

El.  Ed.  332  (23).     The  Physical  Sciences  in  the  Elementary  School.  3:2:2.  Second  semester. 

Recent  developments  in  arithmetic  and  science  and  their  applications  in  the  classroom; 
curriculum  planning;  modern  teaching  methods;  instructional  materials;  demonstrations  and 
experiments  adapted  to  the  elementary  classroom. 

Prerequisites:  Elementary  Education  250  and  one  year  of  a  laboratory  science. 

El.  Ed.  341  (34).     Teaching  of  Reading.  3 :3 :0.  Fi rst  semester. 

A  study  of  the  problems  and  procedures  of  instruction  in  the  development  of  basic  read- 
ing skills.  Effective  reading  programs,  courses  of  study,  teaching  and  learning  materials,  and 
research  studies  in  this  field  are  investigated  and  evaluated. 

El.  Ed.  344  (43).     Health  and  Safety  Education.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

The  course  includes  a  study  of  basic  health  and  safety  practices  and  procedures  as  applied 
to  the  elementary  school,  a  program  of  physical  education  for  elementary  school  children,  an 
American  Red  Cross  approved  program  of  first  aid,  and  an  evaluation  of  sources  and  use  of 
materials. 

Prerequisites:  Education  110;  Psychology  220. 

El.  Ed.  361/362  (36).     Communications  and  Group  Processes  in  the  Elementary  School  I,  II. 

3:2:2  per  semester. 
A  course  dealing  with  fundamentals  for  language  growth  in  the  areas  of  oral  and  written 
expression,  correct  usage,  spelling,  and  handwriting.  The  development  of  basic  concepts  related 
to  effective  citizenship  in  a  democracy.  A  variety  of  learning  experiences  and  materials  will 
be  used  and  evaluated;  especially,  students  will  have  experience  in  preparing  an  individual 
resource  unit. 

El.  Ed.  440  (40).     Student  Teaching.  Twelve  semester  hours  credit.  First  semester. 

Each  student  spends  an  entire  semester  in  a  classroom  of  an  area  public  school  under  the 
supervision  of  a  carefully  selected  cooperating  teacher.  Open  to  seniors  only.  A  cumulative 
grade-point  average  of  2.0  during  the  first  six  semesters  in  college  is  required. 

Student  teaching  begins  with  the  opening  of  the  public  schools.  College  residence  halls 
and  dining  hall  are  available  to  the  student  teachers. 

Prerequisites:  Education  110;  Psychology  220;  Elementary  Education  270,  332,  341,  and 
361/362. 

El.  Ed.  444  (44).     Senior  Seminar.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

The  semester  gives  immediate  help  with  pertinent  problems  in  student  teaching.  Topics 
related  to  over-all  success  in  teaching  will  be  thoroughly  dealt  with:  professional  ethics,  class- 
room management,  home  and  school  relationships,  community  responsibilities,  professional 
standards,  and  other  related  areas. 

El.  Ed.  500  (I.S.).     Independent  Study.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 
A  course  designed  for  the  student  who  desires  to  engage  in  independent  study  and  is  not 
enrolled  in  the  departmental  honors  program. 

El.  Ed.  510  (I.S.).     Departmental  Honors.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 
See  information  on  pages  55-56. 

57 


SECONDARY  EDUCATION 

420  (48).     Human  Growth  and  Development.  3:71/2  :0.  Either  semester. 

This  course  deals  with  the  practical  application  of  principles  of  psychology  and  human 
learning  to  secondary  school  teaching.  Such  topics  as  classroom  management,  inter-personal 
relations  in  the  school  setting,  and  the  psychology  of  teaching  are  discussed  and  studied. 
Visits  are  made  to  the  student  teacher's  assigned  school,  where  he  confers  with  his  cooperating 
teacher  and  observes  the  students  he  will  teach. 

Required  of  all  seniors  in  secondary  education. 

Prerequisite:  Education  110. 

430  (49).     Practicum  and  Methods.  3 :71/2 :0.  Either  semester. 

This  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  students  with  some  basic  behaviors  in  the  class- 
room that  will  help  the  prospective  teacher  in  any  subject  area.  A  text  serves  as  a  source  of  in- 
formation about  "methods  of  teaching"  and  planning.  Students  work  independently  on  the 
problems  of  reading  in  their  particular  fields.  Visits  to  the  area  schools,  class  presentations  by 
teachers  from  these  schools  and  the  students'  video-taped  presentations  for  their  own  analysis 
all  help  to  prepare  them  for  the  student  teaching  experience. 

This  course  is  required  of  all  seniors  in  secondary  education,  except  English  majors  who 
will  take  English  431. 

Prerequisite:  Education  110. 

440  (40).     Student  Teaching.  Nine  semester  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

Each  student  spends  a  minimum  of  9  weeks  in  a  classroom  at  an  area  school  under  the 
supervision  of  a  carefully  selected  cooperating  teacher.  Open  to  seniors  only.  Requirements 
are:  (1)  a  cumulative  grade-point  average  of  2.0  during  the  first  six  semesters  in  college,  (2)  the 
written  recommendation  of  the  major  advisor,  (3)  the  approval  of  the  director  of  secondary 
student  teaching,  and  (4)  the  approval  of  the  Dean  of  the  College. 

Prerequisites:  Education  110,  420;  Education  430  or  English  431. 


58 


ENGLISH 


Associate  Professor  Ford,  Chairman;  Professor  Faber;  Professor  Emeritus  Struble; 
Assistant  Professors  Billings,  Kearney,  Markowicz,  O'Donnell,  and  Woods;  Visiting 
Assistant  Professor  Field 

Major:  In  addition  to  the  required  courses  in  English  Composition  (English  111/112), 
English  majors  will  take  English  221/222,  225/226,  227/228,  322/323,  331,  332,  and  449. 
Prospective  secondary  school  teachers  will  take  English  220  and  334;  others  will  take 
six  hours  of  electives.  English  431  replaces  Education  430  as  a  requirement  for 
secondary  teachers. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Students  who  are  majoring  in  English  may  become  candidates  for  departmental 
honors  if  they  have  a  grade-point  average  of  3.0  in  courses  in  English,  and  if  they 
receive  permission  from  the  chairman  of  the  department  and  the  Dean  of  the  College, 
ordinarily  no  later  than  the  end  of  the  first  semester  of  their  junior  year. 

The  specific  program  for  each  student  accepted  for  the  departmental  honors  pro- 
gram will  be  worked  out  by  that  student  in  consultation  with  the  chairman  of  the 
department,  in  accordance  with  the  plan  for  departmental  honors  adopted  by  the 
faculty  on  May  8, 1961. 

INTERN  PROGRAM 

A  senior  who  has  been  accepted  for  departmental  honors  and  who  looks  forward 
to  a  career  in  college  teaching  may,  upon  recommendation  of  the  chairman  of  the 
department  and  appointment  by  the  Dean  of  the  College,  become  an  intern  in 
English,  to  render  such  assistance  in  the  duties  of  the  department  of  English  as  will 
in  some  measure  help  to  prepare  him  for  a  professional  career  in  this  field.  Ordi- 
narily only  one  intern  will  be  appointed  in  any  one  academic  year. 

111/112  (10a-10b).     English  Composition  I,  II.  3 :3 :0  per  semester. 

A  study,  supplemented  by  practice  in  writing,  of  the  principles  of  composition  and  of  the 
cultural  context  within  which  men  must  communicate  effectively. 


59 


211/212  (11a-11b).     Word  Study  I,  II.  1 :1 :0  per  semester. 

This  course  has  a  twofold  purpose:  (1)  to  give  the  student  some  insight  into  linguistic 
processes,  particularly  as  they  pertain  to  the  growth  of  the  English  vocabulary;  and  (2)  to  in- 
crease the  range  of  the  student's  vocabulary,  in  order  that  he  may  have  greater  mastery  over  his 
native  tongue.  Problems  of  pronunciation  and  spelling  go  hand  in  hand  with  vocabulary 
building. 

220  (22).     Oral  Communication.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

This  course  is  designed  to  establish  basic  concepts,  understandings,  and  attitudes  con- 
cerning the  nature  and  importance  of  oral  communication  and  to  provide  experience  in  speak- 
ing and  in  competent  criticism  of  these  activities. 

221/222  (21  a-21b).     American  Literature  I ,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

First  semester:  a  survey  of  American  literature  from  the  beginnings  to  the  Civil  War. 
Second  semester:  a  survey  of  American  literature  from  the  Civil  War  to  the  present  day. 

223  (23).     Creative  Writing.  3:3:0.  Fi rst  semester. 

The  writing  of  poetry  and  the  writing  of  fiction  in  alternate  years. 

225/226  (26a-26b).     Survey  of  English  Literature  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  study  of  English  literature  from  the  beginnings  to  our  own  time,  viewed  in  perspective 
against  the  background  of  English  life  and  thought. 

Prerequisites:  English  111/112. 

227/228  (20a-20b).     World  Literature  I,  II.  3  3  0  per  semester. 

This  course  has  four  principal  aims:  (1)  to  familiarize  students  with  some  of  those  master- 
pieces of  Western  World  literature  which  are  a  part  of  the  common  heritage  of  every  cultivated 
mind;  (2)  to  acquaint  students  with  the  conventions,  techniques,  and  presuppositions  of  various 
types  of  literature,  so  that  they  may  be  able  to  deal  intelligently  with  these  types  when  they 
meet  them  elsewhere;  (3)  to  provide  students  with  genuinely  aesthetic  experiences,  in  the  hope 
that  reading  and  the  appreciation  of  literature  will  continue  to  enrich  their  spirits  throughout 
their  lives;  and  (4)  to  pass  on  to  them  some  sense  of  the  underlying  values  of  our  cultural 
system. 

229(24).     Contemporary  Literature.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  selected  prosf  and  poetry  produced  in  America  and  England  since  World  War  I. 

321/322  (30a-30b).     Shapespeare  I,  II.  3 :3 :0  per  semester. 

A  survey  of  English  drama  from  its  beginnings  to  and  including  Shakespeare:  (a)  a  study 
of  Shakespeare's  history  plays  and  their  place  in  the  Elizabethan  world,  and  an  analysis  of  early 
Shakespearean  comedy;  (b)  a  study  of  Shakespeare's  major  tragedies,  the  problem  comedies, 
and  the  late  romantic  comedies. 

Prerequisites:  English  225/226  or  227/228  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

331(31).     History  of  the  English  Language.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Historical  study  of  English  sounds,  grammatical  forms,  and  vocabulary;  introduction  to 
structural  linguistfcs;  standards  of  correctness  and  current  usage.  This  course  is  primarily 
intended  for  those  who  plan  to  teach  English  and  is  in  part  a  course  in  methods  of  teaching. 

Prerequisites:  English  225/226  or  227/228  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

332(32).     Chaucer.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Intended  to  give  the  student  a  reasonable  familiarity  with  Chaucer;  to  provide  a  detailed 
picture  of  medieval  life,  culture,  and  thought;  and  to  develop  skill  in  the  reading  of  Middle 
English. 

Prerequisite:  English  331. 

334(34).     Modern  Grammars.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  review  of  traditional  grammar  and  an  introduction  to  recent  concepts  in  grammar 
resulting  from  developments  in  structural  linguistics. 

Prerequisite:  English  331. 

60 


335  (36).     Seventeenth  Century  Literature.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1973-1974. 

A  study  of  seventeenth  century  prose  and  poetry  from  the  late  Elizabethans  to  John  Milton 
within  the  context  of  seventeenth  century  thought. 

336  (35).     Poetry  of  the  Romantic  Movement.  3 :3 :0.  Second  semester. 
A  study  of  the  principal   poets  of  the  early  nineteenth  century:  Wordsworth,   Coleridge, 

Byron,  Shelley,  and  Keats. 

Prerequisites:  English  225/226  or  227/228  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

337(38).     The  Novel.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1973-1974. 

A  study  of  the  development  of  the  novel  in  England  from   Richardson  to  Joyce. 

338  (37).     Contemporary  Drama.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  survey-workshop  of  Continental,  British,  and  American  drama  from  Ibsen  to  the  present. 
Prerequisites:  English  111/112. 

339(39).     History  of  the  Theater.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  selection  of  western  and  some  oriental  dramas  from  Aeschylus  to  Ibsen  presented  his- 
torically, with  attention  to  theater  modes  and  techniques. 

Prerequisites:  English  111/112  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

341  (40).     Eighteenth  Century  Literature.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 

A  survey  of  the  principal  English  authors  from  Dryden  to  Blake. 

342  (33).     Literature  of  the  Victorian  Period.  3 :3 :0.  Second  semester. 

Survey  of  the  nineteenth  century  as  seen  through  the  literature  and  other  arts  produced 
from  1830  to  1915. 

Prerequisites:  English  225/226  or  227/228  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

344  (41).     Drama  Workshop.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

The  elements  of  theater  art  oriented  toward  stage  presentation,  with  classroom  practice 
in  production  of  scenes  and  whole  plays. 

Prerequisite:  English  339  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

431  (48).     The  Teaching  of  English  in  Secondary  Schools.  3 :3 :0.  First  semester. 

Concerned  primarily  with  the  role  of  the  English  teacher  in  the  secondary  schools.  Atten- 
tion may  be  given  to  the  teaching  of  composition,  mechanics,  speech,  and  literary  forms. 
Sessions  on  recent  research  in  the' field  of  English,  resource  materials,  mass  media,  and  teach- 
ing techniques  will  be  included. 

440  (45).     Special  Problems.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

Offered  according  to  interest  of  students  and  staff.  This  course  will  rotate  among  faculty 
members,  the  content  of  the  course  to  be  determined  by  the  instructor  with  the  advice  of  the 
department  and  consent  of  the  chairman  and  the  Dean  of  the  College. 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 

449  (49).     Seminar  in  English.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  study  of  the  Western  tradition  of  literary  criticism  and  an  application  of  practical  critical 
concepts. 

500  (I.S.).     Independent  Study.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 

For  the  student  who  desires  to  engage  in  a  project  of  independent  work  but  is  not 
enrolled  in  the  departmental  honors  program. 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 

510  (I.S.).     Departmental  Honors.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 
See  information  on  page  59. 

61 


FOREIGN  LANGUAGES 

Professor  Piel,  Chairman;  Associate  Professors  Damus  and  Troutman;  Assistant  Pro- 
fessors Cantrell,  Cooper,  and  Martin;  Adjunct  Instructors  Hansen  and  Saylor;  Teaching 
Aides  Beroud,  Rauscher,  and  Sardi 

The  immediate  aim  of  this  department  is  to  assist  the  student  in  acquiring  a  working 
knowledge  of  the  language  or  languages  which  he  chooses  to  study. 

The  aim  of  the  courses  in  modern  foreign  languages  is  to  enable  the  student  to  use 
the  foreign  tongue  as  a  means  of  communication:  to  hear,  speak,  and  eventually  to 
read  and  write  the  language.  Through  his  study  of  the  language  and  literature,  the 
student  gains  a  deeper  understanding  and  appreciation  of  the  life  and  thought  of  the 
people  of  the  country. 

Laboratory  practice  is  required  of  all  students  in  modern  foreign  languages  except 
those  in  German  113  and  114. 

Major:  A  student  may  elect  either  a  major  in  one  language  or  a  departmental  major. 
The  departmental  major  consists  of  at  least  twenty-four  hours  in  one  language  and  at 
least  twelve  hours  in  a  second  language. 

In  French,  German  and  Spanish,  one  advanced  literature  course  is  offered  each 
year,  in  a  regular  rotation  of  courses. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Students  who  are  majoring  in  a  foreign  language  may  become  candidates  for  depart- 
mental honors  if  they  have  a  grade-point  average  of  3.0  in  departmental  courses,  and 
if  they  receive  permission  from  the  departmental  staff  and  the  Dean  of  the  College, 
ordinarily  no  later  than  the  end  of  the  first  semester  of  their  junior  year. 

Honors  work  will  involve  the  selection  of  a  topic  for  investigation  under  the  guid- 
ance of  the  department  advisor,  independent  reading  and  study,  frequent  conferences 
with  the  advisor,  preparation  of  a  paper  to  be  submitted  by  March  15  of  the  senior 
year,  satisfactory  defense  of  the  paper  before  a  committee  composed  of  the  depart- 
mental staff,  the  Dean  of  the  College,  and  any  other  faculty  members  who  may  be 
invited  to  participate,  and  finally,  an  oral  examination  in  the  major  language.  If  these 
requirements  are  satisfied,  the  student  will  be  graduated  with  honors  in  his  major 
language. 


62 


FRENCH 

Major:  Twenty-four  hours  above  the  elementary  level. 

101, 102  (1).     Elementary  French  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  beginning  course  in  French;  audio-active  technique. 

111,112(10).     Intermediate  French  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  continuation  of  French  102  with  further  practice  in  conversation,  dictation,  and  in  read- 
ing and  writing.  Attention  is  given  to  the  cultural  and  historical  background  of  the  literature 
that  is  read. 

Prerequisite:  French  102  or  two  years  of  secondary  school  French. 

*115, 116  (15).     Introduction  to  French  Literature  I,  II.  3 :3 :0  per  semester. 

A  general  language  review  with  intensive  practice  in  the  four  basic  language  skills  through 
a  study  of  selected  literary  works  in  their  cultural  and  historic  contexts. 

Prerequisite:  Four  years  of  secondary  school  language  or  three  years  for  specially  qualified 
students. 

221/222  (20).     French  Literature  of  the  Sixteenth  and  Seventeenth  Centuries  I,  II. 

3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
A  survey  of  the  literary  history  of  the  Renaissance  and  of  classicism  in  France. 

331/332  (30).     French  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  and  Nineteenth  Centuries  I,  II. 

3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1973-1974. 
A  study  of  the  outstanding  works  of  the  Age  of  Enlightenment  and  of  the   Romantic, 
Realist,  and  Naturalist  Schools  of  French  literature. 

441/442  (40).     French  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century  I,  II. 

3 :3 :0  per  semester.  Offered  1 974-1 975. 
A  study  of  modern  French  literature  with  extensive  reading  of  the  works  of  the  outstanding 
authors. 

445/446(45).     Seminar  I,  II.  1-3  hours  credit  per  semester. 

This  seminar  is  designed  to  supplement  and  integrate  the  student's  knowledge,  to  stimulate 
individual  study  and  research,  and  to  prepare  him  for  future  work  in  his  field.  The  course 
content  varies  according  to  the  needs  of  the  group  involved.  For  those  students  who  are 
planning  to  teach,  the  seminar  will  provide  instruction  in  teaching  methods. 

500  (I.S.).     Independent  Study.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 
This  course  is  designed  for  the  student  who  wishes  to  engage  in  independent  study  and 
is  not  enrolled  in  the  departmental  honors  program. 

510  (I.S.).     Departmental  Honors.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 
See  information  on  page  62. 

GERMAN 

Major:  Twenty-four  hours  above  the  elementary  level. 

101,102(1).     Elementary  German  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  beginning  course  in  German;  audio-active  technique. 

111,112(10).     Intermediate  German  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  continuation  of  German  102  with  practice  in  conversation,  dictation,  reading  and  writing. 
Emphasis  is  given  to  the  cultural  and  historical  background  of  the  literature  that  is  read. 

Prerequisite:  German  102  or  two  years  of  secondary  school  German. 

*  Note:  Successful  completion  of  the  first  semester  will  satisfy  the  language  requirement 
for'  graduation  and  successful  completion  of  the  second  semester  will  provide  three  credits 
toward  distribution   requirements  in  humanities. 

63 


113,114(11).     Scientific  German  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

Practice  in  reading  scientific  and  technical  German  with  emphasis  on  vocabulary  and  the 
special  difficulties  inherent  in  this  type  of  writing.  General  readings  followed  by  readings  in 
the  student's  major  field. 

*115, 116  (15).     Introduction  to  German  Literature  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  general  language  review  with  intensive  practice  in  the  four  basic  language  skills  through 
a  study  of  selected  literary  works  in  their  cultural  and  historic  contexts. 

Prerequisite:  Four  years  of  secondary  school  language  or  three  years  for  specially  qualified 
students. 

221/222  (22).     The  Classical  Period  I,  II.  3:3:0.  per  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 

Background  of  the  Classical  Period;  detailed  study  of  the  period;  readings  from  the  works 
of  Lessing,  Goethe  and  Schiller. 

331/332  (32).     German  Literature  of  the  Nineteenth  Century  I,  II. 

3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  in  1973-1974. 
Romanticism;  Realism. 

441/442  (42).     German  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century  I,  II. 

3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1974-1975. 
A  study  of  contemporary  German  literature  with  extensive  reading  of  the  works  of  the 
outstanding  authors. 

445/446  (45).     Seminar  I,  II.  1-3  credit  hours  per  semester. 

This  seminar  is  designed  to  supplement  and  integrate  the  student's  knowledge,  to  stimulate 
individual  study  and  research,  and  to  prepare  him  for  future  work  in  his  field.  The  course  con- 
tent varies  according  to  the  needs  of  the  group  involved.  For  those  students  who  are  planning 
to  teach,  the  seminar  will  provide  instruction  in  teaching  methods. 

500  (I.S.).     Independent  Study.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 
This  course  is  designed  for  the  student  who  wishes  to  engage  in  independent  study  and  is 
not  enrolled  in  the  departmental  honors  p/ogram. 

510  (I.S.).     Departmental  Honors.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 
See  information  on  page  62. 

GREEK 

101, 102  (1).     Elementary  Greek  I,  II.  3 :3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1973-1974. 

An  intensive  course  in  the  basic  elements  of  ancient  Greek.  A  study  of  forms  and  syntax, 
with  easy  prose  composition. 

211,212  (10a-1 0b).     Intermediate  Greek  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 

First  semester:  readings  from  the  New  Testament  Gospels. 

Second  semester:  readings  from  Xenophon's  Anabasis.  A  review  of  grammar  throughout 
the  year. 

Prerequisite:  Greek  102. 

321  (20).     Readings  from  the  Book  of  Acts.  3 :3 :0.  First  semester.  Offered  1973-1974. 

Prerequisite:  Greek  212. 

322  (21).     Readings  in  Hellenistic  Greek.  3 :3 :0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1973-1974. 
Selections  from  the  Septuagint,  the  Greek  church  fathers. 

Prerequisite:  Greek  212. 


*  Note:  Successful  completion  of  the  first  semester  will  satisfy  the  language  requirement 
for  graduation  and  successful  completion  of  the  second  semester  will  provide  three  credits 
toward  distribution  requirements  in  humanities. 

64 


431  (30).     Readings  from  the  Epistles  of  Paul.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1974-1975. 

Prerequisite:  Greek  212. 

432  (31).     Readings  from  the  Greek  Philosophers.        3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1974-1975. 

Prerequisite:  Greek  212. 

RUSSIAN 

101,102(1).     Elementary  Russian  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

An  elementary  course  with  oral-aural  approach. 

111, 112  (10).     Intermediate  Russian  I,  II.  3 :3 :0  per  semester. 

An  intermediate  course  in  Russian  with  continued  conversational  practice;  reading  and 
writing. 

Prerequisite:  Russian  102  or  two  years  of  secondary  school  Russian. 

SPANISH 

Major:  Twenty-four  hours  above  the  elementary  level. 

101,102(1).     Elementary  Spanish  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  beginning  course  in  Spanish;  audio-active  technique. 

111,112(10).     Intermediate  Spanish  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  continuation  of  Spanish  102  with  further  practice  in  conversation,  dictation,  and  in  read- 
ing and  writing.  Attention  is  given  to  Spanish  literature  in  its  cultural  and  historical  context. 

Prerequisite:  Spanish  102  or  two  years  of  secondary  school  Spanish. 

*115, 116  (15).     Introduction  to  Spanish  Literature  I,  II.  3 :3 :0  per  semester. 

A  general  language  review  with  intensive  practice  in  the  four  basic  language  skills  through 
a  study  of  selected  literary  works  in  their  cultural  and  historic  contexts. 

Prerequisite:  Four  years  of  secondary  school  language  or  three  years  for  specially  qualified 
students. 

221/222  (22).     Spanish  Literature  of  the  Sixteenth  and  Seventeenth  Centuries  I,  II. 

3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1974-1975. 
Reading  of  outstanding  authors  of  the  sixteenth  and  seventeenth  centuries,  with  emphasis 
upon  Cervantes,  Lope  de  Vega,  and  Calderon.  Composition  and  conversation. 

331/332  (32).     Spanish  Literature  from  the  Eighteenth  to  the  Twentieth  Centuries  I,  II. 

3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
Extensive  reading,  composition  and  conversation. 

441/442  (42).     A  Survey  of  Spanish-American  Literature  I,  II. 

3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1973-1974. 
A  survey  of  Spanish-American  literature  with  extensive  readings  of  representative  authors, 
with  emphasis  on  the  development  of  the  Spanish-American  novel  and  short  story. 

445/446  (45).     Seminar  I,  II.  1-3  hours  credits  per  semester. 

This  seminar  is  designed  to  supplement  and  integrate  the  student's  knowledge,  to  stimulate 
individual  study  and  research,  and  to  prepare  him  for  future  work  in  his  field.  The  course 
content  varies  according  to  the  needs  of  the  group  involved.  For  those  students  who  are 
planning  to  teach,  the  seminar  will  provide  instruction  in  teaching  methods. 


*  Note:  Successful  completion  of  the  first  semester  will  satisfy  the  language  requirement  for 
graduation  and  successful  completion  of  the  second  semester  will  provide  three  credits  toward 
distribution  requirements  in  humanities. 

65 


500  (I.S.).     Independent  Study.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 
This  course  is  designed  for  the  student  who  wishes  to  engage  in  independent  study  and 
who  is  not  enrolled  in  the  departmental  honors  program. 


510  (I.S.).     Departmental  Honors. 

See  information  on  page  62. 


1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 
(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 


GEOGRAPHY 

Mr.  Kerr 

111/112  (10a-10b).     World  Geography  I,  II.  3  3  0  per  semester. 

A  basic  course  in  geography  to  develop  a  knowledge  and  appreciation  of  the  worldwide 
physical  factors  in  man's  environment  and  of  his  adjustment  to  them.  The  course  includes  a 
study  of  the  motions  of  the  earth,  land  forms,  bodies  of  water,  soil,  climate,  vegetation,  with 
special  emphasis  on  man's  political,  economic,  and  social  responses  to  them.  Knowledge  of 
the  location  of  both  the  physical  and  cultural  aspects  of  man's  habitat  is  related  to  contempo- 
rary events. 

The  first  semester  is  concerned  with  physical  geography;  the  second  semester  is  devoted 
to  the  study  of  regional  cultural  geography. 

GEOLOGY 

221/222  (20a-20b).     Structural  and  Historical  Geology  I,  II. 

2:2:0  per  semester.  (Not  offered  1972-1973.) 
The  first  semester,  structural  geology,  acquaints  the  student  with  the  forces  and  dynamic 

agencies  by  which  the  earth  has  been  formed  and  has  evolved  into  its  present  condition. 
The  second  semester,  historical  geology,  deals  with  the  probable  location  of  land  and  sea 

areas  of  each  of  the  various  geologic  periods,  and  the  development  of  the  plants  and  animals 

which  lived  during  periods  identified  by  their  fossil  remains. 

GERMAN 

See  Foreign  Languages,  page  63. 

GREEK 

See  Foreign  Languages,  page  64. 


HISTORY  AND  POLITICAL  SCIENCE 


Professor  Geffen,  Chairman;  Associate  Professor  Fehr;  Assistant  Professor  Joyce;  In- 
structor Norton 

The  aim  in  the  teaching  of  history  is  to  acquaint  the  student  with  human  behavior 
in  the  dimension  of  past  time,  in  the  belief  that  by  thus  extending  the  range  of  his 
knowledge  he  may  also  enlarge  the  scope  of  his  sympathies  and  become  more  richly 
human. 

The  aim  in  the  teaching  of  political  science  is  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the 
many-sided  aspects  of  government,  in  the  belief  that  by  thus  enlarging  the  extent  of  his 
knowledge  he  may  expand  the  scope  of  his  understanding  and  adopt  a  critical  and 
objective  attitude  toward  the  problems  of  modern  society. 

The  department  also  prepares  students  for  graduate  and  law  schools  and  for  careers 
in  teaching,  government,  and  business. 

HISTORY 

Major:  Four  one-semester  courses  in  European  history  as  approved  by  the  advisor; 
History  125  and  235/236  or  History  126  and  225/226  or  History  225/226  and  235/236 
in  American  history;  one  course  from  among  History  341,  342,  343,  344;  and  History 
213  and  412. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Students  majoring  in  history  may  participate  in  the  departmental  honors  program 
when  they  fulfill  the  following  requirements:  (1)  demonstrate  in  their  academic  work 
the  caliber  of  scholarship  required  to  undertake  an  extensive  research  project;  (2) 
achieve  a  3.0  grade-point  average  in  departmental  courses  and  a  2.5  grade-point 
average  in  all  college  courses;  and  (3)  apply  for  and  receive  permission  for  such 
participation  from  the  departmental  chairman  and  the  Dean  of  the  College  no  later 
than  the  end  of  the  first  semester  of  the  junior  year. 

The  student  may  work  for  from  one  to  three  semester  hours  credit  per  semester  for 
a  maximum  of  ni-ne  semester  hours  in  the  departmental  honors  program.  A  member 
of  the  departmental  staff  will  serve  as  his  honors  advisor. 

During  his  participation  in  the  program,  the  student  must  (1)  submit  to  his  honors 


67 


advisor  periodic  progress  reports;  (2)  show  progress  at  a  rate  and  level  indicating  that 
he  will  complete  the  program  on  time  and  at  the  desired  level  of  achievement;  and 
(3)  maintain  a  3.0  grade-point  average  in  departmental  courses  and  a  2.5  grade-point 
average  in  all  college  courses. 

The  participant  must  (1)  obtain  departmental  approval  of  a  research  topic;  (2)  pre- 
pare an  essay  on  the  subject  selected  for  research  under  the  guidance  of  his  honors 
advisor;  (3)  complete  the  writing  of  the  essay  by  March  1  of  the  senior  year;  and  (4) 
defend  the  essay  in  a  manner  to  be  determined  by  the  departmental  staff  and  the 
Dean  of  the  College.  Upon  fulfilling  these  requirements,  the  student  will  be  recom- 
mended by  the  departmental  chairman  to  the  Dean  of  the  College  for  graduation 
with  departmental  honors. 

111/112  (10a-10b).     History  of  Western  Civilization  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

The  first  semester  covers  the  development  of  Western  European  culture  in  all  its  aspects 
from  its  Near  Eastern  origins  to  about  1715.  The  second  semester  covers  its  evolution  during 
the  eighteenth,  nineteenth,  and  twentieth  centuries. 

125/126  (24a-24b).     Survey  o  fthe  United  States  History  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

The  first  semester  covers  the  development  of  the  United  States  to  1865,  the  second 
semester  from  1865  to  the  present.  Special  emphasis  throughout  the  course  is  placed  upon 
historiographical  philosophy  and  method. 

211  (11).     Greek  and  Roman  History.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1973-1974. 

An  examination  of  the  origins,  structure,  and  values  of  Greek  and  Roman  societies  from 
about  1200  B.C.  to  about  500  A.D.  The  Mediterranean  nature  of  these  cultures  and  the  his- 
torians' treatment  of  them  are  emphasized. 

212  (12).     The  Middle  Ages.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1973-1974. 

A  study  of  the  emergence  of  a  European  society  from  500  to  1300.  Emphasis  is  on  the 
social  and  intellectual  aspects  of  medieval  life,  and  the  historiographical  record  is  analyzed. 

213  (13).     Introduction  to  Historiography.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Theory  and  practice  in  the  writing  of  history.  The  work  of  selected  historians  is  studied 
and  each  student  conducts  and  reports  upon  his  own  research.  Training  is  given  in  research 
methods  and  in  the  preparation  of  research  reports. 

221  (21).     The  Renaissance  and  Reformation:  1300  to  1600. 

3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
A  study  of  the  beginnings  of  the  modern   era,   paying  particular  attention   to  the   inter- 
relationships between  its  political,  social,  economic,  and  intellectual  aspects. 

222  (22).     The  Old  Regime:  17th  and  18th  Centuries.     3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 

An  investigation  of  the  impact  of  modern  science  and  thought  upon  the  development  of 
Western  European  culture.  Particular  attention  is  paid  to  the  nature  of  European  society  before 
the  era  of  revolutions. 

224  (28).     British  History  from  the  Tudors  to  Victoria.    3 :3 :0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1 973-1 974. 
A  survey  focused  on  the  British  Isles  from  1485   to  1837.  The   cultural   evolution   of  the 

English  people  is  studied  with  emphasis  upon  the  interplay  of  political,  social,  and  intellectual 
forces.  It  is  strongly  recommended  that  students  take  History  111   to  establish  the  setting. 

225  (30a).     American    History   to   1800.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
An  examination  is  made  of  all  aspects  of  the  development  of  the  United  States  from   its 

European  origins  to  1800.   Historiographical   issues,   methods,  and   problems  are  stressed. 

226  (30b).     American  History  from  1800  to  1865.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
The  developments  of  nineteenth   century  American   history  to  the  end   of  the  Civil   War 

are  studied,  with  special  attention  to  historiographical  concerns. 

68 


235  (40a).     The  United  States:  1865  to  1900.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1973-1974. 
The  post-Civil  War  developments  of  American  history  during  the  nineteenth  century  are 

analyzed  and  interpreted,  with  emphasis  upon  historiography. 

236  (40b).     The  United  States:  1900  to  the  Present.         3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1973-1974 
The  twentieth  century  history  of  the  United  States  is  studied  in  all   its  aspects.   Historio- 

graphical  interpretation  is  stressed. 

331  (31).     The  Era  of  Revolutions:  1789  to  1870.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1973-1974. 

A  study  of  the  political  and  economic  changes  in  Europe  from  1789  to  1870  and  the  total 
cultural  impact  of  these  changes. 

332  (32).     Contemporary  Europe:  1870  to  the  Present.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1973-1974. 

An  analysis  of  the  nineteenth  century  state  system,  its  economic  and  social  bases,  its  ideol- 
ogy, and  its  evolution  through  world  wars  and  technological  revolutions. 

341  (41).     Introduction  to  the  History  of  African  Culture.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
A  survey  of  African  culture  from   the  tenth-century  Sudanic  origins   to   the  present   day. 

Emphasis  is  on  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries. 

342  (48).     History  of  Latin  America.  3 :3 :0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1 972-1 973. 
A  survey  of  the  Latin  American  republics  from  their  colonial  beginnings  to  the  present  time. 

343  (46).     History  of  Russia.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1973-1974. 
A  survey  of  Russian  history  from  ancient  times  to  the  present,  with  special  attention  to 

developments  since  the  seventeenth  century. 

344  (47).     History  of  the  Far  East.  3 :3 :0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1 973-1 974. 
A  survey  of  the  development  of  the  cultural  institutions  of  the  Far  East,  with  emphasis  upon 

the  trends  since  1500. 

349  (49).     Select  Problems  in  History.  3 :3 :0.  Fi rst  semester.  Offered  1 972-1 973. 

A  course  to  provide  the  student  with  an  opportunity  to  explore  in  depth  a  topic  of 
special  interest. 

Open  to  junior  and  senior  history  majors  and  to  other  students  by  permission  of  the 
instructor. 

412  (43).     Senior  Seminar  in  History.  3 :3 :0.  Second  semester. 

A  review  of  the  student's  college  program  in  history,  with  reading,  discussion,  and  writing 
to  serve  the  following  purposes:  (1)  synthesis  of  previous  course  work  in  history;  (2)  relation  of 
the  academic  discipline  of  history  to  other  fields  of  knowledge;  and  (3)  formulation  and 
expression  of  a  personal  philosophy  of  history  by  each  student. 

Open  only  to  senior  departmental  majors. 

500  (I.S.).     Independent  Study.  3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  3  semesters.) 

A  course  designed  for  students  who  do  not  desire  departmental  honors  but  who  wish  to 
undertake  an  independent  study  project  in  history. 

Open  to  all  students  by  permission  of  the  instructor  who  agrees  to  accept  supervision  of 
the  student's  work. 

510  (I.S.).     Departmental  Honors.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 

Students  desiring  departmental  honors  enroll  in  this  course  under  the  conditions  set  forth 
above  under  "Departmental  Honors." 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

Major:  Political  Science  111/112,  211,  212,  311,  312,  411,  412,  413,  and  three  addi- 
tional hours  in  poltical  science  as  approved  by  the  departmental  chairman.  Majors 
are  also  required  to  take  History  125  and  235/236  or  History  126  and  225/226.  History 
225/226  and  235/236  may  be  taken  in  place  of  the  combination  of  either  with  History 
125/126. 

69 


DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Students  majoring  in  political  science  may  participate  in  the  departmental  honors 
program  when  they  fulfill  the  following  requirements:  (1)  demonstrate  in  their  aca- 
demic work  the  caliber  of  scholarship  required  to  undertake  an  extensive  research 
project;  (2)  achieve  a  3.0  grade-point  average  in  departmental  courses  and  a  2.5  grade- 
point  average  in  all  college  courses;  and  (3)  apply  for  and  receive  permission  for  such 
participation  from  the  departmental  chairman  and  the  Dean  of  the  College  no  later 
than  the  end  of  the  first  semester  of  the  junior  year. 

The  student  may  work  for  from  one  to  three  semester  hours  credit  per  semester  for 
a  maximum  of  nine  semester  hours  in  the  departmental  honors  program.  A  member 
of  the  departmental  staff  will  serve  as  his  honors  advisor. 

During  his  participation  in  the  program,  the  student  must  (1)  submit  to  his  honors 
advisor  periodic  progress  reports;  (2)  show  progress  at  a  rate  and  level  indicating  that 
he  will  complete  the  program  on  time  and  at  the  desired  level  of  achievement;  and 
(3)  maintain  a  3.0  grade-point  average  in  departmental  courses  and  a  2.5  grade-point 
average  in  all  college  courses. 

The  participant  must  (1)  obtain  departmental  approval  of  a  research  topic;  (2)  pre- 
pare an  essay  on  the  subject  selected  for  research  under  the  guidance  of  his  honors 
advisor;  (3)  complete  the  writing  of  the  essay  by  March  1  of  the  senior  year;  and  (4) 
defend  the  essay  in  a  manner  to  be  determined  by  the  departmental  staff  and  the 
Dean  of  the  College.  Upon  fulfilling  these  requirements,  the  student  will  be  recom- 
mended by  the  departmental  chairman  to  the  Dean  of  the  College  for  graduation 
with  departmental  honors. 

111/112  (10a-10b).     American  National  Government.  3 :3 :0  per  semester. 

The  first  semester  concentrates  on  backgrounds,  theories,  principles,  processes,  and  prac- 
tices of  American  national  government.  Subject  areas  include:  the  nature  of  democracy,  con- 
stitutional backgrounds,  federalism  and  its  problems,  civil  rights,  public  opinion  formation, 
voting  behavior,  political  parties,  campaigns  and  elections.  Special  attention  is  given  to  con- 
temporary racial  and  student  unrest  in  the  United  States. 

The  second  semester  stresses  institutional  surveys  and  the  actual  work  of  government.  The 
structure,  functions,  and  processes  of  the  main  organs  of  national  government  —  the  presidency, 
the  Congress,  the  judiciary,  and  the  bureaucracy  —  are  examined.  Subject  areas  covered  include: 
the  role  of  government  as  regulator,  promoter,  and  manager;  national  defense;  foreign 
policies;  and  internal  development. 

211(20).     Comparative  Government.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  comparative  study  of  important  political  systems  of  the  world,  including  an  introduction 
to  the  basic  methodologies.  The  course  examines  both  totalitarian  and  representative  forms  of 
government. 

Prerequisite  or  corequisites:  Political  Science  111/112. 

212(21).     Foreign  Relations.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  survey  of  the  external  relations  of  American  government,  with  emphasis  on  twentieth 
century  developments.  Subject  areas  include  diplomacy,  military  affairs,  geographic  and 
regional  problems,  trade  and  aid,  technology  and  underdevelopment,  alliances,  nuclear  prob- 
lems, and  opposing  ideologies.  Consideration  is  given  to  recruitment,  training,  and  problems 
of  the  United  States  foreign  service  and  to  the  multiple  influences  shaping  American  foreign 
policies. 

Prerequisite  or  corequisites:  Political  Science  111/112. 

70 


213  (22).     State  and  County  Government.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 

This  course  deals  with  the  structure  and  functions  of  state  and  county  government.  Em- 
phasis is  placed  on  federal-state-local  relationships,  on  administrative  organization  and  services, 
on  the  courts,  and  on  legislative  representation. 

Prerequisite  or  corequisites:  Political  Science  111/112. 

215  (23).     Metropolitan  Government.  3 :3 :0.  First  semester.  Offered  1973-1974. 

This  course  deals  with  the  rise  of  urbanization  and  the  accompanying  growth  of  municipal 
functions.  Attention  is  paid  to  the  legal  process  and  status  of  cities,  to  municipal  relations  with 
state  and  national  government,  to  urban  politics,  and  to  the  various  forms  of  city  government. 

Prerequisite  or  corequisites:  Political  Science  111/112. 

311  (30).     Political  Parties  in  the  United  States.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
A  study  of  the  origins  and  history  of  American  political  parties,  their  development,  organi- 
zation, leaders,  conventions,  platforms,  and  campaigns.  Emphasis  is  given  to  recent  changes 
in  American  political  patterns. 

Prerequisite  or  corequisites:  Political  Science  111/112. 

312  (31).     American  Constitutional  Law.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
A  study  of  the  growth  and  development  of  the  Constitution  through  the  medium  of  judicial 

construction.  Recent  decisions  illustrating  its  application  to  new  conditions  of  the  present  age, 
and  proposals  for  court  modification  are  given  particular  attention. 
Prerequisite  or  corequisites:  Political  Science  111/112. 

314(33).     Public  Opinion.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 

An  analysis  of  the  nature  and  sources  of  contemporary  public  opinion,  with  special  atten- 
tion to  types  of  censorship  and  to  modern  propaganda  devices. 

349  (49).     Select  Problems  in  Political  Science.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1973-1974. 

A  course  to  provide  the  student  with  an  opportunity  to  explore  in  depth  a  topic  of  special 
interest. 

Open  to  junior  and  senior  students  majoring  in  political  science  and  to  other  students  by 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

411  (40).     Political  Theory.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
A  survey  of  the  different  philosophies  and  theories  of  government,  ancient  and   modern, 

with  special  reference  to  political  philosophy  since  the  sixteenth  century. 

Prerequisite:  a  major  in  political  science,  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

412  (43).     Senior  Seminar  in  Political  Science.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 
An   intensive  review  of  the  student's  college  program   in  political  science,  with   reading, 

discussion,  and  written  assignments  to  accomplish  the  following  purposes:  (1)  integration  of 
earlier  course  work  in  political  science;  (2)  relation  of  the  discipline  to  other  fields  of  knowl- 
edge; and  (3)  development  and  expression  of  an  individual  political  philosophy  by  the  student. 
Prerequisites:  a  major  in  political  science  and  senior  standing;  or  permission  of  the 
instructor. 

413  (41).     International  Politics.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1973-1974. 
A  course  in  the  origin,  forms,  dynamics  and  prospects  of  the  international  political  pattern, 

with  emphasis  on  current  developments  and  changing  concepts  in  world  politics. 
Prerequisite  or  corequisites:  Political  Science  111/112. 

3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 
500  (I.S.).     Independent  Study.  (Maximum  of  3  semesters.) 

A  course  designed  for  students  who  do  not  desire  departmental  honors  but  who  wish  to 
undertake  an  independent  study  project  in  political  science. 

Open  to  all  students  by  permission  of  the  instructor  who  agrees  to  accept  supervision  of 
the  student's  work. 

71 


1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 
510  (I.S.)-     Departmental  Honors.  (Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 

Students  desiring  departmental  honors  enroll  in  this  course  under  the  conditions  set  forth 
above  under  "Departmental  Honors." 


INTERDISCIPLINARY  COURSES 

130(34).     Philosophy  in  Literature.  3  hours  credit.  Either  semester  upon  demand. 

A  detailed  critical  examination  of  various  literary  works  having  philosophical  content. 
Exact  topics  and  works  to  be  considered  will  vary  from  year  to  year. 

No  prerequisites. 

332  (32).     Seminar  in  Psychology  and  Literature.  3  hours  credit.  Second  semester. 

A  consideration  of  major  psychological  theories  for  use  in  literary  interpretation. 

Prerequisites:  A  major  in  psychology  or  English,  junior  or  senior  standing  and/or  permission 
of  the  staff. 

334  (33).     Seminar  in  Philosophy  and  Psychology.  3  hours  credit.  Second  semester. 

Offered  1973-1974. 

A  detailed  consideration  of  matters  of  common  interest  to  philosophy  and  psychology, 
taught  by  members  of  both  departments.  Topics  will  vary  from  year  to  year. 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  instructors. 


LANGUAGES 

See  Foreign  Languages,  page  62. 


iifiit 


-~ 


MATHEMATICS 


Professor  Mayer,  Chairman;  Assistant  Professors  Burras,  Hearsey,  and  Stare;  Adjunct 
Assistant  Professor  Rosser 

The  department  of  mathematics  has  several  objectives.  The  mathematics  program 
prepares  the  student  for  a  career  in  the  applied  sciences  or  in  industry,  or  for  contin- 
ued study  in  a  graduate  program.  In  cooperation  with  the  department  of  education,  it 
offers  a  sound  preparation  for  secondary  school  teaching.  Together  with  the  depart- 
ment of  economics  and  business  administration  it  offers  a  strong  program  in  actuarial 
science.  It  administers  the  pre-engineering  program  and,  last  but  not  least,  gives  some 
of  the  mathematics  courses  needed  by  students  majoring  in  other  fields. 

REQUIREMENTS 

B. A.  or  B.S.  with  a  major  in  Mathematics.  All  mathematics  majors  must  take  the  fol- 
lowing basic  courses:  Mathematics  111,  112,  201,  211,  212,  264,  and  321.  In  addition 
the  student  must  take  at  least  12  semester  hours  of  mathematics  courses  numbered 
300  or  higher  (with  no  more  than  three  hours  in  seminar).  This  choice  must  have 
the  approval  of  the  department  of  mathematics. 

B.S.  with  a  major  in  Actuarial  Science.  All  students  in  this  program  must  take  the 
following  courses:  Mathematics  111,  112,  201,  211,  212,  264,  321,  461, -471,  472,  480, 
481,  and  482;  Economics  110  and  120;  and  Business  Administration  151  and  152. 

RECOMMENDATIONS 

Secondary  school  teaching.  A  future  teacher  of  mathematics  should  take  Mathe- 
matics 111, 112,  201,  211,  212,  264,  321,  322,  331  and  452,  plus  at  least  three  additional 
hours  of  courses  numbered  300  or  higher. 

Students  preparing  for  graduate  school.  A  student  planning  to  attend  graduate 
school  in  mathematics  should  take,  in  addition  to  the  basic  courses,  the  following: 
Mathematics  311,  312,  322,  400,  412,  and  431. 

Applied  Mathematics.  A  student  planning  to  work  as  a  mathematician  in  industry 
should  take,  in  addition  to  the  basic  courses,  the  following:  Mathematics  361,  362,  461, 
471,  and  472,  as  well  as  suitably  chosen  courses  in  physics  and  other  physical  sciences. 


73 


Cooperative  engineering.  This  program  is  described  on  p.  98.  The  student  is 
advised  to  take  at  least  Mathematics  111,  112,  211,  212,  264,  361,  and  362. 

Physical  science.  A  major  in  a  physical  science  should  choose  from  Mathematics  161, 
162, 261,  264,  321,  322,  361,  362,  and  461. 

Behavioral  and  social  science.  A  major  in  these  fields  is  advised  to  choose  from 
Mathematics  161,  162,  170,  264,  and  perhaps  261. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Students  may  participate  in  the  departmental  honors  program  if  they  have  demon- 
strated high  scholastic  ability  and  have  received  permission  for  such  participation  from 
the  departmental  chairman  and  the  Dean  of  the  College  no  later  than  the  end  of  the 
first  semester  of  the  junior  year. 

A  student  may  receive  upon  graduation,  departmental  honors  if  he  has  maintained 
a  3.0  grade-point  average  in  mathematics  and  has  satisfactorily  completed  the  depart- 
mental honors  program. 

100  (10).     Basic  Concepts  of  Mathematics.  3 :3 :0.  Either  semester. 

Outlines  of  some  basic  mathematical  concepts,  designed  to  satisfy  the  general  mathematics 
requirement. 

102  (1).     Algebra  and  Trigonometry.  3 :3 :0.  Second  semester. 

College  algebra  and  trigonometry. 

111,112(11).     Analysis  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  rigorous  introduction  to  continuity,  derivative,  integral,  and  series. 

161,162(13,14).     Calculus  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

Introduction  to  derivative,  integral,  series,  and  partial  derivative  with  emphasis  on  applica- 
tions. 

170(12).     Elementary  Statistics.  3:3:1.  Either  semester. 

Finite  probability,  statistical  inference,  standard  test  correlation. 

201(25).     Foundation  of  Mathematics.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Introduction  to  logic,  set  theory,  real  numbers. 

211,  212  (21).     Analysis  III,  IV.  3 :3 :0  per  semester. 

A  continuation  of  Analysis  I,  II. 

261  (23).     Calculus  III.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Vector  calculus,  differential  equations  and  applications. 

264(28).     Introduction  to  Computer  Science.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Computer  logic  and  languages,  algorithmic  procedures,  verification. 

311,312(31).     Advanced  Analysis  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

Topology  of  Euclidean  n-space  and  function  spaces,  advanced   integration  theory,  further 
advanced  topics. 

321(24).     Linear  Algebra.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Vector  spaces,  transformations,  matrices,  systems  of  equations. 

322  (48).     Abstract  Algebra.  3 :3 :0.  Second  semester. 

Fundamentals  of  groups,  rings,  and  fields. 

331  (33).     Geometry.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1973-1974. 

Introduction  to  the  axioms  of  geometries;  Euclidean  and  non-Euclidean  geometries. 

74 


361,  362  (40).     Methods  of  Applied  Mathematics  I,  II.  3 :3 :0  per  semester.  Offered  1 973-1 974. 

Linear  vector  spaces,  matrices,  determinants,  integral  equations,  partial   differential   equa- 
tions, integral  formulas. 

400  (40.1).     Seminar.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

412  (46).     Functions  of  a  Complex  Variable.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 

Analytic  functions,  contour  integration,  Cauchy  theorem,  residue  theory,  conformal   map- 
ping. 

431  (49).     Topology.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1973-1974. 

Metric  space,  continuity,  compactness,  connectedness  and  other  topics. 

452  (40.1  [T]).     Seminar  for  Teachers.  1-3  hours  credit.  Second  semester. 

A  senior  seminar  designed  for  mathematics  teachers  is  required  of  those  students  who  wish 
to  become  certified  to  teach  mathematics. 

461  (44).     Numerical  Analysis.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 

Interpolation,  smoothing,  numerical  differentiation  and  integration. 

471  (41).     Mathematical  Probability.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
Sample  space,  random  variables,  probability  laws  and  distributions,  limit  theorems. 

472  (37).     Mathematical  Statistics.  3 :3 :0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1 972-1 973. 

Generating  functions,  frequency  distributions,  decision  theory,  tests  of  hypotheses. 

480  (40.1  [A]).     Seminar  in  Actuarial  Science.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

Compound  interest,  difference  equations,  and  applied  statistics  for  actuarial  science  majors. 

481,482(38,39).     Life  Contingencies  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1973-1974. 

Single  life  functions,  life  insurance,  life  annuities,  multiple  life  functions,  compound  con- 
tingent functions,  reversionary  annuities. 

500  (I.S.).     Independent  Study. 


Independent  work  not  intended  for  honors  recognition. 
510  (I.S.).     Departmental  Honors. 

See  information  on  page  74. 


1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 
(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 

1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 
(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 


MUSIC 


Associate  Professor  Smith,  Chairman;  Professor  Emeritus  Bender;  Associate  Professors 
Curfman,  Fairlamb,  Getz,  Lanese,  Stachow,  and  Thurmond;  Assistant  Professors  Engle- 
bright  and  Jamanis;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  Knisley;  Instructors  Lau,  Morgan,  and 
Veri;  Adjunct  Instructors  Aulenbach,  Campbell,  Catchings,  Cobourn,  Grove,  and 
Stambach 

The  aims  of  the  department  of  music  are  to  train  artists  and  teachers,  to  teach 
music  historically  and  aesthetically  as  an  element  of  liberal  culture,  and  to  offer 
courses  that  give  a  thorough  and  practical  understanding  of  theoretical  subjects. 

Attendance  at  all  faculty  recitals  and  a  portion  of  student  recitals  is  compulsory. 

All  majors  in  music  or  music  education  are  required  to  take  private  instruction  on 
the  campus  if  the  department  offers  instruction  in  the  individual's  principal  perform- 
ance medium. 

Participation  in  music  organizations  may  be  required  of  all  majors. 

For  cost  of  private  lessons  see  page  23. 

MUSIC 

(B.A.  with  a  major  in  Music) 

This  program  is  designed  for  those  students  desiring  a  liberal  arts  context  in  their 
preparation  for  a  career  in  applied  music. 

SPECIAL  REQUIREMENTS 

All  majors  are  required  to  take  an  hour  lesson  per  week  in  their  major  performance 
area  and  are  expected  to  perform  a  half  or  full  recital  in  the  junior  year  and  a  full 
recital  in  the  senior  year. 

All  majors  outside  of  the  keyboard  area  are  required  to  take  a  V2  hour  lesson  per 
week  in  piano  until  the  minimum  requirements  have  been  met. 
For  the  recommended  plan  of  study  in  this  program  see  page  106. 

MUSIC  EDUCATION 

(B.S.  with  a  major  in  Music  Education) 

This  program  has  been  approved  by  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education 
and  the  National  Association  of  Schools  of  Music  for  the  preparation  of  teachers  of 
public  school  music. 


76 


The  music  education  curriculum  requires  two  private  one-half  hour  lessons  per  week 
(one  each  in  the  major  and  a  minor  performance  area),  one  of  which  is  included  in 
the  tuition  charge.  A  charge  is  made  for  the  second  private  lesson. 

For  the  recommended  plan  of  study  in  this  program  see  pages  108-109. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

1.  A  candidate  must  have  achieved  a  minimum  grade-point  average  of  3.00  at  the  end 
of  the  sophomore  year,  and  must  maintain  this  minimum  to  remain  eligible  for 
honors  status. 

2.  The  private  instructor  in  the  candidate's  major  performance  area  must  recommend 
the  student  for  full  recital  privileges  during  the  senior  year,  and  will  serve  as  advisor 
to  the  individual's  departmental  honors  program. 

3.  The  candidate  through  reading  and  research  will  produce  a  thesis  or  an  essay, 
based  on  a  problem  or  subject  of  his  own  choosing  under  the  direct  supervision  of 
his  faculty  advisor.  Creative  work  will  be  encouraged  with  reference  to,  or  emphasis 
upon,  his  principal  performance  medium. 

4.  Honors  recognition  shall  be  dependent  upon  the  quality  of  the  prepared  thesis  or 
essay  arid  the  level  of  the  candidate's  recital  performance,  both  to  be  reviewed  by  a 
committee  of  three,  including  the  private  instructor  (advisor),  the  chairman  of  the 
department,  and  a  third  music  faculty  member  to  be  designated  by  the  chairman 
with  the  approval  of  the  advisor. 

5.  In  addition  to  any  established  pattern  of  announcing  honors  candidates  and  recipi- 
ents, the  printed  recital  program  shall  also  indicate  "in  partial  fulfillment  of  require- 
ments for  Honors  in  Music." 

6.  A  maximum  of  8  hours  credit  can  be  earned  in  departmental  honors. 

7.  Upon  the  completion  of  the  above  requirements  at  a  satisfactory  level,  the  student 
will  be  recommended  by  the  reviewing  committee  to  the  Dean  of  the  College  for 
graduation  with  departmental  honors. 

I:  THEORY  OF  MUSIC 
Sight  Singing 

111(10).     Sight  Singing  I.  1 :2:0.  First  semester. 

A  beginning  course  in  music  reading  with  the  use  of  syllables,  incorporating  the  elements 
of  melody  and  rhythm  within  the  beat  and  its  division.  The  following  are  studied:  basic  beat 
patterns,  simple  and  compound  time,  diatonic  intervals,  implied  harmonic  structure  within  the 
melodic  line,  the  C  clefs,  modulation. 

112  (11).     Sight  Singing  II.  1 :2 :0.  Second  semester. 

A  continuation  of  music  reading,  employing  more  difficult  melodies  and  rhythms,  the  beat 
and  its  subdivision,  and  additional  interval  problems.  Phrasing  and  the  application  of  dynamics 
are  stressed. 

211  (20).     Sight  Singing  III.  1 :2:0.  First  semester. 

Exercises  in  four  clefs,  employing  vocal  literature  of  increasing  difficulty,  both  tonal  and 
rhythmic.  Modal  melodies,  remote  modulation,  superimposed  background  and  meter,  changing 
and  less  common  time  signatures  are  stressed. 

Dictation  (Ear  Training) 

113(12).     Ear  Training  I.  1 :2:0.  First  semester. 

Includes  the  study  of  the  basics  of  music  notation  essential  for  the  writing  of  melodic  and 

rhythmic  dictation.  Aural  analysis  and  tonal  memory  are  developed.  Essentials  of  tonality  are 

77 


covered,  and  harmonic  dictation  is  begun  in  the  latter  half  of  the  course.  Correlated  with  Sight 
Singing  and  Harmony. 

114(13).     Ear  Training  II.  1 :2:0.  Second  semester. 

Increasing  complexity  and  length  of  melodic  and  rhythmic  dictation  with  emphasis  upon  the 

development  of  harmonic  dictation.  Inversions  of  triads,  seventh  and  ninth  chords  are  included. 

213(22).     Ear  Training  III.  1 :2:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  more  difficult  tonal  problems  including  modulation,  chromaticism,  altered 
chords,  and  modality. 

Harmony 

115(14).     Harmony  I.  2:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  the  rudiments  of  music  including  notation,  scales,  intervals,  and  triads;  the 
connection  of  triads  by  harmonizing  melodies  and  basses  with  fundamental  triads;  playing  of 
simple  cadences  at  the  piano;  analysis  of  phrases  and  periods. 

116(15).     Harmony  II.  2:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  study  of  inversions  of  triads,  seventh  and  ninth  chords,  harmonizations  of  melodies  and 
figured  basses;  analysis  and  composition  of  the  smaller  forms;  modulation. 

215(24).     Harmony  III.  2:2:0.  First  semester. 

The  use  of  dominant  and  diminished  sevenths  as  embellishments  of  and  substitutes  for  dia- 
tonic harmony;  harmonization  of  melodies  and  figured  basses;  analysis  of  two  and  three-part 
song  forms;  composition  in  two-part  song  form.  Playing  of  more  advanced  cadences  and  modu- 
lations at  the  piano. 

315  (29).   Harmony  IV  (Elementary  Composition)*  on  special  announcement.    2:2:0.  First  semester. 

Melody  analysis  and  writing;  four  part  choral  writing;  continuation  of  two  and  three-part 
song-form  analysis  and  composition.  Composition  in  theme  and  variations,  fantasia,  rondo  and 
dance  forms.  Study  of  contemporary  harmonic  ideas. 

316  (39).     Keyboard  Harmony.  2:2:0.  Second  semester. 
Work  at  the  piano  includes  the  harmonization  of  melodies  both  with  four-part  harmony 

and  with  various  accompaniment  forms;  also  transposition,  improvisation,  modulation,  reading 
from  figured  bass.  (Students  are  placed  in  elementary,  intermediate  or  advanced  sections  on 
the  basis  of  keyboard  ability.) 

Additional  Theory  Courses 

216(21).     Scoring  for  the  Band.  2:2:0.  Second  semester. 

Study  of  instrumentation,  devices,  techniques,  and  mechanics  of  scoring  transcriptions,  ar- 
rangements and  solos  for  concert  band;  special  work  in  scoring  for  marching  band.  Laboratory 
analysis  and  demonstration  of  various  instrumental  colors  and  combinations.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  creative  scoring. 

224  (40.1).  Counterpoint.  2 :2 :0.  Second  semester. 

Introductory  work  in  strict  counterpoint  through  three  and  four-part  work  in  all  the  species. 

331(31).     Form  and  Analysis  I.  2:2:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  the  structure  of  music  including  hymns,  folk  songs,  two,  three  and  five-part  song 
forms,  variations,  contrapuntal  forms,  rondo  and  sonata  forms.  Compositions  in  these  forms  are 
studied  primarily  for  their  structural  content.  Course  includes  extensive  listening. 

332  (36).     Form  and  Analysis  II*  on  special  announcement.  2:2:0.  Second  semester. 

A  study  through  analysis  and  listening  of  fugal  forms,  suite,  overture,  complete  sonata  forms 
(evolution  of  the  symphony),  string  quartet,  the  tone  poem.  Analysis  of  classical  and  contempo- 
rary works  in  these  forms. 


B.A.  program  in  music. 

78 


400  (40.2).     Arranging  and  Scoring  for  the  Stage  Band.  2 :2 :0.  Either  semester. 

Study  of  modern  harmony,  modulation,  style  analysis,  special  instrumental  effects  as  applied 

to  modern  arranging.  Laboratory  analysis  and  demonstration  of  sectional  and  ensemble  voicings. 

410(40.3).     Composition,  Schillinger  System.  Private  teaching. 

A  scientific  system  of  music  composition  created  by  the  late  Joseph  Schillinger,  teacher  of 
such  accomplished  professionals  as  George  Gershwin,  Ted  Royal  Dewar. 

The  major  aims  of  the  system  are  to:  (1)  generalize  underlying  principles  regarding  the 
behavior  of  tonal  phenomena;  (2)  classify  all  the  available  resources  of  our  tonal  system;  (3) 
teach  a  comprehensive  application  of  scientific  method  to  all  components  of  the  tonal  art,  to 
problems  of  melody,  rhythm,  harmony,  counterpoint,  orchestration  and  to  composition  itself. 

The  system  is  best  studied  in  the  light  of  a  traditional  background  and  admission  to  course 
or  private  instruction  is  by  special  permission  only. 


II.  METHODS  AND  MATERIALS 

226  (23).     Methods  and  Materials,  Vocal:  Early  Childhood.  2 :2 :0.  Second  semester. 

A  comprehensive  study  of  music  teaching  at  the  lower  elementary  level,  including:  the 
rationale  for  building  a  music  education  curriculum;  the  appropriate  music  education  materials; 
suggestions  for  presenting  music  with  the  purpose  of  developing  conceptual  understanding  of 
the  elements  of  music;  the  use  of  classroom  instruments;  the  beginnings  of  directed  apprecia- 
tion; and  foundation  studies  for  later  technical  developments. 

333  (33A).     Methods  and  Materials,  Vocal:  Later  Childhood.  2 :2 :0.  First  semester. 
A  comprehensive  study  of  music  teaching  at  the  upper  elementary  level;  a  variety  of  ap- 
proaches is  examined.  Attention  is  given  to  the  formal  and  technical  work  of  these  grades  with 
an  evaluation  of  appropriate  texts.  Preparation  of  lesson  plans  and  observation  are  required. 

334  (34A).     Methods  and  Materials,  Vocal:  Junior  and  Senior  High  School. 

2:2:0.  Second  semester. 
A  study  of  adolescent  tendencies  of  high  school  students.  Class  content  of  materials  is 
studied  with  attention  to  the  organization  and  presentation  of  a  varied  program.  Recent  trends 
in  teaching  are  studied. 

335  (33B).     Methods  and  Materials,  Instrumental:  Fourth,  Fifth  and  Sixth  Grades. 

1 :1 :0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  methods  and  materials  used  in  teaching  band  and  orchestral   instruments  to 

children  in  these  grades,  with  emphasis  on  a  sound   rhythmic  approach.   Both   individual  and 

class  techniques  are  studied.  Musical  rudiments  as  applied  to  instrumental  teaching  are  reviewed. 

336  (34B).     Methods  and  Materials,  Instrumental:  Junior  and  Senior  High  School. 

1 :1 :0.  Second  semester. 
A  study  of  intermediate  and  advanced  instrumental  teaching  techniques;  methods  of  or- 
ganizing and  directing  school  orchestras  and  bands;  fundamentals  of  musicianship. 

402  (43).     Seminar  in  Advanced  Instrumental  Problems.  2:2:0.  Second  semester. 

A  study  of  the  general  and  specific  problems  which  confront  the  director  of  school  orches- 
tras, bands,  and  instrumental  classes.  Problems  of  general  interest  include:  organization  and 
management,  stimulating  and  maintaining  interest;  selecting  beginners;  scheduling  rehearsals 
and  class  lessons;  financing  and  purchasing  instruments,  uniforms,  and  other  equipment;  march- 
ing band  formations  and  drills;  evaluating  music  materials;  organizing  festivals,  contests,  and 
public  performances. 

79 


405  (44).     Methods  in  Piano  Pedagogy.  2:2:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  methods  of  teaching  piano  to  children  and  adults.  The  course  includes  the  song 
approach  method,  presentation  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  rhythm,  sight  reading,  tone 
quality,  form,  technique,  pedaling,  transposition  and  the  harmonization  of  simple  melodies. 
Materials  are  examined  and  discussed. 


III.  STUDENT  TEACHING 

441/442  (40a-40b).     Student  Teaching  I,  II.  6  hours  credit  per  semester. 

Student  teaching  in  music  education  includes  vocal  and  instrumental  work  from  elemen- 
tary to  senior  high  school. 

Cooperating  schools  include:  Annville-Cleona  Schools,  Derry  Township  Schools,  Milton 
Hershey  School,  Lebanon  School  District,  Cornwall-Lebanon  Schools,  Northern  Lebanon 
School,  and  Manheim  Schools. 


IV.  INSTRUMENTAL  COURSES 

Class  Instruction  in  Band  and  Orchestral  Instruments. 

Practical  courses  in  which  students,  in  addition  to  being  taught  the  fundamental  principles 
underlying  the  playing  of  all  band  and  orchestral  instruments,  learn  to  play  on  instruments  of 
each  group,  viz.,  string,  woodwind,  brass,  and  percussion.  Problems  of  class  procedure  in  public 
schools  are  discussed;  transposition  of  all  instruments  is  taught.  Ensemble  playing  is  an  integral 
part  of  these  courses. 


Brass  Instruments  (Trumpet  [Cornet],  Horn,  Trombone,  Baritone,  Tuba) 

123  (16).     Brass  I. 

A  study  of  any  two  of  the  above  instruments. 

124(17).     Brass  II. 

A  study  of  the  remainder  of  the  above  instruments. 

Percussion  Instruments  (Snare  Drum,  Timpani,  Bass  Drum,  etc.) 

227  (18).     Percussion  I. 

A  study  of  snare  drum  only. 

328  (48).     Percussion  II. 

A  study  of  the  remainder  of  the  above  listed  instruments. 


1 :2:0.  First  semester. 
1 :2:0.  Second  semester. 

1/2 :1 :0.  Second  semester. 
Vi  :1 :0.  Second  semester. 


Woodwind  Instruments  (Clarinet,  Flute,  Piccolo,  Oboe,  Saxophone,  Bassoon) 


231  (25).     Woodwind  I. 

A  study  of  the  clarinet. 

232  (26).     Woodwind  II. 

A  study  of  the  remainder  of  the  above  listed  instruments. 

String  Instruments  (Violin,  Viola,  Cello,  String  Bass) 

337  (37).     String  I. 

A  study  of  all  of  the  above  listed  instruments. 

338  (38).     String  II. 

A  continuation  of  the  study  of  all  of  the  above  listed  instruments. 


1 :2:0.  First  semester. 
1 :2:0.  Second  semester. 

1 :2:0.  First  semester. 
1 :2:0.  Second  semester. 


80 


Instrumental  Seminar.  V2  :1 :0  or  1 :2:0.  First  or  second  semester. 

Application  of  specific  techniques  to  problems  of  class  instruction. 

420(41.1-41.2).     Brass  Prerequisite:  Music  124. 

430(41.3-41.4).     Percussion  Prerequisite:  Music  328. 

440(41.5-41.6).     String  Prerequisite:  Music  338. 

450(41.7-41.8).     Woodwind  Prerequisite:  Music  232. 

V.  MUSIC  ORGANIZATIONS 

Opportunities  for  individual  performance  in  a  group  experience  are  provided  by  music 
organizations.  Membership  in  the  organizations  is  open  on  an  audition  basis  to  all  students  of 
the  College. 

601  (101a-101b).     Symphonic  Band.  0:2:0.  First  semester.  0:3:0.  Second  semester. 
The  Blue  and  White  Marching  Band  of  L.V.C.  is  noted  for  its  half-time  performances  during 

the  football  season.  The  Symphonic  Band  of  ninety  pieces  plays  several  concerts  during  the  year, 
both  on  and  off  campus.  The  finest  original  music  for  band  is  performed,  as  well  as  arrange- 
ments of  the  standard  repertoire.  Membership  in  the  band  is  dependent  upon  the  ability  of 
the  applicant  and  the  instrumentation  of  the  band.  Students  from  all  departments  of  the  College 
are  invited  to  audition. 

602  (102a-102b).     All-Girl  Band.  0:1  0  per  semester. 

L.V.C.  is  unique  in  having  one  of  the  few  all-girl  bands  in  the  nation.  All  girls  in  the 
College  with  ability  as  instrumentalists  are  welcome  to  audition.  Membership  depends  upon 
proficiency  and  the  needs  of  the  band  regarding  instrumentation. 

603  (103a— 103b).     Symphony  Orchestra.  0:3:0.  First  semester.  0:2:0.  Second  semester. 
The  Symphony  Orchestra  is  an  organization  of  symphonic  proportions  maintaining  a  high 

standard  of  performance.  A  professional  interpretation  of  a  wide  range  of  standard  orchestral 
literature  is  insisted  upon. 

604  (104a-104b).     Concert  Choir.  0:3:0  per  semester. 

The  Concert  Choir  is  composed  of  approximately  fifty  voices,  selected  by  audition.  All 
phases  of  choral  literature  are  studied  intensively.  In  addition  to  on-campus  programs  and  ap- 
pearances on  radio  and  the  television,  the  Concert  Choir  makes  an  annual  tour. 

605  (105a-105b).     College  Chorus.  0:1 :0  per  semester. 

The  College  Chorus  provides  an  opportunity  to  study  and  participate  in  the  presentation 
of  choral  literature  of  major  composers  from  all  periods  of  music  history.  It  is  open  to  all  stu- 
dents who  are  interested  in  this  type  of  musical  performance  and  who  have  had  some  ex- 
perience in  singing. 

606(113a-113b).     Chapel  Choir.  0:1  0  per  semester. 

The  Chapel  Choir  is  composed  of  approximately  forty  voices,  selected  by  audition.  The  main 
function  of  this  choir  is  to  provide  musical  leadership  in  the  weekly  chapel  services.  In  addition, 
seasonal  services  of  choral  music  are  prepared. 

607  (106a-106b).     Beginning  Ensemble.  0:1 :0  per  semester. 
A  training  band  and  orchestra  in  which  students  play  secondary  instruments  and  become 

acquainted  with  elementary  band  and  orchestral  literature.  Opportunity  is  given  for  advanced 
conducting  students  to  gain  experience  in  conducting. 

608  (114a-114b).     Wind  Ensemble.  0:1  0  per  semester. 

The  Wind  Ensemble  provides  an  opportunity  for  advanced  players  of  wind  and  per- 
cussion instruments  to  play  the  growing  repertoire  of  music  being  written  for  this  medium.  In 
addition,  standard  classical  works  for  wind  and/or  percussion  instruments  are  played.  The 
forty-five  members  of  this  organization  are  chosen  by  audition. 

81 


Instrumental  Small  Ensembles.  0:1 :0  per  semester. 

Open  to  the  advanced  player  on  an  audition  basis. 

611  (107a-107b).     String  Quartet. 

612  (108a-108b).     String  Trio. 

613  (109a-109b).     Clarinet  Choir. 

614  (110a-110b).     Woodwind  Quintet. 

615  (111a— 111b).     Brass  Ensemble. 

616  (112a— 112b).     Percussion  Ensemble. 

VI.  THE  HISTORY  AND  APPRECIATION  OF  MUSIC 

100(19).     History  and  Appreciation  of  Music.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

A  course  for  the  non-music  major  designed  to  increase  the  individual's  musical  perceptive- 
ness.  Through  selective,  intensive  listening,  the  student  develops  concepts  of  musical  materials 
and  techniques.  The  vocabulary  thus  gained  is  utilized  in  a  survey  of  Western  music  from  the 
Middle  Ages  to  the  present. 

341/342  (30a~30b).     History  of  Music  I,  II.  3  3 :0  per  semester. 

A  survey  course  of  the  history  of  Western  music.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  various 
stylistic  developments  which  have  occurred  from  one  era  to  another,  on  the  composers  who 
have  been  responsible  for  these  developments,  and  the  music  written  during  these  various  eras 
illustrating  these  stylistic  trends.  For  this  purpose,  extensive  use  of  recordings  is  made  a  part 
of  the  course.  The  first  semester  includes  the  development  of  music  up  to  the  Baroque  era,  the 
second  semester  from  the  Baroque  to  the  present. 

343(32).     Music  Literature.  2:2:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  music  literature  for  elementary,  secondary,  and  adult  levels.  Interpretation  of, 
response  to,  and  appreciation  of  music  with  attention  directed  to  musical  elements.  Emphasis 
is  placed  on  instrumental  literature. 

351/352/353/354  (42).     Organ  Seminar  I,  II,  III,  IV.  2 :2  0  per  semester. 

A  four-semester  sequence  based  upon  the  investigation  and  study  of  the  following: 
351:  Organ  Design  and  Registration. 
352:  Organ  History  and  Literature. 

(Early  times  through  the   mid-Baroque  with   emphasis   upon    French   and   German 

music.) 
353:  Organ  Literature. 

(An   investigation   of  the  organ    literature  of  J.   S.    Bach   and   his   contemporaries; 

organ  literature  of  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries.) 
354:  Church  Service  Playing. 

Required  for  organ  students  in  the  B.A.  program  in  music;  open  to  other  organ  students 
with  the  approval  of  the  instructor. 

460(41).     Music  Literature  Seminar.  3:3:0. 

A  study  of  music  literature  in  depth,  according  to  styles,  form  and  techniques  of  the 
various  musical  periods.  Designed  especially  for  the  B.A.  candidate  in  Music  with  application 
of  accumulated  knowledge  in  theory,  music  history,  and  musical  form.  Emphasis  is  upon 
orchestral  iiterature. 

VII.  CONDUCTING 

346  (35).     Conducting  I.  2 :2 :0.  Second  semester. 

Principles  of  conducting  and  the  technique  of  the  baton  are  presented.  Each  student  con- 
ducts vocal  and  instrumental  ensembles  made  up  of  the  class  personnel. 

445  (45).     Conducting  II.  2:2:0.  First  semester. 

A  continuation  of  Conducting  I  with  emphasis  on  practical  work  with  small  vocal  and  instru- 
mental groups.  Rehearsal  techniques  are  discussed  and  applied  through  individual  experience. 

82 


VIII.  APPLIED  MUSIC  INSTRUCTION 

520  (— ).     Class  Instruction.  (Voice  and  Piano) 

530  (131-132).     Individual  Instruction. 

(Voice,  Piano,  Organ,  Orchestral  and  Band  Instruments.) 

540  (141-142).     Individual  Instruction. 

(Voice,  Piano,  Organ,  Orchestral  and  Band  Instruments.) 
A  charge  is  made  for  the  second  half-hour  of  instruction. 
(Private  study  in  major  performance;  for  B.A.  music  majors  only.) 


1 :1 :0  per  semester. 
1 :1/2  :0  per  semester. 

2:1 :0  per  semester. 


1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 
(Maximum  of  8  hours  credit.) 


IX.  DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

510  (I.S.).     Departmental  Honors. 

See  information  on  page  77. 

THE  STUDENT  RECITALS 

The  student  recitals  are  of  inestimable  value  to  all  students  in  acquainting  them 
with  a  wide  range  of  the  best  musical  literature,  in  developing  musical  taste  and  dis- 
crimination, in  affording  experience  in  appearing  before  an  audience,  and  in  gaining 
self-reliance  as  well  as  nerve  control  and  stage  demeanor. 

Students  at  all  levels  of  performance  appear  in  these  student  recitals. 

PIPE  ORGANS 

The  department  of  music  contains  four  Moller  organs  for  private  instruction  and 
individual  practice:  one  4-manual,  one  3-manual,  two  2-manual  instruments,  and  a 
3-manual  62-rank  Schantz  organ  in  the  College  Chapel,  installed  in  1968. 


PHILOSOPHY 


Assistant  Professor  Thompson,  Chairman;  Adjunct  Professor  Ehrhart 

The  department  of  philosophy  serves  a  major  purpose  in  the  curriculum  by  attempt- 
ing to  make  the  student  aware  of  the  need  for  a  critical  evaluation  and  analysis  of  the 
ideas,  beliefs,  and  faiths  —  scientific  and  humanistic  — within  the  Western  intellectual 
tradition. 

Part  of  the  rationale  for  the  study  of  philosophy  at  the  College  is  found  in  the  value 
of  its  attempt  to  examine  the  history  of  ideas  as  it  comes  to  us  from  the  ancient 
Greeks.  But  more  than  this,  philosophy  seeks  to  interpret  and  analyze  these  ideas  as 
they  relate  to  the  student's  own  existence  and  that  of  mankind  as  a  whole.  The  study 
of  philosophy  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  takes  both  inspiration  and  justification  from 
the  maxim  of  Socrates  that  "the  unexamined  life  is  not  worth  living." 

Major:  A  total  of  twenty-four  hours,  including  Philosophy  112,  is  required  of  the 
philosophy  major. 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  AND   DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Students  who  wish  to  do  independent  work  in  philosophy  beyond  the  scope  of 
courses  listed  in  the  College  catalog  may  elect,  with  departmental  approval,  to  take 
Independent  Study  (1)  Philosophy  500,  which  is  conducted  in  a  tutorial  fashion. 

A  junior  or  senior  student  may,  with  departmental  permission,  undertake  to  do 
individual  study  for  honors  by  enrollment  in  Philosophy  510  (1)  Departmental  Honors. 
This  involves  the  writing  and  oral  defense  of  a  detailed  research  project  or  critical 
study  on  an  approved  topic.  This  program  is  open  ordinarily  only  to  departmental 
majors  who  have  done  well  in  their  course  work  and  are  aiming  at  advanced  work  in 
philosophy;  it  is  not,  however,  limited  to  such  students.  The  student  who  successfully 
meets  the  requirements  of  the  program  shall  be  recommended  to  the  Dean  of  the 
College  for  graduation  with  departmental  honors. 

110  (10).     Problems  of  Philosophy.  3 :3  0.  Either  semester. 

An  introduction  to  some  of  the  main  problems  of  philosophy  and  to  the  ways  in  which 
leading  philosophers  have  dealt  with  them.  As  part  of  this  course,  students  learn  the  critical 
analysis  of  ideas. 


84 


112(11).     General  Logic.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

An  introduction  to  the  rules  of  clear  and  effective  thinking.  Attention  is  given  to  the  logic 
of  meaning,  the  logic  of  valid  inference,  and  the  logic  of  factual  inquiry.  Main  emphasis  is  laid 
upon  deductive  logic,  and  students  are  introduced  to  the  elements  of  symbolic  logic  as  well  as  to 
traditional  modes  of  analysis. 

223  (23).     Ancient  and  Medieval  Philosophy.  3 :3 :0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 

This  course  traces  the  evolution  of  Western  philosophical  thought  from  its  origin  in  the 
speculations  of  the  pre-Socratic  nature-philosophers  to  the  systematic  elaborations  of  the 
schoolmen  of  the  late  Middle  Ages. 

224(24).     Modern  Philosophy.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 

This  course  follows  the  development  of  philosophical  thought  in  the  leading  thinkers  from 
the  Renaissance  to  the  beginning  of  the  nineteenth  century. 

228  (30).     Ethics.  3 :3 :0.  Second  semester. 

An  inquiry  into  the  central  problems  of  ethics,  with  an  examination  of  the  responses  of 
major  ethical  theories  to  those  problems. 

231  (31).     Philosophy  of  Religion.  3:3:0.  First  Semester.  Offered  1973-1974. 

A  study  of  the  issues  raised  for  philosophy  by  contemporary  religious  and  theological 
thought.  A  critical  examination  of  such  problems  as  faith  and  reason;  the  meaning  of  revela- 
tion, symbolism,  and  language;  the  arguments  for  the  existence  of  God;  faith  and  history; 
religion  and  culture. 

335  (35).     Twentieth  Century  Philosophy.  3:3:0.  Fi rst  semester.  Offered  1 973-1 974. 

An  examination  of  the  foremost  American,  British  and  Continental  philosophers,  from  1900 
to  the  present. 

340  (41).     Aesthetics.  3:3:0.  Offered  either  semester  on  sufficient  demand  only. 

A  study  of  the  nature  and  basis  of  criticism  of  works  of  art. 

341(40).     Metaphysics.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 

A  detailed  consideration  of  the  "theory  of  reality,"  as  interpreted  by  representative  philoso- 
phers from  the  pre-Socratics  to  the  British  and  American  linguistic  analysts,  including  the 
twentieth-century  phenomenologists. 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 

346  (45).     Epistemology.  3 :3 :0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1 972-1 973. 

A  critical  and  analytical  study  of  the  chief  questions  involved  in  "knowing,"  as  formulated 
by  thinkers  from  the  time  of  Plato  to  the  present. 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 

442  (42).     Seminar.  3  hours  credit.  Second  semester. 

Discussion  of  selected  problems  of  philosophy. 
Open  to  upperclassmen  only,  with  consent  of  the  instructor. 

500  (I.S.).     Independent  Study.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 
See  information  on  page  84. 
Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 

510  (I.S.).     Departmental  Honors.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 
See  information  on  page  84. 
Prerequisite:  junior  standing  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 


85 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 


Assistant  Professor   Petrofes,   Chairman;   Assistant   Professors    Reed   and   Sorrentino; 
Instructors  Caeckler  and  Carman 

The  aims  of  this  department  are  (1)  to  encourage  attitudes  and  habits  of  good  total 
health;  (2)  to  develop  the  student's  physical  capacities;  (3)  to  provide  activities  which 
will  enrich  leisure  throughout  one's  life. 

Four  (4)  semesters  of  physical  education  are  required. 

In  addition  to  the  family  physician's  report,  it  is  strongly  recommended  that  all 
entering  students  also  undergo  a  thorough  visual  examination. 

Students  are  required  to  wear  the  regulation  gymnasium  outfit,  which  may  be 
purchased  at  the  college  store. 

110  (— ).     Physical  Education  (Men)  (Women)  0:2:0  per  semester. 

(Men)  The  physical  education  activities  include:  physical  fitness,  touch  football,  basketball, 
softball,  volleyball,  archery,  badminton,  golf,  handball,  squash,  wrestling,  tennis,  speedball, 
swimming,  soccer,  lacrosse,  paddle  ball,  gymnastics,  circuit  training,  weight  training,  and  care 
and  prevention  of  injuries. 

(Women)  The  physical  education  activities  include:  soccer,  softball,  swimming,  golf,  archery 
volleyball,  badminton,  table  tennis,  tennis,  gymnastics,  calisthenics,  field  hockey,  squash, 
basketball,  and  modern  dance. 

Corrective  and  Adaptive  Physical  Education  (Men)(Women)  0:2:0  per  semester. 

Special  activities,  as  prescribed  by  a  physician,  for  students  with  physical  handicaps  or  de- 
ficiencies. 

Not  open  to  students  qualified  for  Physical  Education. 


86 


PHYSICS 


Professor  Rhodes,  Chairman;  Professor  Emeritus  Grimm;  Associate  Professor  O'Don- 
nell;  Assistant  Professor  Horgan 

The  department  of  physics  attempts  to  develop  in  the  student  an  increased  under- 
standing of  the  basic  laws  of  nature  as  they  relate  to  our  physical  environment,  and 
to  indicate  the  possible  extent,  as  well  as  the  limitations,  of  our  knowledge  of  the 
physical  world. 

The  course  Physics  100  is  designed  especially  for  the  non-science  major  who  may 
wish  only  a  one-semester  introduction  to  the  role  of  physics  and  its  impact  on 
society.  The  introductory  course  Physics  103,  104  is  intended  for  students  who  desire 
a  one-year  survey  course  in  physics  without  the  calculus  prerequisite.  The  sequence  of 
courses  111,  112  and  211,  212  provides  suitable  training  for  students  who  anticipate 
additional  work  in  the  physical  sciences,  whether  it  be  in  physics,  chemistry,  engineer- 
ing, applied  mathematics,  or  some  other  area  for  which  a  strong  background  in 
physics  is  essential.  Laboratory  work  is  an  integral  part  of  all  the  physics  courses  at 
the  freshman  and  sophomore  level;  laboratory  work  at  the  junior  and  senior  levels  is 
provided  in  Physics  327/328  and  Physics  500.  These  are  courses  designed  to  acquaint 
the  student  with  the  experimental  techniques  and  the  measuring  instruments  appro- 
priate to  the  various  areas  of  investigation,  and  to  give  experience  in  the  interpretation 
and  communication  of  experimental  results.  Laboratory  facilities  include  a  neutron 
howitzer,  beta  and  gamma  detection  equipment  with  a  multi-channel  pulse  height 
analyzer,  lasers,  a  50  kV  X-ray  diffractometer,  and  a  harmonic  wave  analyzer. 

The  department  prepares  students  for  graduate  study,  for  research  and  development 
work  in  governmental  and  industrial  laboratories,  and  for  teaching  physics  in  the 
secondary  schools.  It  also  provides  background  courses  in  physics  appropriate  for  work 
in  various  basic  and  applied  areas  of  the  physical  sciences,  such  as  astrophysics,  bio- 
physics, space  science,  and  computer  technology. 

Major:  Physics  111,  112,  211,  311,  312,  321,  322,  and  six  additional  semester  hours, 
of  which  at  least  two  shall  be  in  experimental  physics. 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  AND  DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Independent  Study,  Physics  500,  is  available  to  all  physics  majors  with  the  approval 
of  the  departmental  chairman.  Experimental  facilities  are  available  in  the  department 


87 


for  independent  investigations  in  X-ray  diffraction,  neutron  reactions,  radioactivity, 
Mossbauer  effect,  gamma  ray  spectroscopy,  and  wave  analysis.  Theoretical  problems 
may  be  chosen  from  classical  physics,  statistical  mechanics,  or  quantum  mechanics. 
Physics  majors  who  have  demonstrated  high  academic  ability  may,  with  the  per- 
mission of  the  departmental  chairman  and  the  Dean  of  the  College,  participate  in  the 
departmental  honors  program  in  physics.  Application  for  admission  to  this  program 
should  be  made  before  the  end  of  the  junior  year.  A  student  admitted  to  the  program 
enrolls  in  Physics  510  and  works  on  an  experimental  or  theoretical  research  project, 
normally  for  a  period  of  a  year,  with  departmental  supervision.  Upon  the  satisfactory 
completion  of  an  approved  project  and  the  formal  presentation  of  a  research  paper 
before  an  examining  committee,  the  student  will  be  recommended  to  the  Dean  of 
the  College  for  graduation  with  departmental  honors. 

100(12).     Physics  and  Its  Impact.  4:3:2.  Either  semester. 

A  course  designed  to  acquaint  the  student,  especially  the  non-science  major,  with  some 
of  the  important  concepts  of  physics,  both  classical  and  modern,  and  with  the  scientific  method, 
its  nature  and  its  limitations.  The  role  of  physics  in  the  history  of  thought  and  its  relationships 
to  other  disciplines  and  to  society  and  government  are  considered.  The  weekly  two-hour 
laboratory  period  provides  experience  in  the  acquisition,  representation,  and  analysis  of 
experimental  data,  and  demonstration  of  the  physical  phenomena  with  which  the  course  deals. 
No  mathematics  or  science  prerequisite. 

103,104(10).     General  College  Physics  I,  II.  4:3:3  per  semester. 

An  introduction  to  the  fundamental  concepts  and  laws  of  the  various  branches  of  physics, 
including  mechanics,  heat,  sound,  electricity,  magnetism,  optics,  and  atomic  and  nuclear  struc- 
ture, with  laboratory  work  in  each  area. 

111,112(17).     Principles  of  Physics  I,  II.  4:3:3  per  semester. 

An  introductory  course  in  classical  physics,  designed  for  students  who  desire  a  more 
rigorous  mathematical  approach  to  college  physics  than  is  given  in  Physics  103,  104.  Calculus  is 
used  throughout.  The  first  semester  is  devoted  to  mechanics  and  heat,  and  the  second  semester 
to  electricity,  magnetism,  and  optics,  with  laboratory  work  in  each  area.  This  course  should  be 
followed  by  Physics  211. 

Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  Mathematics  111  or  161. 

211  (27).     Atomic  and  Nuclear  Physics.  4:3:3.  First  semester.* 

An    introduction    to    modern    physics,    including    the    foundation    of   atomic    physics,   the 

quantum   theory  of   radiation,   the  atomic   nucleus,    radioactivity,   and    nuclear   reactions,   with 

laboratory  work  in  each  area. 
Prerequisite:  Physics  112. 

212(27).     Introduction  to  Electronics.  4:3:3.  Second  semester.* 

The  physics  of  electrons  and  electronic  devices,  including  vacuum  tubes,  diodes,  transistors, 

power  supplies,  amplifiers,  oscillators,  switching  circuits,  and  servomechanisms,  with  laboratory 

work  in  each  area. 

Prerequisite:  Physics  112. 

311,  312  (40).     Analytical  Mechanics  I,  II.  3 :3  0  per  semester. 

A  rigorous  study  of  classical  mechanics,  including  the  motion  of  a  single  particle,  the 
motion  of  a  system  of  particles,  and  the  motion  of  a  rigid  body.  Damped  and  forced  harmonic 
motion,  the  central  force  problem,  the  Euler  description  of  rigid  body  motion,  and  the  Lagrange 
generalization  of  Newtonian  mechanics  are  among  the  topics  treated. 

Prerequisites:  Physics  111  and  Mathematics  212  or  261. 


*  For  the  academic  year  1972-1973  only,  in  order  to  permit  those  students  who  were  enrolled  in 
Physics  17  during  1971-1972  to  complete  their  sequence  of  courses  in  physics,  Physics  112  will  be 
offered  in  the  first  semester  in  place  of  Physics  211,  and  Physics  211  will  be  offered  in  the  second 
semester  in  place  of  Physics  212. 


88 


321,  322  (32).     Electricity  and  Magnetism  I,  II.  3 :3  0  per  semester. 

A  rigorous  study  of  the  basic  phenomena  of  electromagnetism,  together  with  the  application 
of  fundamental  principles  to  the  solving  of  problems.  The  electric  and  magnetic  properties  of 
matter,  direct  current  circuits,  alternating  current  circuits,  the  Maxwell  field  equations,  and  the 
propagation  of  electromagnetic  waves  are  among  the  topics  treated. 

Prerequisites:  Physics  112  and  Mathematics  212  or  261. 

327/328(37).     Experimental  Physics  I,  II.  1  0:3  per  semester. 

Experimental  work  selected  from  the  areas  of  mechanics,  A.C.  and  D.C.  electrical  measure- 
ments, optics,  atomic  physics,  or  nuclear  physics,  with  emphasis  on  experimental  design, 
measuring  techniques,  and  analysis  of  data. 

Prerequisites:  Physics  212. 

421,422(41).     Modern  Physics  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  rigorous  study  of  selected  topics  in  modern  physics,  utilizing  the  methods  of  quantum 
mechanics.  The  Schrodinger  equation  is  solved  for  such  systems  as  potential  barriers,  potential 
wells,  the  linear  oscillator,  the  rigid  rotator,  and  the  hydrogen  atom.  Perturbation  techniques 
and  the  operator  formalism  of  quantum  mechanics  are  introduced  where  appropriate. 

Prerequisites:  Physics  312  and  322. 

430  (49).     The  Teaching  of  Physics  in  Secondary  Schools.  1 :1 :0.  Either  semester. 

A  course  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  some  of  the  special  methods,  programs, 
and  problems  in  the  teaching  of  physics  in  secondary  schools. 

Required  for  secondary  certification  in  physics. 

480  (48).     Special  Topics  in  Physics.  3 :3 :0  per  semester. 

A  seminar  in  one  or  more  of  the  following  areas  of  physics  is  offered  each  semester,  and  is 
open,  with  the  approval  of  the  instructor,  to  juniors  and  seniors  from  any  department. 

(a)  Thermodynamics.  A  study  of  the  laws  of  thermodynamics  from  which  the  following 
topics  are  developed:  thermodynamic  variables,  equations  of  state,  phase  transitions,  specific 
heats,  entropy,  and  low  temperature  phenomena. 

(b)  Statistical  Mechanics.  Maxwell-Boltzmann,  Bose-Einstein,  and  Fermi-Dirac  statistics  are 
derived  and  used  to  discuss  specific  heats,  paramagnetism,  the  properties  of  molecules,  photons, 
and  electrons,  and  fluctuations. 

(c)  Wave  Theory.  A  study  of  the  theory  of  waves  as  it  applies  to  electrodynamics,  optics, 
and  acoustics.  The  topics  covered  include  propagation  of  wave  motion,  wave  guides,  diffraction 
and  interference  phenomena,  and  polarization. 

(d)  Nuclear  Physics.  The  topics  covered  include  properties  of  nuclei,  nuclear  force,  nuclear 
models,  properties  of  alpha,  beta,  and  gamma  decay,  fission,  and  fusion. 

(e)  Solid  State  Physics.  The  topics  covered  include  the  properties  of  crystals,  electronic 
states  in  solids,  semiconductors,  and  the  electric  and  magnetic  properties  of  solids. 

500  (I.S.).     Independent  Study.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 

An  experimental  or  theoretical  investigation  in  a  selected  area  of  physics  under  the  super- 
vision of  a  physics  staff  member.  Open  to  all  physics  majors  with  the  permission  of  the  depart- 
mental chairman. 

See  information  on  page  87. 

510  (I.S.).     Department  Honors.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 

An  experimental  or  theoretical  investigation  in  a  selected  area  of  physics  for  students  who 
have  been  admitted  to  the  departmental  honors  program  in  physics. 

See  information  on  page  88. 

89 


PSYCHOLOGY 


Professor  Davidon,  Chairman;  Professor  Love;  Assistant  Professors  Mather  and  Stare 

The  courses  in  psychology  are  designed  to  develop  an  understanding  and  apprecia- 
tion of  man,  as  they  present  methods,  findings  and  theories  of  behavioral  science. 

There  is  a  complete  program  for  those  preparing  for  graduate  school  studies  leading 
to  a  professional  career  in  either  experimental  or  clinical  psychology. 

Furthermore,  many  of  the  courses  provide  an  important  background  for  those 
preparing  for  careers  in  other  fields  such  as  medicine,  teaching  and  business.  The 
program  for  a  major  in  psychology  can  help  qualify  one  for  teaching  psychology  in 
high  school  and  can  be  relevant  to  employment  and  further  training  in  agencies,  hos- 
pitals, and  laboratories. 

Major:  Psychology  110,  225,  226,  343,  443  and  electives  in  psychology  to  complete 
at  least  24  hours.  Students  preparing  for  graduate  school  in  psychology  are  advised  to 
include  Psychology  227  or  228,  335/336,  444  and  4  hours  of  445/446.  With  approval, 
Biology  201  and  202  may  be  substituted  for  electives  in  psychology.  Mathematics  170 
may  be  substituted  if  it  has  not  been  used  to  fulfill  the  general  college  requirement. 
Mathematics  170  rather  than  Mathematics  101  is  recommended  for  majors  to  meet 
the  general  requirement  in  mathematics.  Three  hours  of  Psychology  445/446  may 
be  substituted  for  Psychology  443. 


INDEPENDENT  STUDY  AND  DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

For  the  capable  student  who  wishes  to  take  part  in  selecting  and  planning 
his  own  investigation  within  particular  areas  of  psychology,  a  program  of  inde- 
pendent study  and  research  for  credit  may  replace  courses.  The  student  is 
assisted  by  a  member  of  the  faculty  with  whom  he  has  individual  conferences. 
The  student's  investigation  is  designated  as  either  Independent  Study  (Psychology  500) 
or  Departmental  Honors  (Psychology  510). 

In  order  to  begin  a  program  of  individual  study  for  departmental  honors,  a 
psychology  major  is  required  to:  (1)  have  an  over-all  grade-point  average  of 
2.5;  (2)  have  an  average  of  3.0  in  psychology  courses;  (3)  show  consistently  high 
interest  and  initiative;  and  (4)  obtain  the  approval  of  the  departmental  staff  and  the 
Dean  of  the  College. 


90 


Graduation  with  honors  in  psychology  will  depend  on  the  quality  of  the  work 
in  departmental  honors  and  the  maintenance  of  the  grade-point  averages  speci- 
fied for  admission  to  the  study  program. 

110  (20.)     General  Psychology.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

An  introduction  to  the  scientific  study  of  behavior  and  human  experience,  with  emphasis 
on  biological  and  environmental  influences  upon  learning,  perception,  motivation,  and  cog- 
nitive functions.  Studies  of  the  person,  of  development  and  personality,  and  of  interpersonal 
relationships  are  reviewed. 

220  (23).     Educational  Psychology.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

An  application  of  psychological  principles  to  problems  and  issues  encountered  in  formal 
education.  Required  for  state  certification  in  elementary  and  music  education. 
Prerequisite:  Psychology  110. 

221  (21).     Childhood  and  Development.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  human  growth  and  development  with  particular  emphasis  upon  the  psycho- 
logical development  of  the  child.  Theories  of  development  and  appropriate  research  studies  are 
included.  Required  for  state  certification  in  elementary  education. 

Prerequisite:  Psychology  110. 

222  (31).     Psychology  of  Adolescence.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  (Not  offered  1972-1973.) 

A  study  of  the  psychological  development  in  the  adolescent  period. 
Prerequisite:  Psychology  110. 

225  (25a).     Experimental  Psychology:  Learning  and  Motivation.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Instrumental  and  classical  conditioning  techniques  are  compared  and  related  to  theories 
of  human  and  animal  learning  and  motivation.  Basic  methods  in  the  investigation  of  verbal 
learning  are  also  considered. 

Prerequisite:  Psychology  110. 

226  (25b).     Experimental  Psychology:  Sensory  and  Perceptual  Processes.      3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Review  of  major  areas  of  investigation  of  visual,  auditory  and  other  sensory  systems. 
Psychophysical  methods,  and  principles  of  sensory  differentiation  and  field  organization  are 
included. 

Prerequisite:  Psychology  110. 

227  (26.1).     Laboratory  Investigations  I:  Learning.  1 :0:3.  First  semester. 
Animal   learning  experiments  coordinated  with   topics  in   Psychology  225.  Simple  learning 

situations  are  demonstrated.  Students  design  and  conduct  experiments,  analyze  data,  and  write 
technical  reports. 

Prerequisite:  Psychology  110. 

Corequisite:  Psychology  225. 

228  (26.1).     Laboratory  Investigations  II:  Sensory  and  Perceptual  Processes. 

1:0:3.  Second  semester. 

Experiments  with  human  subjects,  coordinated  with  topics  in  Psychology  226.  Students 
select  sensory/perceptual  problems  for  investigation,  have  a  part  in  the  design  of  experiments, 
conduct  trials,  do  statistical  computation,  and  interpret  the  results. 

Prerequisite:  Psychology  110. 

Corequisite:  Psychology  226. 

335/336  (35a-35b).     Research  Design  and  Statistical  Analysis.  3  hours  credit  per  semester. 

Principles  of  research  design  and  inferential  statistical  analysis  planning  and  execution  of 
studies. 

Prerequisites:  Psychology  110,  225,  and  226. 

343(43).     Personality.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  the  dynamics  and  development  of  personality,  of  the  meaning  and  content  of 
experience,  and  of  the  representative  theories  concerning  these. 

Prerequisites:  Psychology  110;  junior  or  senior  standing,  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

91 


346(33).     Social  Psychology.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Studies  of  the  person's  social  responses  and  attributes,  of  group  structures  and  relations,  of 
cultural  norms,  and  of  social  influences  on  behavior. 

Prerequisites:  Psychology  110;  junior  or  senior  standing,  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

431  (32).     Abnormal  Behavior.  3  hours  credit.  First  semester. 
An  introduction  to  the  major  syndromes  of  abnormal  behavior  and  their  dynamics,  and  to 

the  psychological,  sociocultural  and  biological  conditions  associated  with  their  development. 
Prerequisites:  Psychology  110  and  343,  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

432  (41).     Introduction  to  Clinical  Psychology.  3  hours  credit.  Second  semester. 

The  history  of  clinical  psychology  and  the  psychological  approaches  to  the  treatment  of 
the  mentally  ill  are  reviewed.  Psychological  assessment  and  clinically  oriented  research  tech- 
niques are  also  included. 

Prerequisites:  Psychology  110,  431;  senior  standing  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

443(46).     History  and  Theory.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Philosophical  issues,  areas  and  trends  of  investigation,  and  "schools  of  psychology"  prior 
to  1940. 

Prerequisites:  Psychology  110,  225  and  226;  junior  or  senior  standing,  or  permission  of  the 
instructor. 

444  (44).     Physiological  Psychology.  3:2:2.  Second  semester. 

A  comparative  study  of  neuroanatomy  and  neurophysiology  with  emphasis  on  the  human 
nervous  system.  Functional  and  anatomical  relationships  are  related  to  problems  in  sensation, 
perception,  learning,  and  motivation. 

Prerequisites;  Psychology  110;  Biology  101/102  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

445/446  (45a-45b).     Research  Seminar  I,  II.  1-3  hours  credit  per  semester. 

Independent  study,  with  individual  experiments  or  projects,  conferences,  and  group 
discussions. 

Prerequisites:  Two  semesters  of  psychology  beyond  Psychology  110,  and  senior  standing. 

500  (I.S.).     Independent  Study.  3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 

Individual  investigation  of  a  selected  topic  in  psychology;  this  includes  conferences  with  the 
instructor.  See  information  on  page  90. 

Prerequisites:  Psychology  110,  two  additional  psychology  courses,  and  permission  of  the 
instructor. 

510  (I.S.).     Departmental  Honors.  3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 

A  program  of  individual  research  for  the  student  who  meets  the  qualifications  for  depart- 
mental honors.  See  information  on  page  90. 

Prerequisites:  major  in  psychology,  junior  or  senior  standing,  apd  approval  of  the  Dean  of 
the  College  and  the  department. 


92 


RELIGION 


Professor    Wethington,    Chairman;    Associate    Professor    Troutman;    Assistant    Pro- 
fessors Byrne  and  Cantrell;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  Bemesderfer 

The  aim  of  this  department  is  to  provide  opportunity  for  the  academic  study  of  the 
meaning  of  man's  religious  experience. 

Toward  this  end,  the  department  offers  courses  which  introduce  the  student  to  the 
various  historical  and  contemporary  expressions  of  the  Christian  heritage  as  well  as 
courses  which  acquaint  him  with  the  diverse  religious  traditions  of  mankind. 

As  pre-professional  preparation,  courses  are  provided  for  those  who  are  looking 
toward  graduate  studies  in  the  humanities,  social  sciences,  world  cultures,  the  Christian 
ministry,  world  missions,  and  other  church  vocations,  as  well  as  the  academic  teaching 
of  religion. 

Major:  A  total  of  twenty-four  semester  hours  is  required,  including  Religion  403  and 
404.  A  total  of  six  hours  of  New  Testament  or  Hellenistic  Greek  (Greek  322)  as  well 
as  Philosophy  of  Religion  (Philosophy  231)  may  be  counted  toward  a  religion  major. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Students  wishing  to  participate  in  the  departmental  honors  program  in  the  depart- 
ment may  do  so  by  fulfilling  the  following  requirements:  (1)  achieve  high  academic 
standing  in  departmental  courses;  (2)  submit  a  paper  in  connection  with  a  course 
beyond  the  first  year  courses;  (3)  apply  and  receive  approval  for  participation  in  de- 
partmental honors  from  the  departmental  chairman  and  the  Dean  of  the  College  by 
the  end  of  the  first  semester  of  the  junior  year;  (4)  prepare  an  essay  of  10,000  words 
or  more  under  the  direction  of  a  member  of  the  department  to  be  submitted  by 
March  15  of  the  senior  year;  (5)  defend  the  essay  before  a  faculty  committee  selected 
by  the  department  chairman  and  the  Dean  of  the  College. 

On  the  basis  of  his  performance  in  the  essay  and  the  oral  examination,  the  depart- 
mental chairman  and  the  Dean  of  the  College  will  determine  whether  or  not  the 
candidate  is  to  receive  departmental  honors. 

111(12).     Introduction  to  Biblical  Thought.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

An  examination  of  some  of  the  basic  themes  of  Biblical  religion  in  relation  to  their  historical 
context  and  their  contemporary  implications. 

112  (13).     Introduction  to  the  Christian  Faith.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  systematic  inquiry  into   the  areas  of  religious   languages,  religious  knowledge,  and  the 
doctrines  of  God,  man,  Christ,  and  the  Church, 


93 


120  (22).     Religion  in  America.  3 :3 :0.  Either  semester. 

A  study  of  contemporary  Judaism,  Roman  Catholicism,  and  Protestantism  in  the  United 
States,  including  a  brief  historical  background  of  each.  Some  attention  is  given  to  the  various 
religious  sects  and  cults. 

No  prerequisite. 
140  (42).     World  Religions.  3 :3 :0.  Either  semester. 

An  examination  of  the  rise  and  development  of  religion  along  with  a  study  of  the  ideas, 
and  cultic  and  ethical  practices  of  the  great  world  faiths.  Special  attention  given  to  Asian 
religions. 

No  prerequisite. 
202(20).     The  Prophets.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1973-1974. 

A  study  of  the  lives  and  writings  of  the  Old  Testament  prophets,  and  an  analysis  of  their 
contributions  to  Hebrew-Christian  religious  thought. 
211(32).     Life  and  Teachings  of  Jesus.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

An  intensive  study  of  the  life  and  message  of  Jesus  as  set  forth  in  the  Gospels. 

Prerequisite:  Religion  111  or  112.  N 

212  (30).     Life  and  Epistles  of  Paul.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1973-1974. 

A  study  of  the  life,  writings,  and  theological  thought  of  Paul  and  their  relationship  to  the 
practices,  problems,  and  beliefs  of  the  early  church. 
222(33).     Christian  Ethics.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  systematic  analysis  of  the  implications  of  the  Christian  faith  both  for  personal  moral 
decision,  and  for  social  policy  in  such  areas  as  government  and  political  life,  work  and  the 
economic  order. 

Prerequisite:  Religion  111  or  112. 

331  (36).     Christian  Tradition  and  Reform.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  the  major  and  continuing  strains  in  the  history  of  Christianity  and  the  principal 
reform  movements. 
No  prerequisite. 

332  (39).     Theological  Issues  in  Contemporary  Secular  Authors.  3 :3 :0.  Second  semester. 

Identification,  analysis,  and  interpretation  of  issues  of  special  theological  import  raised  by 
thinkers  representing  "non-theological"  disciplines. 

Prerequisite:  Religion  112,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
342  (40).     Introduction  to  Christian  Nurture.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1973-1974. 

An  investigation  of  some  of  the  principles  and  problems  of  religious  education  as  they  are 
related  to  higher  education,  the  public  school,  the  church  school,  and  the  home. 

Prerequisite:  Religion  111  or  112. 
403(44).     Seminar  in  Classical  Religious  Thinkers.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 

An  intensive  study  of  the  thought  of  such  classical  religious  thinkers  as  Augustine,  Aquinas, 
Luther,  and  others. 

Required  of  majors  and  strongly  recommended  for  all  pre-theological  students;  others  by 
permission  of  the  chairman  of  the  department. 

404  (45).     Seminar  in  Contemporary  Religious  Problems.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Offered  1972-1973. 

A  stjdy  of  selected  problems  arising  from  recent  theological  efforts.  Research  methodology 
is  stressed. 

Required  of  majors  and  strongly  recommended  for  all  pre-theological  students;  others  by 
permission  of  the  chairman  of  the  department. 
500  (I.S.).     Independent  Study.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

For  students  who  do  not  plan  to  take  departmental  honors. 
510  (I.S.).     Departmental  Honors.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 


See  information  on  page  93. 

RUSSIAN 

See  Foreign  Languages,  page  65. 


(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 


94 


SOCIOLOGY 


Associate  Professor  Berson,  Chairman;  Assistant  Professor  White 

The  courses  in  the  department  of  sociology  have  been  designed:  (1)  to  develop  the 
student's  understanding  of  the  social  structure  and  the  social  relationships  in  and 
through  which  man  functions;  (2)  to  provide  preliminary  training  for  those  who  are 
planning  to  enter  the  field  of  social,  religious,  and  community  work;  and  (3)  to  furnish 
basic  background  knowledge  for  the  pursuit  of  graduate  work  in  sociology. 

Major:  Sociology  111,  112,  335,  346,  444,  Math  170,  and  fifteen  additional  hours 
from  Sociology  222,  301,  331,  332,  333,  and  345,  Anthropology  211,  and  Psychology 
346. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

The  departmental  honors  program  is  designed  to  provide  stimulation  for  superior 
students  who  have  demonstrated  high  academic  ability  and  initiative.  The  program 
is  planned  as  an  integral  part  of  the  student's  major  study  based  upon  his  special 
interests  and  area  of  concentration.  Students  desiring  to  participate  in  this  program 
need  to  fulfill  the  following  requirements:  (1)  maintain  an  average  of  3.0  in  sociology 
courses;  (2)  maintain  an  over-all  grade-point  average  of  2.5;  (3)  apply  for  admission 
to  the  departmental  honors  program  at  the  beginning  of  the  second  semester  of  the 
sophomore  year;  and  (4)  receive  approval  from  the  department  chairman  and  the 
Dean  of  the  College  before  the  end  of  the  first  semester  of  the  junior  year.  The 
program  requires  the  investigation  of  a  major  problem  through  study  and  research 
culminating  in  a  formal  oral  presentation  of  a  paper  to  be  defended  before  a  faculty 
committee.  Determination  of  departmental  honors  will  be  made  by  the  department 
chairman  and  the  Dean  of  the  College  on  the  basis  of  demonstrated  proficiency. 


95 


ANTHROPOLOGY 


211(20).     Introduction  to  Anthropology.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  general  survey  of  the  fields  of  physical  anthropology,  archeology,  and  cultural  anthro- 
pology, with  some  attention  given  to  the  uses  and  methods  of  anthropology  and  to  the  effect 
of  culture  on  personality. 


SOCIOLOGY 


111(20).     Introduction  to  Sociology.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  systematic  study  of  the  major  concepts,  methods,  and  areas  of  sociology.  Analysis  of 
human  values  and  their  interrelationship  to  group  behavior. 

112  (21).     Contemporary  Social  Problems.  2:2:0.  Second  semester. 

A  sociological  analysis  of  problems  relating  to  types  of  deviant  behavior,  including  mental 
disorders,  delinquency,  crime,  and  drug  addiction,  and  social  disorganization,  including  poverty, 
family  disorganization,  race,  and  ethnic  relationships. 

222(22).     Sociology  of  the  Family.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  cross-cultural  perspective  and  analysis  of  the  changing  trends  of  the  family.  Structural- 
functional  and  role  theory  approach  will  be  presented. 
Prerequisite:  Sociology  111. 

301  (30).     Criminology.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 

Presentation  of  theories  relating  to  the  nature,  causation,  and  treatment  of  criminal  and 
delinquent  behavior. 

Prerequisite:  Sociology  112. 

331  (31).     Introduction  to  Social  Welfare.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 

Historical  perspective  of  the  characteristics  of  social  welfare  and  survey  of  social   work 
methods.  Analysis  of  social  issues  and  critical  evaluation  of  policies  and  programs. 
Prerequisites:  Sociology  111  and  112. 

332  (32).     Field  Practice  in  Social  Work.  3  hours  credit.  Second  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 

Application  of  sociological-social  work  concepts  through  supervised  field  experience  in 
private  and  public  agencies  and  hospitals  supplemented  by  course  material. 
Prerequisite:  Sociology  331. 

333  (33).     Social  Institutions.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1973-1974. 

Analysis  of  the  structure  and  function  of  the  institutional  system.  Emphasis  upon  the  in- 
fluence of  the  major  social  institutions  including  religion,  mass  culture,  and  mass  media. 
Prerequisite:  Sociology  111. 

335  (34).     Methods  of  Social  Research.  3:3:0.  Fi  rst  semester.  Offered  1 973-1 974. 

An  introduction  to  the  basic  principles  of  research  design  and  to  the  primary  techniques 
utilized  in  the  collection  and  analysis  of  data  for  testing  sociological  hypotheses. 

Prerequisites:  Sociology  111  and  112;  open  only  to  junior  and  senior  majors  in  sociology  and 
to  others  by  permission  of  the  staff. 

345  (40).     Population.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1973-1974. 
A  study  of  the  size,  growth,  composition,  and  distribution  of  the  peoples  of  the  earth. 

Emphasis  is  placed  on  problems  occasioned  by  urban  development. 
Prerequisite:  Sociology  111. 

346  (43).     Development  of  Sociological  Theory.  3 :3 :0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1 973-1 974. 

A  study  of  the  theorists  and  trends  in  sociological  thought.  Major  sociocultural  systems 
and  the  structural-functional  approach  are  explored. 
Prerequisites:  Sociology  111  and  112. 

96 


1 


■■  % 


444  (45).     Senior  Seminar.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Critical   analysis   of   sociological    theory   applied    to    contemporary    issues.   Major    project 
required. 

Prerequisite:  senior  sociology  major  or  permission  of  the  department  chairman. 

500  (I.S.).     Independent  Study.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 
Designed  for  the  student  who  seeks  to  engage  in  independent  research  but  not  for  depart- 
mental honors.  A  major  area  for  investigation  is  defined  by  the  student  in  consultation  with  a 
faculty  member.  A  substantive  paper  is  required.  Requirements  include:  (1)  2.5  average  based 
upon  a  minimum  of  six  courses  in  sociology  and  (2)  junior  or  senior  standing. 

510  (I.S.).     Departmental  Honors.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 
A  program  of  intensive  study  and  research  culminating  in  the  presentation  of  a  paper  to 
be  defended  before  a  faculty  committee.  See  information  on  page  95. 

SPANISH 

See  Foreign  Languages,  page  65. 


97 


SPECIAL  PLANS  OF  STUDY 

ACTUARIAL  SCIENCE 

Advisor:  Dr.  Mayer 

The  program  in  actuarial  science  follows  a 
four-year  schedule.  It  allows  the  student  to 
prepare  himself  adequately  for  the  first  four 
of  the  ten  examinations  required  by  the  So- 
ciety of  Actuaries  for  admission  as  a  Fellow. 
However,  the  choice  of  courses  is  broad 
enough  to  qualify  the  graduate  as  a  major  in 
mathematics. 

The  requirements  are  stated  on  page  73. 

Part  1  of  the  examination  of  the  Society  of 
Actuaries  may  be  taken  in  the  spring  of  the 
freshman  year  or  the  fall  or  spring  of  the 
sophomore  year.  Part  2  of  the  examination 
may  be  taken  in  the  spring  of  the  sophomore 
or  junior  year.  The  summer  following  the 
sophomore  or  junior  year  may  be  spent  in  the 
home  office  of  one  of  the  life  insurance  com- 
panies. Parts  3  and  4  of  the  examination  may 
be  taken  in  the  spring  of  the  junior  year  and 
should  be  taken  by  the  spring  of  the  senior 
year. 

The  College  is  a  testing  center  for  the  So- 
ciety of  Actuaries  and  the  major  can  take  each 
of  the  examinations  on  campus. 

Upon  the  satisfactory  completion  of  the 
above  curriculum  and  tests,  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  Actuarial 
Science  is  granted. 


COOPERATIVE  ENGINEERING  PROGRAM 

Advisor:  Dr.  Mayer 

Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  a  coopera- 
tive program  in  engineering  whereby  a  stu- 
dent may  achieve  a  liberal  arts  degree  from 
Lebanon  Valley  College  and  also  an  engi- 
neering degree  from  the  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania or  any  other  institution  with  which 
cooperative  arrangements  are  in  effect. 

A  student  electing  to  pursue  this  curricu- 
lum spends  the  first  three  years  in  residence 
at  Lebanon  Valley  College.  At  the  end  of 
these  three  years  he  may,  if  recommended,  at- 
tend the  University  of  Pennsylvania  or  another 
cooperating  institution  for  two  additional 
years  of  work  in  engineering.  Upon  the  suc- 
cessful completion  of  the  five  years  of  study, 
the  student  will  receive  two  degrees:  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from  Lebanon 
Valley  College  and  a  Bachelor  of  Science  de- 
gree in  one  of  the  fields  of  engineering  from 
the  University  of  Pennsylvania  or  other  coop- 
erating institution. 

The  advisor  should  be  consulted  concerning 
the  various  curriculums. 

COOPERATIVE  FORESTRY  PROGRAM 

Advisor:  Mr.  Bollinger 

Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  a  program  in 
forestry  in  cooperation  with  the  School  of 
Forestry  of  Duke  University.  Upon  successful 
completion  of  a  five-year  coordinated  course 
of  study,  a  student  will  have  earned  the  Bache- 
lor of  Science  degree  from  Lebanon  Valley 
College  and  the  professional  degree  of  Master 
of  Forestry  from  the  Duke  School  of  Forestry. 

A  student  electing  to  pursue  this  curricu- 
lum spends  the  first  three  years  in  residence 
at  Lebanon  Valley  College.  Here  he  obtains 
a  sound  education  in  the  humanities  and 
other  liberal  arts  in  addition  to  the  sciences 
basic  to  forestry.  The  student  devotes  the  last 
two  years  of  his  program  to  the  professional 
forestry  curriculum  of  his  choice  at  the  Duke 
School  of  Forestry. 

The  advisor  should  be  consulted  concern- 
ing the  curriculum. 


98 


MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY  CURRICULUM 

Advisor:  Dr.  Argot 

The  medical  technology  program  is  a  four- 
year  curriculum.  The  student  takes  regular  col- 
lege courses,  including  biology,  chemistry, 
physics,  mathematics,  and  general  college  re- 
quirements, during  the  first  three  years.  These 
courses  are  more  than  sufficient  to  fulfill  the 
requirements  of  the  Board  of  Schools  of  the 
American  Society  of  Clinical  Pathologists. 

Following  the  completion  of  these  courses 
the  student  spends  twelve  months  of  training 
at  any  hospital  with  an  American  Medical  As- 
sociation approved  school  of  medical  tech- 
nology. At  present  Lebanon  Valley  College  is 
affiliated  with  the  Harrisburg  Hospital  and  the 
Lancaster  General  Hospital. 

Upon  satisfactory  completion  of  this  intern- 
ship the  student  is  awarded  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Medical  Technology 
by  Lebanon  Valley  College. 

PRE-MEDICAL,  PRE-DENTAL,  AND 
PRE-VETERINARY  CURRICULA 

Advisor:  Dr.  Wolfe 

Students  contemplating  admission  to  med- 
ical, dental,  or  veterinary  colleges  should 
pursue  a  science  program  with  a  major  in 
either  biology  or  chemistry.  They  should 
register  their  professional  intentions  with  the 
advisor  of  these  programs  by  the  end  of  their 
freshman  or  sophomore  years.  At  that  time 
their  work  will  be  reviewed  and  provision 
made  to  meet  the  special  requirements  of  the 
colleges  of  their  choice. 

All  students  planning  to  enter  the  medical 
profession  should  confer  with  the  pre-medical 
advisor  as  to  the  dates  for  medical  aptitude 
tests  and  other  special  requirements. 

The  advisor  should  be  consulted  concern- 
ing the  curriculum. 

NURSING 

Advisor:  Mr.  Bollinger 

The  nursing  program  offers  to  young  per- 
sons interested  in  a  career  in  nursing  an  op- 
portunity to  obtain  a  liberal  arts  education 
in  connection  with  their  nursing  training. 


f 


Lebanon  Valley  College  has  affiliations  with 
a  number  of  accredited  hospital  schools  of 
nursing  for  a  combined  curriculum  in  nurs- 
ing. The  liberal  arts  portion  of  the  curriculum 
at  the  College  is  two  years  in  length.  The  hos- 
pital portion  of  the  curriculum,  in  which  the 
student  earns  a  diploma  in  nursing,  may  be 
two  or  three  years  in  length,  depending  upon 
the  program  established  by  the  particular  hos- 
pital school  of  nursing. 

Either  phase  of  the  curriculum  may  be 
taken  prior  to  the  other.  Thus,  the  student 
may  complete  the  two-year  liberal  arts  pro- 
gram at  Lebanon  Valley  College  and  then 
enroll  in  a  school  of  nursing,  or  the  prospec- 
tive nurse  may  complete  the  program  of  a 
school  of  nursing  and  then  begin  the  aca- 
demic work  at  the  College. 

The  student  will  be  awarded  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Nursing  by  Lebanon 
Valley  College  upon  successful  completion 
of  both  phases  of  the  curriculum  and  the  re- 
ceipt of  the  registered  nursing  certificate 
(R.N.). 

The  advisor  should  be  consulted  concerning 
the  requirements  of  the  liberal  arts  phase  of 
the  curriculum. 


99 


CHEMISTRY 

Advisors:  Dr.  Neidig,  Dr.  Spencer,  Dr.  Lockwood 

Students  entering  with  advanced  placement  in  chemistry  are  asked  to  consult  the  advisors. 

Hours         Credit 


Course  Number 
FIRST  YEAR 

Chemistry 111,112.  . 

English    111/112.. 

German   113,  114.  . 

Mathematics 161,  162.  . 

Physical  Education    110/110.. 


Course  Title 


1st 

Sem. 


.  Principles  of  Chemistry  1,11   4 

.English  Composition  I,  II    3 

.Scientific  German  I,  II 3 

.Calculus  I,  II   3 

.  Physical  Education   0 

Religion    General    Requirement    3 


SECOND  YEAR 

Chemistry    211. 

Chemistry    212. 

Distribution   Requirements   

Mathematics    261 . 

Physical  Education 110/110. 

Physics 111,  112. 


16 


.Reaction  Kinetics  and  Chemical  Equilibria  .  4 

.Chemistry  of  the  Covalent  Bond — 

.The  Humanities  or  the  Social  Sciences  ....  3 

.Calculus  III    3 

.  Physical  Education   0 

.  Principles  of  Physics  I,  II 4 


14 


16 


4 
6 

0 

4 


14 


100 


THIRD  YEAR 

Chemistry   311,  312. 

Chemistry    313. 

Chemistry    314. 

Chemistry   315,  316. 

Chemistry    317. 

Chemistry    318. 

Distribution  Requirements 

Elective 


.  Physical  Chemistry  I,  II   3 

.  Organic  Chemistry 3 

.  Instrumental  Analysis — 

.  Laboratory  Investigations  I,   II    1 

.  Laboratory  Investigations  III 2 

.  Laboratory  Investigations  IV — 

.The  Humanities  or  the  Social  Sciences  ...  6 


15 


FOURTH  YEAR 

Chemistry   411,  412 

Chemistry    413 

Chemistry    414 

Chemistry    500 

Distribution   Requirements    

Electives 


Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  I,  II 3 

Advanced  Analytical  Chemistry 3 

Advanced  Organic  Chemistry — 

Independent  Study    2 

The  Sciences 3 

6 


17 


3 
1 

2 
3 
3 

15 


17 


Curriculum  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Chemistry 
(Part  of  the  requirements  for  American  Chemical  Society  certified  degree) 


101 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ECONOMICS  AND 
BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Advisors:  Dr.  Tom,  Mr.  Peterke 
Suggested  program  for  majors  in  Economics  and  Business  Administration. 


Hours 


Course  Number 
FIRST  YEAR 

Economics 110, 120. 

Bus.  Adm 151. 

English    111/112. 

Foreign  Language 111, 112. 

Mathematics    102  or  161. 

Distribution  Requirements   


Course  Title 


1st 
Sem. 


Physical   Education   110/110 

Computer  Programming 110 


.Principles  of  Economics  I,  II    3 

.  Principles  of  Accounting  I    4 

. English  Composition   I,  II    3 

.  Intermediate  French,  German,  Greek, 

Latin,  Russian,  or  Spanish  I,  II   3 

.Algebra  and  Trigonometry  or  Calculus  I.  .0  or  3 
.  Humanities,  or  Natural  Sciences,  or 

Social  Sciences 3  or  0 

.  Physical  Education  0 

.  BASIC  Computer  Language — 

16 


SECOND  YEAR 

Economics 201 ....  Microeconomic  Analysis 3 

Economics 202.  . .  .Macroeconomic  Analysis — 

Economics  or  Bus.  Adm Electives* 3 

History 213. .. .  Introduction  to  Historiography 3 

Distribution  Requirements   Humanities,  or  Natural  Sciences,  or 

Social  Sciences 3  or  4 

Religion   General  Requirement 3 

Physical  Education 110/110 Physical  Education 0 

15-16 


2nd 
Sem. 


THIRD  YEAR 

Economics 301 ....  Labor  Economics   3 

Bus.  Adm 352 ....  Marketing    — 

Economics  or  Bus.  Adm Electives* 3 

Distribution  Requirements   Humanities,  or  Natural  Sciences,  or 

Social   Sciences    6  or  7 

Electives 3 


FOURTH  YEAR 

Economics 490.  .  .  .Seminar  and  Special  Problems — 

Economics  or  Bus.  Adm Electives* 6  or  9 

Electives 6  or  9 


*  Students    concentrating    in    areas    desig- 
nated should  schedule  courses  as  indicated: 


15 


3 

3 

6  or  7 
3 


15-16        15-16 


3 

6  or  9 
6or9 


15 


Economics: 

Econ.  311  —  Money  and  Banking 

Econ.  322  —  Public  Finance 

Econ.  332  —  International  Economics 

Econ.  401  —  History  of  Economic  Thought 

Econ.  411  —  Economic  Growth 

Econ.  422  —  Econometrics 

Business  Administration: 

Bus.  Adm.  361  —  Corporation  Finance 
Bus.  Adm.  362  —  Investments  and 

Statement  Analysis 
Bus.  Adm.  371  —  Business  Law  I 
Bus.  Adm.  372  —  Business  Law  II 
Bus.  Adm.  471  —  Industrial  Management  and 
Personnel  Administration 

Accounting: 

Bus.  Adm.  251  —  Intermediate  Accounting 
Bus.  Adm.  252  —  Advanced  Accounting 
Bus.  Adm.  451  —  Cost  Accounting 
Bus.  Adm.  452  —  Income  Tax  Accounting 
Bus.  Adm.  461  —Auditing 


For  students  who  are  interested  in  receiving 
Pennsylvania  Teaching  Certification  in  Com- 
prehensive Social  Studies  with  a  major  in  Eco- 
nomics, the  following  courses  are  required: 

Econ.  110,  120— Principles  of  Economics  I, 

II 
Econ.  201  —  Microeconomic  analysis 
Econ.  202  —  Macroeconomic  analysis 
Econ.  301  —  Labor  Economics 
Econ.  490  —  Seminar  and  Special  Problems 
Bus.  Adm.  151  —  Principles  of  Accounting  I 
Bus.  Adm.  352  —  Marketing 
Econ.  311  —  Money  and  Banking,  or 
Econ.  322  —  Public  Finance,  or 
Econ.  332  —  International  Economics,  or 
Econ.  401  —  History  of  Economic 

Thought,  or 
Econ.  411  —  Economic  Growth,  or 
Bus.  Adm.  371  —  Business  Law  I,  or 
Bus.  Adm.  372  —  Business  Law  II. 


103 


ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION 

Advisors:  Dr.  Ebersole,  Mrs.  Herr 

Suggested  program  for  majors  in  Elementary  Education. 


Hours 


Course  Number 


Course  Title 


1st 

Sem. 


FIRST  YEAR 

Education 110. 

English 111/112. 

Foreign  Language 111,  112. 


.Social  Foundations  of  Education 3 

.  English  Composition  I,  II    3 

.  Intermediate  French,  German,  Russian, 

or  Spanish  I,  II    3 

Distribution   Requirements .Biology,  Chemistry,  or  Physics    3  or  4 

Physical   Education    110/110 Physical  Education 0 

Psychology 110.  .  .  .General    Psychology    — 

Religion   General  Requirement 3 


SECOND  YEAR 

Geography   111/112, 

Distribution  Requirement 

Psychology 220, 

History    125  or  126, 

Elementary  Education    220, 

Elementary  Education    250 

Elementary   Education    270 

Physical   Education    110/110 

Electives , 


World  Geography  I,  II   3 

The  Humanities    3  or  0 

Educational  Psychology — 

Survey  of  United  States  History  I  or  II  .  .  .0  or  3 

Music  in  the  Elementary  School 0  or  3 

Mathematics  for  Elementary  Grades  ...  .3  or  0 

Children's   Literature    0  or  3 

Physical  Education   0 

3  or  6 


15 


2nd 
Sem. 


3 
3or4 
0 
3 
3 


15-16        15-16 


15 


THIRD  YEAR 

Elementary  Education 341 

Elementary  Education 332 

Elementary  Education 361/362 

Distribution   Requirements   

Psychology 221 

Mathematics    100 

Elective    

Elementary  Education 344 


FOURTH  YEAR 

Elementary  Education 440 

Art    , 401 

Elementary  Education 444 

Distribution  Requirements   

Electives  or  area  of  concentration  . 


Teaching  of  Reading 

Physical  Sciences  in  the  Elementary  School 
Communications  and  Group  Processes  in 

the  Elementary  School  I,   II    

The  Social  Sciences 

Childhood  and  Development 

Basic  Concepts  of  Mathematics 


Health  and  Safety  Education 


15 


Student   Teaching    12 

Art  in  the  Elementary  School    3 

Senior   Seminar    — 

The  Humanities — 


3 
3 

15 


15 


3 
6 
6 

15 


105 


MUSIC 

Advisor:  Mr.  Fairlamb 

Course  Number 
FIRST  YEAR 

English    ...111/112 

Foreign  Language   111,  112 

Distribution   Requirements    

Physical   Education    110/110 

Music 111,  112 

Music 113,  114 

Music 115,  116 

Music 


Hours         Credit 


Course  Title 


1st 

Sem. 


English  Composition  I,  II 3 

Intermediate  French,  German,  Spanish,  or 

Russian  I,  II 3 

The   Natural   Sciences    3-4 

Physical  Education 0 

Sight  Singing  I,  II 1 

Ear  Training  I,  II   1 

Harmony  I,  II    2 

Applied  Music*    2 


SECOND  YEAR 

Distribution  Requirements 

Mathematics    100 

Physical   Education    110/110 

Religion   

Music 211 

Music 213 

Music 215 

Music 224 

Music 

Electives 


The  Social  Sciences 3 

Basic  Concepts  of  Mathematics — 

Physical  Education 0 

General  Requirement 3 

Sight  Singing  III   1 

Ear  Training  III   1 

Harmony  III    2 

Counterpoint — 

Applied  Music*    2 

3 


2nd 
Sem. 


15-16        15-16 


15 


2 
2 
2 

15 


THIRD  YEAR 

Distribution  Requirement The  Social  Sciences 3 

Distribution  Requirements   The  Humanities 3 

Music  315 Harmony  IV 2 

Music    341/342 History  of  Music  I,  II 3 

Music 331,  332 Form  and  Analysis  I,  II 2 

Music 316.  .  .  .Keyboard   Harmony    — 

Music Applied  Music* 2 

Electives — 


15 


FOURTH  YEAR 

Distribution  Requirement The  Sciences  3 

Distribution  Requirement The  Humanities — 

Music  460.  . .  .Music  Literature  Seminar 3 

Music 346.  .  .  .Conducting  I    — 

Music Applied  Music* 2 

Electives 7 


15 


3 
2 
2 
2 
3 

15 


2 
2 
8 

15 


Study  of  voice,  organ,  piano,  and  band  and  orchestral  instruments. 


107 


MUSIC  EDUCATION 

Advisor:  Mr.  Smith 

Course   Number 

FIRST  YEAR 

English    ..111/112 

Foreign  Language 111,  112 


Hours 


Credit 


Course  Title 


1st 
Sem. 


Biology 101,102 

Physical   Education    110/110 

Music 111,  112 

Music 113,  114 

Music 115,  116 

Music 


SECOND  YEAR 

Distribution  Requirements   , 

Education     110. 

Physical   Education    110/110, 

Psychology    110, 

Religion   , 

Music 211 

Music 216 

Music 213 

Music 226 

Music 215 

Music 


English  Composition  I,  II    3 

Intermediate  French,  German,  Spanish,  or 

Russian  I,  II  3 

Introduction  to  Biology  I,  II   3 

Physical   Education   0 

Sight  Singing  I,  II 1 

Ear  Training  I,  II  1 

Harmony  I,  II    2 

Applied  Music* 3 

16 

The  Social  Sciences 3 

Social  Foundations  of  Education - 

Physical   Education   0 

General   Psychology   3 

General  Requirement 3 

Sight  Singing  III 1 

Scoring  for  the  Band — 

,  Ear  Training  III 1 

Methods:  Vocal;  Early  Childhood — 

Harmony   III    2 

.Applied  Music* 3 

16 


2nd 
Sem. 


3 
3 

0 
1 
1 
2 
3 

16 


3 
3 
0 

3 

2 
2 

3 

16 


THIRD  YEAR 


Music    

341/342. 

Music 

331 . 

Music 

.  .343. 

Music 

333. 

Music 

335. 

Music 

334. 

Music 

336. 

Music 

346. 

Music 

316. 

Comparative  Literature  I,  II    3 

History  of  Music  I,  II    3 

Form  and  Analysis  I  2 

Music  Literature   2 

Methods:  Vocal;  Later  Childhood 2 

Methods:  Instrumental;  Grades  4-6 1 

Methods:  Vocal;  Jr.-Sr.  High — 

Methods:  Instrumental;  Jr.-Sr.  High — 

Conducting  I — 

Keyboard  Harmony   — 

Applied  Music*    3 


16 


FOURTH  YEAR 

Distribution  Requirement 

Psychology 220 . 

Art    ..110. 

Music   445. 

Music    441/442. 

Music 402. 


The  Social  Sciences   — 

Educational  Psychology 3 

Introduction  to  Art   3 

Conducting  II    2 

Student  Teaching  I,  II   6 

Seminar  in  Advanced  Instrumental 

Problems    — 


Elective    

Music Applied  Music* 

*  Study  of  voice,  organ,  piano,  and  band  and  orchestral  instruments. 


16 


2 
1 
2 
2 
3 

16 


2 
3 

2 

16 


109 


TEACHING 

Advisors:  Dr.  Ebersole,  Mrs.  Herr 

The  requirements  listed  below  are  applica- 
ble to  students  desiring  to  be  certified  to 
teach  in  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania. 


BASIC  REGULATIONS- 
INSTRUCTIONAL  I 
CERTIFICATE 


PENNSYLVANIA 


A.  General  Education 

Certificates  are  based  on  the  completion  of 
a  minimum  of  sixty  (60)  semester  hours  of 
acceptable  courses  in  general  education  with 
not  less  than  twelve  (12)  semester  hours  in  the 
humanities  and  not  less  than  six  (6)  semester 
hours  in  each  of  the  following  areas:  the 
social  sciences  and  natural  sciences. 

These  requirements  apply  to  both  elemen- 
tary and  secondary  fields. 


B.  Elementary  Education— Subject  Matter 
Requirements 

The  Pennsylvania  Instructional  I  certificate 
may  be  issued  to  those  who  have  completed 
the  program  specified  on  pp.  104-105. 

The  prospective  elementary  education 
teacher  is  also  required  to  have  an  academic 
major  or  an  area  of  concentration  of  at  least 
18  to  24  semester  hours. 

The  area  of  concentration  may  be  defined 
as  follows: 

Study  in  a  single  subject  such  as  history; 
study  in  a  broad  field  such  as  sociology,  psy- 
chology, and  anthropology  elected  from  social 
science;  study  in  an  inter-disciplinary  field 
such  as  courses  elected  from  the  humanities, 
social  science,  or  the  natural  sciences. 


110 


C. .  Professional  Education  for 
Secondary  Teacher  Certification 

Pennsylvania  Instructional  I  certificates  are 
based  on  the  completion  of  the  approved 
program  in  the  subject  field  to  be  taught  in 
the  secondary  school  and  a  minimum  of  eigh- 
teen (18)  semester  hours  of  professional  ed- 
ucation distributed  in  the  following  areas: 
social  foundations  of  education,  human 
growth  and  development,  materials  and  meth- 
ods of  instruction  and  curriculum,  and  nine 
(9)  semester  hours  in  actual  practicum  and 
student  teaching  experience  under  approved 
supervision  and  appropriate  seminars  includ- 
ing necessary  observation,  participation  and 
conferences  on  teaching  problems.  The  areas 
of  methods  and  materials  of  instruction  and 
curriculum,  and  student  teaching  shall  relate 
to  the  subject  matter  specialization  field  or 
fields. 


D.  Secondary  Student  Teaching  Program 

A  student  concentrating  in  a  major  area  of 
interest  may,  upon  the  direction  of  his  advisor 
and  approval  of  the  Dean  of  the  College,  en- 
roll in  one  of  three  student  teaching  programs. 

1.    Semester  of  Professional  Training 

A  student  desiring  to  receive,  upon  gradu- 
ation, the  Pennsylvania  Instructional  I  cer- 
tificate devotes  a  semester  of  the  senior 
year  to  professional  preparation.  The  fif- 
teen weeks  are  organized  as  follows: 

Six  Weeks:  Ed.  420.   Human   Growth  and 
Development.  3:7V2:0.  See  page  58  for 
course  description. 

Six     Weeks:     Ed.     430.      Practicum     and 
Methods.  3:7V2:0.  See  page  58  for  course 
description. 

Some  time  is  devoted  to  the  presentation 
of  data  on  basic  reading  instruction  to  ful- 
fill certification  requirements  for  the  Com- 
monwealth of  Pennsylvania. 


Nine  Weeks:  Ed.  440.  Student  Teaching. 

Nine  semester  hours  credit. 

The  student  enters  on  a  full-time  student 
teaching  experience  of  not  less  than  nine 
consecutive  weeks.  He  is  under  the  direc- 
tion of  a  trained  teacher  in  an  accredited 
high  school  and  is  counseled  and  directed 
by  the  college  director  of  secondary  stu- 
dent teaching.  The  student  teacher  also  is 
observed  by  his  major  advisor. 

Prerequisites  for  Student  Teaching:  A 
student  must  have: 

a.  Maintained  a  2.0  grade-point  average  in 
his  major  field, 

b.  Completed  the  basic  courses  of  Educa- 
tion 110,  420,  and  430,  and 

c.  Secured  written  approval  of  his  major 
advisor,  the  director  of  secondary  student 
teaching,  and  the  Dean  of  the  College  in 
order  to  be  accepted  for  student  teaching 
in  the  professional  semester  of  his  senior 
year. 

2.  Post-Graduate  Student  Teaching 

The  post-graduate  student  teaching  pro- 
gram is  under  the  direction  of  Lebanon 
Valley  College  or,  by  arrangement,  may  be 
pursued  with  any  other  accredited  institu- 
tion which  has  provision  for  supervising 
student  teaching  in  the  public  schools. 

Because  of  the  necessity  of  meeting 
Pennsylvania  state  certification  require- 
ments of  proper  supervision,  only  a  limited 
number  of  students  are  accepted  in  the 
in-service  student  teaching  program.  Like- 
wise, assignments  are  made  only  to  those 
schools  within  the  range  of  the  institution 
responsible  for  supervising  the  enrollee. 

3.  Graduate  Internship 

A  student  may  enroll  in  one  of  many 
graduate  internship  programs  after  gradua- 
tion from  college.  For  further  information 
contact  the  chairman  of  the  department  of 
education. 


111 


Directories 


FACULTY  AND  ADMINISTRATIVE  STAFF,  1971-1972 


FACULTY: 

FREDERICK  P.  SAMPLE,  1968-; 
President 

CARL  Y.  EHRHART,  1947-; 
Dean  of  the  College. 

WILLIAM  H.  FAIRLAMB,  1947-; 
Secretary  of  the  Faculty. 

EMERITI: 

FREDERIC  K.  MILLER,  1939-1967; 
President  Emeritus. 

A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1929;  M.A., 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  1931;  Ph.D., 
1948;  Litt.D.,  Muhlenberg  College,  1954; 
D.H.L,  Dickinson  College,  1967;  LL.D., 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1968;  D.Pd.,  Ge- 
neva College,  1968;  LL.D.,  Waynesburg  Col- 
lege, 1969. 


MRS.  FRANCES  T.  FIELDS,  1947-1970; 
Cataloging  Librarian  Emeritus. 
A.B.,    Lebanon  Valley   College,   1929;   A.B. 
in  Library  Science,  University  of  Michigan, 
1947;  M.A.,  Universidad  de  San  Carlos  de 
Guatemala,  1960. 

SAMUEL  O.  GRIMM,  1912-1970; 
Professor  Emeritus  of  Physics. 
B.Pd.,    State    Normal    School,    Millersville, 
1910;  A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1912; 
A.M.,  1918;  Sc.D.,  1942. 

LENA  L  LIETZAU,  1930-1952; 
Professor  Emeritus  of  German. 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Vienna,  1928. 

HELEN  ETHEL  MYERS,  1921-1956; 
Librarian  Emeritus. 

A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1907;  Library 
Science,  Drexel  Institute  of  Technology. 


MRS.  RUTH  ENGLE  BENDER,  1918-1922, 
1924-1970; 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Music  Education. 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1915;  Oberlin 
Conservatory;  graduate  New  England  Con- 
servatory. 

DONALD  E.   FIELDS,  1928-1930;  1947-1970; 
Librarian  Emeritus. 

A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1924;  M.A., 
Princeton  University,  1928;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Chicago,  1935;  A.B.  in  Library  Science, 
University  of  Michigan,  1947. 


ALVIN  H.  M.  STONECIPHER,  1932-1958; 
Professor  Emeritus  of  Latin  Language 
and  Literature;  Dean  Emeritus. 
A.B.,    Vanderbilt    University,    1913;    A.M., 
1914;  Ph.D.,  1917;  Litt.D.,  Lebanon  Valley 
College,  1962. 

GEORGE  G.  STRUBLE,  1931-1970; 
Professor  Emeritus  of  English. 
B.S.  in  Ed.,  University  of  Kansas,  1922;  M.S. 
in  Ed.,  1925;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1931. 


112 


PROFESSORS: 

ROBERT  S.  DAVIDON,  1970-; 

Professor  of  Psychology;  Chairman   of  the 

Department  of  Psychology. 

A.B.,    University    of    Illinois,    1940;    M.A., 

University    of    Pennsylvania,    1946;    Ph.D., 

1951. 

CLOYD  H.  EBERSOLE,  1953-; 

Professor   of    Education;    Chairman    of    the 

Department  of  Education. 

A.B.,    Juniata    College,    1933;    M.Ed.,    The 

Pennsylvania  State  University,  1941;  D.Ed., 

1954. 

CARL  Y.  EHRHART,  1947-; 

Adjunct  Professor  of  Philosophy. 

MRS.  ANNA  DUNKLE  FABER,  1954-; 
Professor  of  English. 

A.B.,   Lebanon  Valley  College,  1948;  M.A., 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1950;  Ph.D.,  1954. 

ELIZABETH  M.  GEFFEN,  1958-; 

Professor  of  History;  Chairman  of  the 
Department  of  History  and  Political  Science. 
B.S.    in    Ed.,     University    of    Pennsylvania, 
1934;  M.A.,  1936;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

*KARL  L.  LOCKWOOD,  1959-; 
Professor  of  Chemistry. 
B.S.,     Muhlenberg    College,    1951;    Ph.D., 
Cornell  University,  1955. 

JEAN  O.  LOVE,  1954-; 
Professor  of  Psychology. 
A.B.,  Erskine  College,  1941;  M.A.,  Winthrop 
College,  1949;   Ph.D.,   University  of   North 
Carolina,  1953. 

JOERG  W.  P.  MAYER,  1970-; 

Professor  of  Mathematics;  Chairman  of  the 
Department  of  Mathematics. 
Dipl.   Math.,    University   of   Giessen,   1953; 
Ph.D.,  1954. 

HOWARD  A.  NEIDIG,  1948-; 

Professor   of   Chemistry;    Chairman    of    the 
Department  of  Chemistry. 
B.S.,   Lebanon   Valley  College,   1943;   M.S., 
University  of  Delaware,  1946;  Ph.D.,  1948. 

*  Sabbatical  leave,  1971-1972. 


SARA  ELIZABETH  PIEL,  Jan.,  1960-; 

Professor   of   Languages;   Chairman    of   the 
Department  of  Foreign  Languages. 
A.B.,    Chatham    College,    1928;    M.A.,    Uni- 
versity of  Pittsburgh,  1929;  Ph.D.,  1938. 

JACOB  L  RHODES,  1957-; 

Professor  of  Physics;  Chairman  of  the  De- 
partment of  Physics. 

B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1943;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  1958. 

C.  F.  JOSEPH  TOM,  1954-; 

Professor  of  Economics  and  Business  Ad- 
ministration; Chairman  of  the  Department 
of  Economics  and  Business  Administration. 
B.A.,  Hastings  College,  1944;  M.A.,  Univer- 
sity of  Chicago,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

L  ELBERT  WETHINGTON,  1963-; 
Professor  of  Religion;  Chairman  of  the  De- 
partment of  Religion. 

B.A.,  Wake  Forest  University,  1944;  B.D., 
Divinity  School  of  Duke  University,  1947; 
Ph.D.,  Duke  University,  1949. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS: 

ELAINE  S.  BERSON,  1970-; 
Associate    Professor    of    Sociology;    Chair- 
man of  the  Department  of  Sociology. 
A.B.,    University   of    Illinois,   1950;    M.S.W., 
University  of  Oklahoma,  1953;  Ph.D.,  Duke 
University,  1958. 

GEORGE  D.  CURFMAN,  1961—; 

Associate  Professor  of  Music  Education. 
B.S.,   Lebanon  Valley  College,  1953;   M.M., 
University   of   Michigan,    1957;    D.Ed.,    The 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1971. 

HILDA  M.  DAMUS,  1963-; 
Associate  Professor  of  German. 
M.A.,   University  of  Berlin  and  Jena,  1932; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Berlin,  1945. 

WILLIAM  H.  FAIRLAMB,  1947-; 

Associate  Professor  of  Piano  and  Music 
History. 

Mus.B.,  cum  laude,  Philadelphia  Conserva- 
tory, 1949. 


113 


ALEX  J.  FEHR,  1951—; 

Associate  Professor  of  Political  Science. 
A.B.,   Lebanon  Valley  College,  1950;   M.A., 
Columbia  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  Syracuse 
University,  1968. 

ARTHUR  L.  FORD,  1965-;' 

Associate  Professor  of  English;  Chairman  of 

the  Department  of  English. 

A.B.,   Lebanon  Valley  College,  1959;   M.A., 

Bowling  Green  State  University,  1960;  Ph.D., 

1964. 

PIERCE  A.  GETZ,  1959-; 
Associate  Professor  of  Organ. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1951;  M.S.M., 
Union    Theological     Seminary     School     of 
Sacred  Music,  1953;  A.M.D.,  Eastman  School 
of  Music,  1967. 

MRS.  JUNE  EBY  HERR,  1959-; 
Associate  Professor  of  Elemenary  Education. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1943;  M.Ed., 
The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1954. 

THOMAS  A.  LANESE,  1954-; 

Associate  Professor  of  Strings,  Conducting, 
and  Theory. 

B.Mus.,  Baldwin-Wallace  College,  1938;  fel- 
lowship, Juilliard  Graduate  School;  M.Mus., 
Manhattan  School  of  Music,  1952. 

J.  ROBERT  O'DONNELL,  1959-; 
Associate  Professor  of  Physics. 
B.S.,    The    Pennsylvania    State    University, 
1950;  M.S.,  University  of  Delaware,  1953. 

ROBERT  W.  SMITH,  1951—; 
Associate    Professor    of    Music    Education; 
Chairman  of  the  Department  of  Music. 
B.S.,   Lebanon   Valley  College,   1939;   M.A., 
Columbia  University,  1950. 

FRANK  E.  STACHOW,  1946-; 
Associate  Professor  of  Theory  and  Wood- 
winds. 

Diploma,  clarinet,  Juilliard  School  of  Music; 
B.S.,  Columbia  University,  1943;  M.A.,  1946. 


JAMES  M.  THURMOND,  1954-; 

Associate  Professor  of  Music  Education  and 
Brass  Instruments. 

Diploma,  Curtis  Institute  of  Music,  1931; 
A.B.,  American  University,  1951;  M.A., 
Catholic  University,  1952;  Mus.D.,  Washing- 
ton College  of  Music,  1944. 

PERRY  J.  TROUTMAN,  1960-; 
Associate  Professor  of  Religion  and  Greek. 
B.A.,  Houghton  College,  1949;  B.D.,  United 
Theological  Seminary,  1952;   Ph.D.,   Boston 
University,  1964. 

HARRY  P.  WEAST,  1967-; 
Associate  Professor  of  Education. 
B.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1937;  M.Ed., 
1944;  D.Ed.,  1953. 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS: 

JEANNE  E.  ARGOT,  1969-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Biology. 
B.S.,  Moravian  College,  1965;  M.S.,  Lehigh 
University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

DAVID  N.  BAILEY,  1971-; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.S.,  Juniata   College,   1963;   Ph.D.,   Massa- 
chusetts Institute  of  Technology,  1968. 

WILLIAM   A.    BATCHELOR,   1953-1966;   1968- 
1969;  1971—; 

Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Art. 
B.S.,    Edinboro   State    College,    1933;    M.A., 
The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1951. 

JAMES  O.  BEMESDERFER,  1959-; 

Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Religion. 

PHILIP  A.  BILLINGS,  1970-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  English. 
B.A.,     Heidelberg     College,     1965;     M.A., 
Michigan  State  University,  1967. 

O.  PASS  BOLLINGER,  1950-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Biology. 
B.S.,    Lebanon   Valley  College,   1928;   M.S., 
The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1937. 

FAY  B.  BURRAS,  1964-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics. 
A.B.,   Lebanon  Valley  College,  1960;   M.A., 
Smith  College,  1961. 


114 


DONALD  E.  BYRNE,  JR.,  1971—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Religion. 
B.A.,  St.   Paul   Seminary,   1963;    M.A.,   Mar- 
quette University,  1966. 

VOORHIS  C.  CANTRELL,  1968-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Religion. 
B.A.,  Oklahoma  City  University,  1952;  B.D., 
Southern  Methodist  University,  1956;  Ph.D., 
Boston  University,  1967. 

CHARLES  T.  COOPER,  1965-; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Spanish. 

B.S.,  U.S.  Naval  Academy,  1942;  M.A.,  Mid- 

dlebury  College,  1965. 
MRS.  VIRGINIA  E.  ENGLEBRIGHT,  1971-; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Voice. 

B.M.E.,  Florida  State  University,  1969;  M.M., 

1970. 
JOHNC.  D.  FIELD,  1971—; 

Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  English. 

B.A.,  Pembroke  College,  Cambridge,  1963; 

Dip.    Ed.,    Oxford    University,    1964;    M.A., 

Cambridge  University,  1970. 
JONATHAN  S.  GRIFFITHS,  1971-; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry. 

B.A.,  Gettysburg  College,  1966;  M.A.,  Duke 

University,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

DAVID  M.  GRING,  1971-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Biology. 
B.A.,   Franklin  and  Marshall   College,  1967; 
M.A.,  Indiana  University,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

BRYAN  V.  HEARSEY,  1971—; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics. 

B.A.,    Western    Washington    State    College, 

1964;    M.A.,    Washington    State    University, 

1966;  Ph.D.,  1968. 
JOHN  R.  HORGAN,  JR.,  1970-; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Physics. 

B.S.,  College  of  the  Holy  Cross,  1965;  M.S., 

University   of   Massachusetts,    1967;    Ph.D., 

1970. 
MICHAEL  G.  JAMANIS,  1966-; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Piano. 

B.S.,  Juilliard  School  of  Music,  1962;  M.S., 

1964. 
RICHARD  A.  JOYCE,  1966-; 

Assistant  Professor  of  History. 

A.B.,  Yale  University,  1952;  M.A.,  San  Fran- 
cisco State  College,  1963 


JOHN  P.  KEARNEY,  1971—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  English. 
B.A.,  St.  Benedict's  College,  1962;  M.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Wisconsin,  1968. 

WILLIAM  KERR,  1969-; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Education. 
B.A.,  Swarthmore  College,  1950;  M.A.,  Tem- 
ple University,  1957;  M.A.,  Montclair  State 
College,  1962. 

MRS.    NEVELYN    J.    KNISLEY,    1954-58;    1963; 
1970-; 

Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Piano. 
Mus.B.,    Oberlin    Conservatory    of    Music, 
1951;  M.F.A.,  Ohio  University,  1953. 

TAKYUN  J.  LEE,  1971—; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Economics. 
B.A.,     Marquette     University,    1960;     M.A., 
1962;  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York, 
at  Binghamton,  1971. 

MARK  L  LYNDRUP,  1970-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry. 
B.S.,   Trinity   College,    1961;    Ph.D.,    North- 
western University,  1966. 

LEON  E.  MARKOWICZ,  1971-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  English. 
A.B.,  Duquesne  University,  1964;  M.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Pennsylvania,  1968. 

JOHN  W.  MARTIN,  1971-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  French. 
B.A.,  Yale  University,  1958;  M.A.,  San  Diego 
State  College,  1967. 

JAMES  H.  MATHER,  1968-; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology. 

A.B.,    Westminster    College,    1962;     M.A., 

Bryn  Mawr  College,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

*MRS.  AGNES  B.  O'DONNELL,  1961-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  English. 
A.B.,     Immaculata    College,    1948;     M.Ed., 
Temple    University,   1953;    M.A.,    University 
of  Pennsylvania,  1968. 

WERNER  H.  PETERKE,  1967-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Economics. 
B.S.,   Cornell    University,  1959;  M.A.,   Kent 
State  University,  1962. 


*  Sabbatical  leave,  1971-1972. 


115 


GERALD  J.  PETROFES,  1963-; 

Assistant    Professor   of   Physical    Education; 

Chairman    of   the    Department    of    Physical 

Education. 

B.S.,    Kent    State    University,    1958;    M.Ed., 

1962. 

O.  KENT  REED,1971-; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education. 
B.S.  in  Ed.,  Otterbein  College,  1956;  M.A.  in 
Ed.,  Eastern  Kentucky  University,  1970. 

EDWARD  A.  RICE,  1971—; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting  and  Busi- 
ness Administration. 

B.B.A.,  University  of  Florida,  1966;  M.B.A., 
1969. 

HARWOOD  ROSSER,  1971—; 
Adjunct    Assistant    Professor    of    Actuarial 
Science. 
A.B.,  University  of  Florida,  1932. 

LOUIS  A.  SORRENTINO,  1971—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education. 
B.A.,   Lebanon  Valley  College,  1954;   M.A., 
Bucknell  University,  1961. 

JAMES  N.  SPENCER,  1967-; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry. 

B.S.,  Marshall  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Iowa 

State  University,  1967. 

MRS.  CHARLOTTE  KNARR  STARE,  1966-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology. 
B.A.,   Lebanon  Valley  College,  1964;   M.A., 
Kent  State  University,  1966. 

DAYLE  H.  STARE,  1968-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics. 
A.B.,   Lebanon  Valley  College,  1964;   M.A., 
The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1966. 

WARREN  K.  A.  THOMPSON,  1967-; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy;  Chairman 
of  the  Department  of  Philosophy. 
A.B.,    Trinity    University,    1957;    M.A.,    Uni- 
versity of  Texas,  1963. 

EDWARD  H.  WHITE,  1969-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology. 
A.B.,   Dickinson   College,  1964;   M.A.,   Uni- 
versity of  Connecticut,  1966. 


PAUL  L.  WOLF,  1966-; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Biology;  Chairman  of 
the  Department  of  Biology. 
B.S.,    Elizabethtown    College,    1960;    M.S., 
University  of  Delaware,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

ALLAN  F.  WOLFE,  1968-; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Biology. 
B.A.,  Gettysburg  College,  1963;  M.A.,  Drake 
University,  1965;   Ph.D.,   University  of  Ver- 
mont, 1968. 

GLENN  H.  WOODS,  1965-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  English. 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1951;  M.Ed. 
Temple  University,  1962. 


INSTRUCTORS: 

ROBERT  A.  AULENBACH,  1968-; 
Adjunct  Instructor  in  Woodwinds. 
B.M.,  Boston  Conservatory  of  Music,  1949. 

RICHARD  C.  BELL,  1966-; 
Instructor  in  Chemistry. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1941;  M.Ed., 
Temple  University,  1955. 

ROBERT  B.  CAMPBELL,  1968-; 
Adjunct  Instructor  in  Woodwinds. 
B.S.,   Lebanon  Valley  College,  1954;   M.M., 
University  of  Michigan,  1960. 

JOHN  A.  CATCHINGS,  1969-1970;  1971—; 
Adjunct  Instructor  in  Strings. 
B.M.,  Peabody  Conservatory  of  Music,  1969. 

MRS.  M.  CATHERINE  COBOURN,  1971—; 
Adjunct  Instructor  in  Flute. 
B.M.,  Peabody  Conservatory  of  Music,  1967. 

D.  ROGER  GAECKLER,  1969-; 
Instructor  in  Physical  Education. 
B.S.,  Gettysburg  College,  1964. 

MRS.  E.  ELIZABETH  GARMAN,  1964-; 
Instructor  in  Physical  Education; 
Director  of  Athletics  for  Women. 
B.S.,  Beaver  College,  1942. 

WILLIAM  A.  GROVE,  1971—; 
Adjunct  Instructor  in  Brass. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1965. 


116 


MRS.  GEILAN  A.  HANSEN,  1963-; 
Adjunct  Instructor  in  Russian. 

RICHARD  A.  ISKOWITZ,  1969-; 
Instructor  in  Art. 

B.F.A.,  Kent  State  University,  1965;  M.F.A., 
1967. 

MRS.  FRANCES  VERI  JAMANIS,  1967-; 
Instructor  in  Piano. 

B.S.,  Juilliard  School  of  Music,  1964;  M.S., 
1965. 

ROBERT  C.  LAU,  1968-; 
Instructor  in  Musical  Theory. 
B.S.,   Lebanon  Valley  College,  1965;   M.A., 
Eastman  School  of  Music,  1970. 

PHILIP  G.  MORGAN,  1969-; 
Instructor  in  Voice. 

B.M.E.,    Kansas   State   College,   1962;    M.S., 
1965. 

JOHN  D.  NORTON,  1971—; 

Instructor  in  Political  Science. 

B.A.,     University    of    Illinois,    1965;     M.A., 

Florida  State  University,  1967. 

MRS.  MALIN  Ph.  SAYLOR,  1961—; 
Adjunct  Instructor  in  French. 
Fir.  Kand.,  Universities  of  Upsala  and  Stock- 
holm, 1938. 

MRS.  GLORIA  E.  STAMBACH,  1970-; 
Adjunct  Instructor  in  Piano. 
Diploma,  Juilliard  School  of  Music,  1952; 
1956. 

TEACHING  ASSISTANTS: 

MONIQUE  M.  H.  BEROUD,  1971-; 
Teaching  Assistant  in  French. 
University    Diploma,    University    of    Lyon, 
1968;  Licence,  1970. 

MONIKA  D.  RAUSCHER,  1971—; 
Teaching  Assistant  in  German. 
Diploma,  University  of  Bern,  1970. 

JUAN  G.  SARDI,  1971-; 

Teaching  Assistant  in  Spanish. 


COOPERATING   TRAINING   TEACHERS: 

The  student  teaching  program  is  organized 
to  give  the  beginning  teacher  as  wide  and 
varied  experiences  as  possible. 

Extreme  care  is  used  in  the  assignment  of 
the  cooperating  teacher  with  the  student 
teacher.  The  selection  is  made  in  a  cooperative 
manner  between  the  administration  of  the 
local  school  and  the  supervisor  of  student 
teaching  at  the  College. 

Student  teaching  in  music  education  and 
in  elementary  and  secondary  education  is 
done  in  schools  within  reasonable  traveling 
distance  of  the  College. 

Names  of  cooperating  teachers  and  subjects 
taught  are  available  in  the  offices  of  the  de- 
partments of  education  and  music. 

DEPARTMENTAL  ASSISTANTS,  1971-1972: 

Biology,  David  L.  Stein,  1972 

Chemistry,  Elizabeth  A.  Robinson,  1972 

Economics  and  Business  Administration, 
Robert  G.  Chabitnoy,  1974 

Foreign  Languages,  Ralph  W.  McCabe,  1973 

History  and  Political  Science,  John  A.  Schoch, 
Jr.,  1972 

Mathematics,  Janet  E.  Scattergood,  1975 

Music,  Ronald  R.  Renshaw,  1972,  1st  semester 
Gary  S.  Shultis,  1974,  2nd  semester 

Physical  Education,  Jan  C.  Buckheit,  1974 

Physics,  Wayne  D.  Johnson,  1973 

Psychology,  Susan  C.  Van  Houten,  1972 

Religion,  Kenneth  R.  Bickel,  1974 

Sociology,  Gail  L.  Sebring,  1972 

TEACHING  INTERN,  1971-1972: 

English,  David  C.  Hostetter,  1972 


117 


OFFICES  OF  ADMINISTRATION 


OFFICE  OF  THE  PRESIDENT: 

FREDERICK  P.  SAMPLE,  1968-; 
President. 

B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1952;  M.Ed., 
Western  Maryland  College,  1956;  D.Ed.,  The 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1968;  Pd.D., 
Albright  College,  1968. 

MRS.  DOROTHY  M.  SPOHN,  Secretary. 
MRS.  LILLIAN  M.  SUMMER,  Secretary. 

ACADEMIC: 

Office  of  the  Dean  of  the  College 

CARL  Y.  EHRHART,  1947-; 
Dean  of  the  College,  1960—; 
Vice  President,  1967—. 

A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1940;  B.D., 
United  Theological  Seminary,  1943;  Ph.D., 
Yale  University,  1954. 

RALPH  S.  SHAY,  1948-1951;  Feb.  1953-; 
Assistant  Dean  of  the  College,  1967—. 
A.B.,   Lebanon  Valley  College,  1942;  A.M., 
University    of    Pennsylvania,    1947;    Ph.D., 
1962. 

MISS  JEANETTE  E.  BENDER,  Secretary. 


Office  of  Admissions 

D.  CLARK  CARMEAN,  1933-; 
Director  of  Admissions,  1949—. 
A.B.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University,  1926;  M.A., 
Columbia  University,  1932. 

GREGORY  G.  STANSON,  1966-; 

Assistant  to  the  Director  of  Admissions, 

1968-. 

B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1963;  M.Ed., 

University  of  Toledo,  1966. 

MRS.  SYLVIA  H.  SNYDER,  Secretary. 
MRS.  LORETTA  A.  WATSON,  Secretary. 


Office  of  the  Registrar 

RALPH  S.  SHAY,  1948-1951;  Feb.  1953-; 
Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  and  Registrar, 
1967-. 

MRS.  SUZANNE  B.  GAUKROGER,  Secretary. 
MRS.  LAURA  L.  GOMMEL,  Secretary. 
MRS.  MARION  G.  LOY,  Secretary. 


118 


Library 

WILLIAM  E.  HOUGH,  III,  1970-; 
Head  Librarian;  Associate  Professor. 
A.B.,  The  King's  College,  1955;  Th.M.,  Dal- 
las   Theological    Seminary,    1959;    M.S.L.S., 
Columbia  University,  1965. 

MRS.  ELOISE  P.  BROWN,  1961-; 
Reference  Librarian. 
B.S.L.S.,  Simmons  College,  1946. 

MRS.  ALICE  S.  DIEHL,  1966-; 
Cataloging  Librarian. 

A.B.,  Smith  College,  1956;  B.S.,  Carnegie  In- 
stitute of  Technology,  1957;  M.L.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Pittsburgh,  1966. 

MISS  MYUNG  JA  KANG,  1970-; 
Assistant  Cataloging  Librarian. 
B.A.,    Sook    Myung    Women's     University, 
1962;  M.S.L.S.,  Villanova  University,  1969. 

MRS.  ROBERTA  J.  MOYER,  Secretary. 
MISS  PAULA  E.  STRAUSS,  Secretary. 

Departmental  Secretaries 

MRS.  SARAH  E.  DETTRA,  Teacher  Placement. 

MISS  SHARON  L  KRICK,  Chapel. 

MRS.  ELIZABETH  C.  MICHIELSEN,  112  College 
Avenue. 

MRS.  EVELYN  D.  NAGLE,  Administration  Build- 
ing. 

MRS.  PATRICIA  A.  PARKER,  Engle  Hall. 

MISS    BARBARA   C.    RHINE,    Lynch    Memorial 
Building. 

MRS.   HEATHER  P.   ROSEN,  Science  Hall. 

MRS.   BERNICE    K.   TEAHL,   Science   Hall. 

STUDENT  AFFAIRS: 

Student  Personnel  Office 

GEORGE  R.  MARQUETTE,  1952-; 
Dean  of  Men,  1956— 

A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1948;  M.A., 
Columbia  University,  1951;  Ed.D.,  Temple 
University,  1967. 

MRS.  ESTHER  A.  KLINE,  Secretary, 
Dean  of  Men. 


MISS  MARTHA  C.  FAUST,  1957-; 
Dean  of  Women. 

A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1937;  M.A., 
Syracuse  University,  1950. 

MRS.    DORIS    L.    FAKE,    Secretary,    Dean    of 
Women. 

MRS.  KATHRYN  E.  ROHLAND,  Head  Resident, 
Mary  Capp  Green  Hall. 

MRS.    ELIZABETH    C.    OTT,    Head    Resident 
Vickroy  Hall. 

College  Center 

WALTER  L.  SMITH,  JR.,  1961-1969;  1971—; 

College    Center    Director;    Coordinator    of 

Conferences. 

B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1961;  M.S.  in 

Ed.,  Temple  University,  1967. 
ROBERT  E.  HARNISH,  1967-; 

Manager  of  the  College  Store. 

B.A.,  Randolph  Macon  College,  1966. 

MRS.  DORIS  C.  FAKE,  Secretary,  College  Store. 
MRS.  DOROTHY  J.  POAD,  Secretary,  College 

Center. 
MRS.  MARY  E.RHINE,  Secretary,  College  Store. 

Health  Services 

ROBERT  F.  EARLY,  1971—; 
College  Physician. 

B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1949;  M.D., 
Jefferson  Medical  College,  1952. 

RUSSELL  L.  GINGRICH,  1971—; 
College  Physician. 

B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1947;  M.D., 
Jefferson  Medical  College,  1951. 

ROBERT  M.  KLINE,  1970-; 
College  Physician: 

B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1950;  M.D., 
Jefferson  Medical  College,  1955;  B.A.,  Leba- 
non Valley  College,  1971. 

MRS.  MARGIE  M.  YEISER,  R.N.,  1967-; 
Head  Nurse. 

Harrisburg  Polyclinic  Hospital  School  of 
Nursing. 

MISS   DONNA   K.   BOWMAN,   R.N.,   Resident 
Nurse. 

MISS    BARBARA  A.   SHEMAS,    R.N.,   Resident 
Nurse. 


119 


Office  of  the  Chaplain 

JAMES  O.  BEMESDERFER,  1959-; 
College  Chaplain. 

A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1936;  B.D., 
United  Theological  Seminary,  1939;  S.T.M., 
Lutheran  Theological  Seminary,  Phila.,  1945; 
S.T.D.,  Temple  University,  1951. 

MISS  SHARON  L.  KRICK,  Secretary. 

Office  of  Athletics 

GERALD  J.  PETROFES,  1963-; 

Director  of  Athletics. 
MISS  BARBARA  C.  RHINE,  Secretary. 

Coaching  Staff 

STERLING  J.  BANTA,  1971—; 
Assistant  Football  Coach. 
B.S.,  Bloomsburg  State  College,  1939;  M.S. 
in  Phys.  Ed.,  New  York  University,  1953. 

CHARLES  E.  EYLER,  1971—; 
Assistant  Football  Coach. 
B.S.  in  Ed.,  West  Chester  State  College,  1953; 
M.S.  in  Ed.,  Temple  University,  1963;  M.S., 
University  of  New  Hampshire,  1968. 

D.  ROGER  GAECKLER,  1969-; 

Basketball  Coach;  Lacrosse  Coach. 

MRS.  E.  ELIZABETH  GARMAN,  1964-; 
Women's  Basketball  Coach. 

GEORGE  P.  MAYHOFFER,  1955-; 

Assistant   Basketball   Coach;   Cross   Country 

Coach. 

B.S.,   Lebanon  Valley  College,  1950;  M.Ed., 

The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1955. 

GERALD  J.  PETROFES,  1963-; 

Athletic  Trainer;  Wrestling  Coach;  Coif 
Coach. 

O.  KENT  REED,  1971—; 

Assistant  Football  Coach;  Track  Coach;  Di- 
rector of  Intramurals. 

LOUIS  A.  SORRENTINO,  1971-; 
Football  Coach;  Baseball  Coach. 

JAMES  W.  WALLACE,  1971—; 
Assistant  Athletic  Trainer. 
B.S.    in    Ed.,    Shippensburg    State    College, 
1953. 

MRS.  JACQUELINE  S.  WALTERS,  1965-; 
Women's  Hockey  Coach. 


COLLEGE  RELATIONS  AREA: 
Development  Office 

ROBERT  M.  WONDERLING,  1967-; 
Director  of  Development. 
B.S.,    Clarion    State    College,    1953;    M.Ed., 
University  of  Pittsburgh,  1958. 

JOHN  R.  McFADDEN,  1969-; 

Assistant  Director  of  Development. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1968. 

MRS.  PATRICIA  A.  BINKLEY,  Secretary. 

MRS.  DORIS  J.  MAY,  Secretary. 

Public  Relations  Office 

PAUL  F.  PICKARD,  1971—; 
Director  of  Public  Relations. 
B.A.,   Lebanon  Valley   College,  1968;   M.A., 
New  York  University,  1970. 

JAMES  V.  BOWMAN,  1971—; 
Director  of  Publications. 
B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1971. 

MRS.  ANN  K.  MONTEITH,  1966-; 
Associate  in  Public  Relations. 
A.B.,  Bucknell  University,  1965. 

MRS.  CHRISTINE   F.   BROUGH,  Secretary. 

MISS   BEVERLY  A.   BUCH,  Secretary. 

Alumni  Office 

DAVID  M.  LONG,  1966-; 

Director  of  Alumni  Relations  and  Industrial 

Placement. 

A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1959;  M.Ed., 

Temple  University,  1961. 

MRS.  P.  RODNEY  KREIDER,  1951—; 
Assistant  Director  of  Alumni  Relations, 
1966-. 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1922. 

MRS.  HELEN  L.  MILLER,  Secretary. 


120 


BUSINESS  MANAGEMENT: 
Office  of  the  Controller 

ROBERT  C.  RILEY,  1951—; 

Controller,  1962-;  Vice  President,  1967-. 
B.S.  in  Ed.,  Shippensburg  State  College, 
1941;  M.S.,  Columbia  University,  1947; 
Ph.D.,  New  York  University,  1962. 

IRWIN  R.  SCHAAK,  1957-; 
Assistant   Controller,  1964—;   Financial  Aid 
Officer,  1967-. 

ROBERT  C.   HARTMAN,  1969-; 
Accountant. 
B.S.,  Elizabethtown  College,  1962. 

MRS.  CLARA  P.  MILLER,  Staff  Assistant. 

MR.  CRAIG  A.  BORGES,  Administrative  Serv- 
ices. 

MRS.  LILLIAN  A.  BOWMAN,  Secretary. 

MRS.  ANNA  M.  GUIDON,  Secretary,  Business 
Office. 

MRS.    LUCILLE    E.    HANNIGAN,    Switchboard 
Operator. 


MRS.  MARY  JANE  JACKSON,  Secretary,  Busi- 
ness Office. 

MRS.   MARIAN   M.    LEHMAN,   Secretary,   Mail 
Room. 

MISS    JEAN    T.     ROTHENBERGER,    Secretary, 
Service  Room. 

MR.    JAMES    T.    STRICKLAND,    IBM,    Service 
Room. 

MRS.  MARY  J.  THOMPSON,  Secretary,  Assist- 
ant Controller. 

MRS.  ETTA  K.  UNGER,  Secretary,  Mail  Room. 

Buildings  and  Grounds 

SAMUEL  J.  ZEARFOSS,  1952-; 

Superintendent  of  Buildings  and  Grounds, 
1969-. 

Food  Service 

GEORGE  F.  LANDiS,  JR.,  1966-; 
Manager  of  Food  Service,  1970—. 

MRS.  VIOLA  L.  LEONARD,  1966-; 
Manager  of  the  Snack  Bar,  1970— 


COMMITTEES  OF  THE   FACULTY  -  1971-1972 


Dr.  Berson 
Dr.  Davidon 
Dr.  Ebersole 
Dr.  Ford 
Dr.  Geffen 
Mr.  Hough 


Committee  on  Academic  Affairs 

Dean  Ehrhart,  Chairman 

Mr.  Iskowitz 
Dr.  Mayer 
Dr.  Neidig 
Mr.  Petrofes 
Dr.  Piel 
Dr.  Rhodes 


Mr.  Smith 

Mr.  Thompson 

Dr.  Tom 

Dr.  Wethington 

Dr.  Wolf 

Dr.  Shay,  advisory  member 


Students  —  Elizabeth  A.  Robinson,  Frances  E.  Stachow 


Dr.  Love 

Dr.  Rhodes 

Mr.  Fairlamb 

Mr.  O'Donnell,  Chairman 

Dr.  Paul  Wolf 


Mr.  Bell 

Mrs.  Stare 

Dr.  Weast 

Mrs.  Herr 

Mr.  Cooper,  Chairman 


Mr.  Jamanis 

Dr.  Cantrell 

Mr.  Woods 

Dr.  Faber 

Dr.  Ford,  Chairman 


Committee  on  Faculty  Affairs 

Elected  by  the  Faculty 

Elected  by  the  Faculty 

Elected  by  the  Faculty 

Appointed  by  the  President 

Appointed  by  the  President 

Committee  on  Student  Affairs 


Appo 
Appo 
Appo 
Appo 
Appo 


nted  by  the  President 
nted  by  the  President 
nted  by  the  President 
nted  by  the  President 
nted  by  the  President 


Committee  on  Public  Relations 

Appointed  by  the  President 
Appointed  by  the  President 
Appointed  by  the  President 
Appointed  by  the  President 
Appointed  by  the  President 


Administrative  Advisory  Committee* 

Elected  by  the  Faculty 
Elected  by  the  Faculty 
Elected  by  the  Faculty 

Chairmen  of  the  other  four  committees 


Dr.  Neidig,  Chairman 
Dr.  Rhodes 
Dr.  Davidon 


Dr.  Piel 

Mrs.  Herr,  Chairman 

Dr.  Tom 

Dr.  Wolfe 


Honors  Council 

Appointed  by  the  President 
Appointed  by  the  President 
Appointed  by  the  President 
Appointed  by  the  President 


Term  expires  1972 
Term  expires  1973 
Term  expires  1974 
Term  expires  1973 
Term  expires  1974 


Term  expires  1972 
Term  expires  1973 
Term  expires  1973 
Term  expires  1974 
Term  expires  1974 


Term  expires  1972 
Term  expires  1973 
Term  expires  1973 
Term  expires  1974 
Term  expires  1974 


Term  expires  1972 
Term  expires  1973 
Term  expires  1974 


Term  expires  1972 
Term  expires  1973 
Term  expires  1974 
Term  expires  1975 


*  Special  advisory  group  to  the  President  and  Dean  of  the  College. 


122 


THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES  1971-1972 


OFFICERS 


President  Emeritus E.  N.  Funkhouser 

President  Emeritus Allan  W.  Mund 

President Malcolm  Meyer 

First  Vice-President Lawton  W.  Shroyer 

Second  Vice-President William  D.  Bryson 

Secretary E.  D.  Williams,  Jr. 

Treasurer Samuel  K.  Wengert 

Assistant  Treasurer Gerald  D.  Kauffman 


MEMBERS 


♦JEFFERSON  C.  BARNHART  (1972) 
A.B.,  LL.B. 

Partner  — McNees,  Wallace,  and  Nurick 
Harrisburg,  Pennsylvania. 

♦SAMUEL  C.  BOYER  (1974) 
Owner  &  Operator 
Boyer's  Jewelry  Store 
Carlisle,  Pennsylvania 

♦♦WILLIAM  D.  BRYSON  (1972) 
LLD. 

Retired  Executive-Walter  W.  Moyer  Co. 
Ephrata,  Pennsylvania 

♦W.  EDGAR  CATHERS,  JR.  (1974) 
B.A.,  B.D. 

Pastor  —  Covenant  United  Methodist  Church 
Springfield,  Pennsylvania 

♦MRS.  RUTH  SHEAFFER  DAUGHERTY  (1974) 
B.A. 

Housewife 
Lebanon,  Pennsylvania 

♦WOODROW  S.  DELLINGER  (1972) 
B.S.,  M.D. 

General  Practitioner 
Red  Lion,  Pennsylvania 

♦PAUL  C.  EHRHART  (1972) 
A.B.,  M.A. 

Retired  Guidance  Director 
Penn  Manor  High  School 
Millersville,  Pennsylvania 


*  Elected   by  Church   Conference 

*  Trustee-at-Large 

t  Alumni  Trustee-at-Large 
t  Faculty  Trustee-at-Large 


fDeWITT  M.  ESSICK  (1972) 
A.B.,  M.S. 
Manager,  Management  Development  & 

Personnel  Services 
Armstrong  Cork  Co.,  General  Offices 
Lancaster,  Pennsylvania 

^ELIZABETH  M.  GEFFEN   (1974) 
B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Chairman  of  Department  of  History  and 
Political  Science;  Professor  of  History 
Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  Pennsylvania 

tPIERCE  A.  GETZ  (1974) 
B.S.,  M.S.M.,  A.M.D. 
Associate  Professor  of  Organ 
Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  Pennsylvania 

*MRS.  D.  DWIGHT  (KATHRYN  MOWREY) 
GROVE  (1974) 
A.B. 

Housewife 
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

♦J.  PAUL  GRUVER  (1972) 
A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D. 

Pastor—  United  Methodist  Church 
Dayton,  Virginia 

♦THOMAS  W.  GUINIVAN   (1973) 
A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D. 

Pastor— First  United  Methodist  Church 
Hershey,  Pennsylvania 

**JOHN  RICHARDS  HARPER  (1972) 
Vice  President-Purdee  Company 
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 


123 


*PAUL  E.  HORN  (1973) 
A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D. 
Program  Director 
Central  Pennsylvania  Conference 
United  Methodist  Church 
Harrisburg,  Pennsylvania 

*MARK  J.  HOSTETTER  (1973) 

A.B.,  B.D.,  S.T.M.,  D.D. 

Superintendent-Lancaster  District 

Eastern  Pennsylvania  Conference 

United  Methodist  Church 

Lancaster,  Pennsylvania 
**J.  GORDON  HOWARD  (1972) 

A.B.,  B.D.,  M.A.,  D.D.,  LL.D.,  Litt.D. 

Resident  Bishop 

Eastern  Pennsylvania  Conference 

United  Methodist  Church 

Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

**HERMANN  W.  KAEBNICK  (1972) 
A.B.,  B.D.,  S.T.M.,  D.D.,  L.H.D. 
Resident  Bishop 

Central  Pennsylvania  Conference 
United  Methodist  Church 
Harrisburg,  Pennsylvania 

*GERALD  D.  KAUFFMAN  (1973) 
A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D. 

Pastor  — Grace  United  Methodist  Church 
Carlisle,  Pennsylvania 

*LESTER  M.  KAUFFMAN   (1972) 
A.B.,  B.D.,  S.T.M.,  D.D. 
Retired  Pastor 
United  Methodist  Church 
Shippensburg,  Pennsylvania 

*CLAIR  C.  KREIDLER  (1972) 
A.B.,  D.D. 

Superintendent  — York  District 
Central  Pennsylvania  Conference 
United  Methodist  Church 
York,  Pennsylvania 

**JAMES  H.  LEATHEM  (1974) 
B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Sc.D. 
Professor  of  Zoology  &  Director  of 
the  Bureau  of  Biological  Research 
Rutgers,  The  State  University 
New  Brunswick,  New  Jersey 

*  Elected  by  Church  Conference 
**  Trustee-at-Large 
t  Alumni  Trustee-at-Large 
t  Faculty  Trustee-at-Large 


tWALTER  LEVINSKY  (1974) 
Assistant  Musical  Director 
"The  Dick  Cavett  Show" 
New  York,  New  York 

JKARL  L.  LOCKWOOD  (1973) 
B.S.,  Ph.D. 

Professor  of  Chemistry 
Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  Pennsylvania 

*ROBERT  W.  LUTZ  (1973) 
A.B. 

Retired  Executive 

Blumenthal-Kahn  Electric  Company 
Owings  Mills,  Maryland 

*THOMAS  S.  MAY  (1972) 
B.S.,  B.D.,  D.D. 
Pastor 

Elizabethtown  United  Methodist  Church 
Elizabethtown,  Pennsylvania 

*WARREN  F.  MENTZER  (1973) 
A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D. 

Superintendent— Lebanon,  Reading  District 
Eastern  Pennsylvania  Conference 
United  Methodist  Church 
Mt.  Gretna,  Pennsylvania 

**MALCOLM  MEYER   (1972) 
B.S. 

President  and  Chairman,  Board  of  Directors 
Certain-Teed  Products  Corp. 
Valley  Forge,  Pennsylvania 

**ALLAN  W.  MUND  (1972) 
LL.D. 

Retired  Chairman,  Board  of  Directors 
Ellicott  Machine  Corporation 
Baltimore,  Maryland 

tHOWARD  A.  NEIDIG  (1973) 
B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Chairman  of  Department  of  Chemistry; 

Professor  of  Chemistry 
Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  Pennsylvania 

*HAROLD  S.   PEIFFER   (1974) 
A.B.,  B.D.,  S.T.M.,  D.D. 
Pastor 

Covenant  United  Methodist  Church 
Lancaster,  Pennsylvania 


124 


*EZRA  H.   RANCK  (1973) 
A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D. 
Director  of  Education  and 

Coordinator  of  Adult  Ministries 
Eastern  Pennsylvania  Conference 
United  Methodist  Church 
Philadelphia,   Pennsylvania 

**ROBERT  H.  REESE  (1972) 
Retired  President 
H.  B.  Reese  Candy  Co.,  Inc. 
Hershey,  Pennsylvania 

tjACOB  L.  RHODES  (1972) 
B.S.,  Ph.D. 
Chairman  of  Department  of  Physics; 

Professor  of  Physics 
Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  Pennsylvania 

*MELVIN  S.  RIFE  (1974) 

Treasurer  —  Schmidt  &  Ault  Paper  Co. 
Division,  St.  Regis  Paper  Co. 
York,  Pennsylvania 

*RALPH  M.  RITTER  (1973) 
President—  Ritter  Bros.,  Inc. 
Harrisburg,    Pennsylvania 

fF.  ALLEN  RUTHERFORD,  JR.  (1972) 
B.S.,  C.P.A. 
Arthur  Young 
Richmond,  Virginia 

FREDERICK  P.  SAMPLE 
B.A.,  M.Ed.,  D.Ed.,  Pd.D. 
President  of  the  College 
Annville,  Pennsylvania 

*H.  JACK  SELTZER  (1972) 
President 

Seltzer's  Lebanon  Bologna  Co.,  Inc. 
Palmyra,  Pennsylvania 

*DANIEL  L.  SHEARER  (1974) 
A.B.,  B.D.,  S.T.M.,  D.D. 
Superintendent  —  New  Cumberland  District 
Central  Pennsylvania  Conference 
United  Methodist  Church 
New  Cumberland,  Pennsylvania 


*  Elected  by  Church  Conference 
**  Trustee-at-Large 
t  Alumni  Trustee-at-Large 
t  Faculty  Trustee-at-Large 


*LAWTON  W.  SHROYER  (1972) 
President  —  Shamokin  Dress  Co.  & 

Shroyer's,  Inc. 
Shamokin,  Pennsylvania 

*PAUL  J.  SLONAKER  (1972) 
B.S.,  B.D. 
Pastor 

Memorial  United  Methodist  Church 
Charles  City,  Virginia 

**HORACE   E.   SMITH   (1974) 
A.B.,  LL.B. 
Attorney  at  Law 
York,  Pennsylvania 

*ARTHUR  W.  STAMBACH   (1972) 
B.A.,  B.D.,  D.D. 
Associate  Program  Director 
Central  Pennsylvania  Conference 
United  Methodist  Church 
Camp  Hill,  Pennsylvania 

*PAUL  E.  STAMBACH   (1974) 
A.B.,  B.D.,  S.T.M.,  Ph.D. 
Pastor 

Otterbein  United  Methodist  Church 
Mount  Wolf,  Pennsylvania 

tE.   PETER  STRICKLER   (1974) 
B.S. 

Strickler  Insurance  Agency 
Lebanon,  Pennsylvania 

**WOODROW  W.  WALTEMYER   (1972) 
York,  Pennsylvania 

fELIZABETH  K.  WEISBURGER  (1973) 
B.S.,  Ph.D. 

Scientist  Director  —  Biology  Branch 
National  Cancer  Institute 
Bethesda,  Maryland 

**SAMUEL  K.  WENGERT  (1972) 
B.S. 

President  — Wengert's  Dairy 
Lebanon,  Pennsylvania 

**E.  D.  WILLIAMS,  JR.  (1972) 
Annville,  Pennsylvania 


125 


**JOHN   L  WORRILOW   (1972) 
B.A. 

Secretary  —  Lebanon  Steel  Foundry 
Lebanon,  Pennsylvania 

**RICHARD  P.  ZIMMERMAN  (1972) 
Chairman  of  the  Board 
National  Valley  Bank  &  Trust  Co. 
Chambersburg,  Pennsylvania 

HONORARY  TRUSTEES 

MRS.  BERTHA  BROSSMAN  BLAIR 
President— Denver  and  Ephrata 

Telephone  Company 
Ephrata,  Pennsylvania 

PARKE  H.  LUTZ 

Retired  Vice-president 
Holt,  Rinehart  &  Winston,  Inc. 
Member  — State  Board  of  Education 
Denver,  Pennsylvania 

TRUSTEES  EMERITUS 

E.  N.  FUNKHOUSER 
A.B.,  LL.D. 
Retired  President 
Funkhouser  Corporation 
Hagerstown,  Maryland 
Member,  Board  of  Directors 
Ruberoid  Corporation 
Baltimore,  Maryland 

ALBERT  WATSON 
LL.D. 

Retired  President  and  Proprietor 
Bowman  &  Company 
Carlisle,  Pennsylvania 

COMMITTEES  OF  THE  BOARD 

Executive  Committee: 

Frederick  P.  Sample,  Chairman;  Paul  E.  Horn, 
Vice  Chairman;  Mark  J.  Hostetter,  Secretary; 
DeWitt  M.  Essick;  Thomas  S.  May;  Warren  F. 
Mentzer;  Malcolm  Meyer;  Allan  W.  Mund; 
Jacob  L.  Rhodes;  Lawton  W.  Shroyer;  Paul  E. 
Stambach;  Samuel  K.  Wengert. 

*  Elected  at  Church  Conference 
**  Trustee-at-Large 


Finance  Committee: 

Lawton  W.  Shroyer  (1972),  Chairman;  Malcolm 
Meyer,  Vice  Chairman;  Samuel  K.  Wengert, 
Treasurer;  E.  D.  Williams,  Jr.  (1974),  Secretary; 
Frederick  P.  Sample;  William  D.  Bryson  (1972); 
Hermann  W.  Kaebnick  (1972);  Robert  H.  Reese 
(1972);  Melvin  S.  Rife  (1973);  Ralph  M.  Ritter 
(1973);  E.  Peter  Strickler  (1973);  Allan  W. 
Mund  (1974);  F.  Allen  Rutherford,  Jr.  (1974); 
Horace  E.  Smith  (1974);  R.  P.  Zimmerman 
(1974);  Parke  H.  Lutz  (Honorary). 

Faculty  Administrative  Committee: 

Jefferson  C.  Barnhart,  Chairman;  DeWitt  M. 
Essick;  Paul  E.  Horn;  Warren  F.  Mentzer; 
Allan  W.  Mund;  Howard  A.  Neidig;  Ezra  H. 
Ranck;  Frederick  P.  Sample;  Elizabeth  K.  Weis- 
burger. 

Auditing  Committee: 

William  D.  Bryson,  Chairman;  Woodrow  S. 
Dellinger;  H.  Jack  Seltzer. 

Building  &  Grounds  Committee: 

Melvin  S.  Rife,  Chairman;  Elizabeth  M.  Geffen; 
James  H.  Leathern;  Harold  S.  Peiffer;  Frederick 
P.  Sample;  Samuel  K.  Wengert;  E.  D.  Williams, 
Jr. 

Nominating  Committee: 

Malcolm  Meyer,  Chairman;  William  D.  Bryson; 
Paul  C.  Ehrhart;  Pierce  A.  Getz;  F.  Allen 
Rutherford,  Jr.;  Daniel  L.  Shearer. 

Committee  on  Church  Support: 

Paul  C.  Ehrhart,  Chairman;  Samuel  C.  Boyer; 
Mrs.  D.  Dwight  Grove;  Thomas  W.  Guinivan; 
John  R.  Harper;  Paul  E.  Horn;  Warren  F. 
Mentzer;  Daniel  L.  Shearer;  Lawton  W. 
Shroyer;  Arthur  W.  Stambach. 

Committee  for  Chapel  Policy  and 
Program: 

Gerald  D.  Kauffman,  Chairman;  Pierce  A. 
Getz;  Thomas  W.  Guinivan;  George  R.  Mar- 
quette; Paul  E.  Stambach;  L.  Elbert  Wething- 
ton;  Allan  F.  Wolfe;  Kenneth  R.  Bickel  (stu- 
dent); Charles  A.  Rothermel  (student);  Janet  E. 
Smith  (student). 


126 


GENERAL  ALUMNI  ORGANIZATION 

Board  of  Governors  of  the  Lebanon  Valley 
College  Alumni  Association  —  1971-1972 

OFFICERS 

President 

Harry  L.  Bricker,  Jr.  Esq.  '50 

407  N.  Front  St.,  Harrisburg,  Pa.  17110 

Vice  President 

Thomas  C.  Reinhart  '58 

41  E.  Court  Boulevard 

West  Lawn,  Reading,  Penna.  19609 

Executive  Secretary 
David  M.  Long  '59 
Box  97,  Mt.  Gretna,  Penna.  17064 

ELECTED  MEMBERS  TO  THE  BOARD 
OF  GOVERNORS 

David  J.  Farling  '56 

420  Strafford  Ave.,  Wayne,  Pa.  19087 

Lt.  Col.  John  I.  Grosnick  '53 

335  W.  Maple  Ave.,  Hershey,  Pa.  17033 

Peter  P.  McEvoy  '58 

Tall  Pines  Inn,  Sewell,  N.J.  08080 

Evelyn  Toser  '52 

(Miss) 
1700  N.  3rd  St.,  Harrisburg,  Pa.  17102 


ALUMNI  TRUSTEES 

DeWitt  M.  Essick  '34 

43  Wabank  Rd.,  Millersville,  Pa.  17551 

Walter  Levinsky  '51 

379  Bogert  Rd.,  River  Edge,  N.J.  07661 

F.  Allen  Rutherford,  Jr.  '37 

8958  Tarrytown  Rd.,  Richmond,  Va.  23229 

E.  Peter  Strickler  '47 

201  Hathaway  Pk.,  Lebanon,  Penna.  17042 

Dr.  Elizabeth  K.  Weisburger  '44 

(Mrs.  John  H.) 
5309  McKinley  St.,  Bethesda,  Md.  20014 

PAST  PRESIDENT 

Curvin  N.  Dellinger  '38 

Box  676,  Lebanon,  Penna.  17042 

REGIONAL  ALUMNI  CLUBS 
ANTHRACITE  AREA 

President 

Dale  C.  Schimpf  '69 

606  Center  St.,  Ashland,  Penna.  17921 


127 


BALTIMORE  AREA 

President 

R.  Frederick  Crider,  Jr.  '63 

4844  Reisterstown  Rd.,  Baltimore,  Md.  21215 

BERKS  COUNTY 

President 

Robert  A.  Gustin  '53 

1551   Dauphin  Ave.,  Wyomissing,  Penna. 
19610 

DELAWARE  VALLEY  AREA 

President 

John  W.  Metka  '60 

868  Beechwood  Rd.,  Havertown,  Penna. 
19083 

DERRY  AREA 

President 

Kenneth  A.  Longenecker  '60 

125  N.  Grant  St.,  Palmyra,  Penna.  17078 

HARRISBURG  AREA 

President 

Robert  R.  Shope  '63 

1701  Walnut  St.,  Camp  Hill,  Penna.  17011 

LANCASTER  COUNTY 

President 

Larry  L.  Ziegler  '57 

123  N.  Clay  St.,  Manheim,  Penna.  18104 

LEBANON  AREA 

President 

Ronald  E.  Drum  '58 

416  Larkspur  Lane,  Lebanon,  Penna.  17042 

LEHIGH  VALLEY  AREA 

Chairman 

Clarence  C.  Aungst  '38 

3004  Gordon  St.,  Allentown,  Penna.  18104 

NATIONAL  CAPITAL  AREA 

President 

R.  Francis  Eigenbrode  '50 

5211  Boydell  Ave.,  Oxon  Hill,  Md.  20021 


NORTH  JERSEY  AREA 

President 

Stanley  J.  Kaczorowski  '61 
2059  Algonquin  Dr.,  Scotch  Plains,  N.J. 
07076 

YANKEE  CLUB 

President 

Richard  W.  Moller  '49 

19  Kimball  Ave.,  Wenham,  Mass.  01984 

YORK  COUNTY 

President 

Donald  L.  Harper  '60 

105  E.  Main  St.,  Dallastown,  Penna.  17313 


128 


DEGREES  CONFERRED 

DEGREES  CONFERRED  JANUARY  28,  1971 


William  Hartley  Allen,  Political  Science 
James  Vaughn  Bowman,  English 
Sally  Lynne  Godshall,  English 
Melissa  Kellow,  English 
Agu  Laane,  Political  Science 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS 

Leroy  Andrew  McClure,  Jr.,  English 
Anita  Jean  Meiser,  Mathematics 
James  Robert  Messersmith,  German 
Carol  Grove  Miller,  English 
David  Bartholomew  Niethamer,  Music 
John  Francis  Shovlin,  English 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE 


Henry  Gerber  Douglass,  Economics  and 
Business  Administration 

Lauretta  Carpenter  Fasnacht,  Economics  and 
Business  Administration 

Paul  Michael  Gulli,  Elementary  Education 


Erich  George  Linker,  Jr.,  Economics  and 
Business  Administration 

Enid  Kay  Lovegren,  Music  Education 

Beth  Roberta  Millington,  Economics  and 
Business  Administration 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY 
Gretchen  Krause  Rohland 

GRADUATION  HONORS 

MAGNA  CUM  LAUDE 
James  Vaughn  Bowman 

CUM  LAUDE 
David  Bartholomew  Niethamer 

Elected  to  Membership 

PHI  ALPHA  EPSILON 

Honorary  Scholarship  Society 

James  Vaughn  Bowman 
David  Bartholomew  Niethamer 


129 


DEGREES  CONFERRED  JUNE  6,  1971 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS 


Barbara  Ellen  Andrews,  English 

Donald  Ray  Bechtel,  Psychology 

James  Perry  Bender,  Political  Science 

Ellen  Ann  Boyar,  Sociology 

Oscar  Albright  Boyer,  History 

Pamela  Jane  Boyer,  Spanish 

Robert  Barry  Brandt,  Sociology 

Carl  Joseph  Brown,  Jr.,  Psychology 

Charles  Edward  Campbell,  Jr.,  Psychology 

Irene  Lydia  Carrilio,  English 

Thomas  William  Cestare,  History 

Thomas  Wingett  Corbett,  Jr.,  Political  Science 

Dianne  Marie  Cottrell,  English 

Thomas  Bruce  Davis,  History 

Robert  Conrad  Dresch,  Psychology 

Alyce  Showers  Dugan,  Biology 

Donald  Frederick  Engle,  English 

Mona  Anita  Enquist,  Sociology 

Lorelei  Marie  Floyd,  Religion 

Donna  Jean  Fluke,  Music 

Terry  Lee  Folk,  German 

Eileen  Richards  Foltz,  English 

Barry  Edward  Fry,  English 

Robert  Frederick  Fuhrer,  Jr.,  Psychology 

Arthur  Cyrus  George,  Jr.,  Psychology 

John  Richard  Gibble,  Sociology 

Robert  William  Gotwalt,  Jr.,  Psychology 

Kenneth  Mervin  Hale,  Jr.,  English 

Lloyd  David  Harris,  English 

Erma  Jean  Hastings,  English 

Donna  Louise  Henning,  Sociology 

Anne  Louisa  Hickerson,  Sociology 

Anne  Louise  Jameson,  Psychology 

Robert  Edward  Jones,  Sociology 

Robert  Mann  Kline,  German 

Nancy  Jane  Leibenguth,  German 

Barbara  Jo  Light,  Psychology 


Carole  Ann  Mease,  Sociology 

Stephen  Joseph  Mellini,  Sociology 

David  Albert  Miller,  Jr.,  Sociology 

Frederick  James  Moury,  Jr.,  Religion 

Margaret  Kathleen  Potteiger,  English 

Roger  Howard  Probert,  Psychology 

Peter  Nelson  Pyles,  German 

William  Lawrence  Radice,  Psychology 

Patricia  Ann  Rau,  English 

Linda  Carol  Rhen,  Music 

Susan  Rae  Rich,  English 

Priscilla  Lenore  Roth,  English 

Margie  Ann  Rutherford,  Psychology 

Donald  Wayne  Samples,  Mathematics 

Albert  Ernest  Schmick,  III,  Political  Science 

Rosemary  Elaine  Seaman,  Sociology 

Linda  Maureen  Shaw,  French 

David  Charles  Shellenberger,  Religion 

Carol  Suzanne  Shenk,  Psychology 

John  Morton  Shroad,  Jr.,  Psychology 

Dennis  Garland  Smith,  Psychology 

Robert  George  Smith,  Mathematics 

Jane  Colette  Snyder,  English 

Joanne  Elizabeth  Sockle,  English 

Barry  Howard  Streeter,  Sociology 

Deborah  Anne  Strickler,  Sociology 

Edward  Francis  Thomas,  Jr.,  Psychology 

Georgia  Moseley  Thompson,  Sociology 

Richard  Bruce  Thompson,  History 

William  Jeffrey  Thompson,  Psychology 

Eric  Joseph  Uberseder,  Psychology 

Brian  David  Wayne,  Psychology 

Robert  Vance  Weller,  Jr.,  Political  Science 

John  Frederich  Wenzel,  English 

Terrence  Linn  Wible,  Religion 

Timothy  Levi  Wissler,  Music 

Wendy  Louise  Worrilow,  Foreign  Languages 

Robert  Richard  Zolad,  Political  Science 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE 


Linda  Suzanne  Ammlung,  Music  Education 
Gary  Allen  Arnold,  Economics  and  Business 

Administration 
Barbara  Jean  Asplund,  Elementary  Education 
David  Howard  Binkley,  II,  Music  Education 
Catherine  Gertrude  Bither,  Chemistry 
Donald  Paul  Bloser,  Jr.,  Chemistry 
Connie  Jean  Brocious,  Biology 
Marianne  L.  Cake,  Biology 

Georgene  Marie  Carmany,  Elementary  Education 
Cornelius  Thomas  Coddington,  Mathematics 


Cynthia  Ann  Conway,  Music  Education 

Susan  Elizabeth  Cramer,  Chemistry 

Susan  Rebecca  Dorman,  Music  Education 

Robert  David  Etchberger,  Elementary  Education 

Theresa  Marie  Featherstone,  Elementary  Education 

David  Louis  Feldman,  Biology 

Larry  Arthur  Fenner,  Biology 

Gary  Walter  Fleagle,  Music  Education 

Elizabeth  Ann  Fralick,  Chemistry 

Joann  Fritz,  Elementary  Education 

Kevin  Edward  Garner,  Music  Education 


130 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE 


Keith  Douglas  Gittermann,  Biology 
Gregory  Franklin  Goldsmith,  Chemistry 
Dennis  Michael  Graybill,  Economics  and 

Business  Administration 
Harvey  Gilbert  Gregory,  Elementary  Education 
Wilbur  Arthur  Hamsher,  Jr.,  Physics 
Cheryl  Ann  Hartman,  Elementary  Education 
Kongkun  Hemmaplardh,  Mathematics 
Linda  Beth  Henderson,  Music  Education 
Melissa  Jane  Hoffman,  Elementary  Education 
Susan  Marie  Hoover,  Music  Education 
Catherine  Scott  Johnson,  Elementary  Education 
James  Evvart  Johnston,  Music  Education 
Barbara  Louise  Jones,  Biology 
Kathy  Lucille  Knauer,  Elementary  Education 
Karen  Hegerich  Kostoff,  Biology 
Jessica  Hodges  Leonard,  Elementary  Education 
Patricia  Lee  Ludwig,  Elementary  Education 
Sandra  Marlene  McConaghay,  Music  Education 
Nancy  Faye  McLean,  Economics  and  Business 

Administration 
Charlotte  Adele  Megill,  Elementary  Education 
David  Eugene  Miller,  Economics  and  Business 

Administration 
Lynn  Craft  Miller,  Elementary  Education 
Eugene  Mark  Moore,  Jr.,  Music  Education 
Robert  Wilson  Morris,  II,  Economics  and 

Business  Administration 
Michael  Eugene  Morrison,  Biology 
Louis  Mylecraine,  Biology 
Michael  Lee  O'Hara,  Mathematics 
George  Joseph  Pence,  Jr.,  Biology 
Diane  June  Renninger,  Elementary  Education 
James  Robert  Ressler,  Biology 


Martha  Frain  Robins,  Elementary  Education 

Linda  Suzanne  Rood,  Mathematics 

Brenda  Marie  Russel,  Elementary  Education 

Bette  Jane  Scherfel,  Biology 

James  Albert  Schnader,  Music  Education 

Shirley  May  Frances  S'Choiniere,  Music  Education 

Karen  Louise  Scipioni,  Elementary  Education 

Deborah  Lee  Scott,  Elementary  Education 

Charles  Leroy  Semmel,  Physics 

Jane  Elizabeth  Shomper,  Elementary  Education 

Diane  Merget  Simmons,  Music  Education 

Michael  Stanley  Stempkowski,  Economics  and 

Business  Administration 
Kenneth  Jay  Sterner,  Music  Education 
Jeffery  Jerome  Stock,  Economics  and  Business 

Administration 
Norman  Alan  Sutphin,  Music  Education 
Betty  Lorraine  Svirsko,  Elementary  Education 
Larry  Eugene  Sweger,  Music  Education 
Gary  Jack  Templin,  Actuarial  Science 
Catherine  Elizabeth  Uhrich,  Elementary  Education 
John  DeWitt  Ulrich,  Economics  and  Business 

Administration 
Louise  Bauman  Waring,  Music  Education 
Martha  Bauman  Waring,  Elementary  Education 
Gary  Bruce  Weber,  Music  Education 
Nancy  Jane  Werner,  Music  Education 
Marilyn  Lee  Whitmire,  Music  Education 
Kathleen  Frances  Wilke,  Elementary  Education 
Kent  Chester  Willauer,  Economics  and  Business 

Administration 
Susan  Darlene  Yinger,  Biology 
Jane  Ava  Youngblut,  Biology 
Julie  Rojahn  Zart,  Elementary  Education 


Reid  Warren  Habecker 
Paul  Theodore  Lyter 


Diane  Elise  Fox 
Patricia  Mary  Legath 


Elaine  Lynn  Gerhard 
Marlene  Royer  Harris 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  CHEMISTRY 

Scott  George  Ryland 
Jeffrey  Paul  Van  Dillen 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY 

Maureen  Frances  Thomas 
Mary  Ann  Yarasavage 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  NURSING 

Mary  Jane  Hindman 
Margaret  McGarvey  Purdy 


Connie  Jean  Brocious 


GRADUATION  HONORS 

SUMMA  CUM  LAUDE 

Irene  Lydia  Carrilio 


131 


MAGNA  CUM  LAUDE 

Georgene  Marie  Carmany  Paul  Theodore  Lyter 

Susan  Elizabeth  Cramer  Priscilla  Lenore  Roth 

Elizabeth  Ann  Fralick  Donald  Wayne  Samples 

Anne  Louise  Jameson  Jane  Colette  Snyder 

Barbara  Jo  Light  Larry  Eugene  Sweger 

CUM  LAUDE 

David  Howard  Binkley,  II  Margaret  Kathleen  Potteiger 

Thomas  Bruce  Davis  Diane  June  Renninger 

Wilbur  Arthur  Hamsher,  Jr.  Deborah  Lee  Scott 

Charlotte  Adele  Megill  Linda  Maureen  Shaw 

Kathleen  Frances  Wilke 

Elected  to  Membership 
PHI  ALPHA  EPSILON 
Honorary  Scholarship  Society 
David  Howard  Binkley,  II  Paul  Theodore  Lyter 

Connie  Jean  Brocious  Charlotte  Adele  Megill 

Georgene  Marie  Carmany  Margaret  Kathleen  Potteiger 

Irene  Lydia  Carrilio  Diane  June  Renninger 

Susan  Elizabeth  Cramer  Priscilla  Lenore  Roth 

Thomas  Bruce  Davis  Donald  Wayne  Samples 

Elizabeth  Ann  Fralick  Deborah  Lee  Scott 

Wilbur  Arthur  Hamsher,  Jr.  Linda  Maureen  Shaw 

Anne  Louise  Jameson  Jane  Colette  Snyder 

Barbara  Jo  Light  Larry  Eugene  Sweger 

Kathleen  Frances  Wilke 

COLLEGE  HONORS 
Georgene  Marie  Carmany  Deborah  Lee  Scott 

Margaret  Kathleen  Potteiger  Jane  Colette  Snyder 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Georgene  Marie  Carmany   In  Elementary  Education 

Deborah  Lee  Scott In  Elementary  Education 

Kathleen  Frances  Wilke '. In  Elementary  Education 

Irene  Lydia  Carrilio In    English 

Margaret  Kathleen  Potteiger   In    English 

Priscilla  Lenore  Roth   In    English 

Jane  Colette  Snyder In    English 

Barbara  Jo  Light In  Psychology 

Carol  Suzanne  Shenk   In  Psychology 

John  Morton  Shroad,  Jr In  Psychology 

Jane  Colette  Snyder   In  Psychology 

HONORARY  DEGREES 

Conferred  June  6,  7977 

Abraham   I.   Katsh    Doctor  of  Laws 

Henry  H.  Nichols Doctor   of    Divinity 

Richard  T.  Smith   Doctor  of  Science 


132 


DEGREES  CONFERRED  AUGUST  6,  1971 


Glenn  Edwin  Beidel,  Sociology 
Frank  Edward  Bolway,  III,  Sociology 
Robert  Leven  Kane,  Psychology 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS 

Ernest  James  Lawton,  III,  Sociology 
Eileen  Mildred  Yeager  Snyder,  Mathematics 
Jerry  Orin  Yaros,  Political  Science 
Martin  Ormond  Yespy,  Psychology 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE 


Carol  Eileen  Baker,  Elementary  Education 
Kathy  Teresa  Bell,  Economics  and  Business 

Administration 
Linda  Lee  Brennan,  Elementary  Education 
Paul  Schott  Fisher,  Music  Education 
Steven  Richard  Krick,  Economics  and  Business 

Administration 


Robert  Alan  Mains,  Music  Education 
Gary  Dirk  Miller,  Chemistry 
James  Michael  Ramey,  Biology 
Harold  J.  Todd,  Economics  and  Business 

Administration 
David  Oakley  Wilbur,  Chemistry 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  NURSING 
Theresa  Mary  Kutz 


r 


STUDENT  AWARDS,  1971 

SENIOR  AWARDS 

PHI  BETA  KAPPA  PRIZE  - 

Connie  Jean  Brocious,  Timblin 

Established  in  1968  by  the  Phi  Beta  Kappa  Faculty  Group  of  Lebanon  Valley  College.  Awarded  to  a  senior 

who  best  measures  up  to  the  standards  of  scholarship  and  character  set  by  the  national  society. 

BAISH  MEMORIAL  HISTORY  AWARD  - 
Thomas  Bruce  Davis,  Hershey 

Established  in  1947  in  memory  of  Henry  H.  Baish  by  his  wife  and  daughter,  Margaret.  Awarded  to  a 
member  of  the  senior  class  majoring  in  history  selected  by  the  chairman  of  the  department  of  history 
and  political  science  on  the  basis  of  merit. 

ANDREW  BENDER  MEMORIAL  CHEMISTRY  AWARD  - 
Elizabeth  Ann  Fralick,  Harrisburg 

Established  in  1952  by  the  Chemistry  Club  of  the  College  and  alumni.  Awarded  to  an  outstanding  senior 
majoring  in  chemistry. 

THE  SALOME  WINGATE  SANDERS  AWARD  IN  MUSIC  EDUCATION  - 
Louise  Bauman  Waring,  Gilbertsville 

Established  in  1957  by  Robert  Bray  Wingate,  Class  of  1948,  in  honor  of  his  grandmother,  Salome  Wingate 
Sanders.  Given  annually  to  the  senior  who  exemplifies  excellent  character,  potential  usefulness,  high 
academic  standing,  and  who  evidences  loyalty  to  his  alma  mater. 

THE  DAVID  E.  LONG  MEMORIAL  MINISTERIAL  AWARD  - 
David  Charles  Shellenberger,  Columbia 

Established  in  1956  by  the  Reverend  Abraham  M.  Long,  Class  of  1917,  in  memory  of  his  father,  the 
Reverend  David  E.  Long,  Class  of  1900.  This  award  is  given  annually  to  a  student  preparing  for  the  ministry, 
selected  by  the  members  of  the  department  of  religion  on  the  basis  of  merit. 

PI  GAMMA  MU  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD - 
Nancy  Faye  McLean,  Pine  Grove 

Authorized  by  Pi  Gamma  Mu,  Incorporated,  the  National  Social  Science  Honor  Society,  and  established  at 
Lebanon  Valley  College  in  1948  by  the  Pennsylvania  Nu  Chapter  of  the  society  for  the  promotion  of 
scholarship  in  the  social  sciences.  Granted  upon  graduation  to  a  senior  member  of  Pennsylvania  Nu 
Chapter,  selected  by  the  chapter's  Executive  Committee,  for  outstanding  scholarship  in  economics, 
government,  history,  or  sociology,  and  high  proficiency  or  other  distinction  attained  in  pursuit  of  same 
during  his  or  her  years  at  the  College. 


134 


THE  PENNSYLVANIA  INSTITUTE  OF  CERTIFIED  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS  AWARD - 
Not  awarded  in  1971. 

THE  WALLACE-LIGHT-WINGATE  AWARD  IN  LIBERAL  ARTS - 
Richard  Leon  Bowen,  Manchester 

Established  in  1967  by  Robert  Bray  Wingate,  Class  of  1948,  in  honor  of  Dr.  P.  A.  W.  Wallace  and  Dr.  V.  Earl 
Light.  Given  annually  to  the  senior  student  who  best  exemplifies  the  aims  of  liberal  arts  education,  namely, 
a  broad  interest  and  training  in  both  the  arts  and  sciences. 

THE  HARRISBURG  CHAPTER  OF  THE  NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION  OF  ACCOUNTANTS  AWARD  - 
David  Eugene  Miller,  Annville 

Granted  to  the  student  demonstrating  outstanding  achievement  in  the  introductory  accounting  course. 
The  award  consists  of  a  student  subscription  to  NAA  Bulletin  and  Research  Reports  of  the  NAA. 

SOUTHEASTERN  PENNSYLVANIA  SECTION,  AMERICAN  CHEMICAL  SOCIETY  AWARD 
Elizabeth  Ann  Fralick,  Harrisburg 

Presented  to  the  outstanding  senior  chemistry  major  in  each  of  the  colleges  in  the  area  based  on  demon- 
strated proficiency  in  chemistry.  The  award  consists  of  a  book  entitled  A  German-English  Dictionary  for 
Chemists. 

THE  M.  CLAUDE  ROSENBERRY  MEMORIAL  AWARD  - 
Marilyn  Lee  Whitmire,  Williamsport 

Given  to  an  outstanding  senior  in  music  education  who  is  entering  the  teaching  field  in  the  Common- 
wealth of  Pennsylvania,  and  who  has  demonstrated  unusual  ability  and  promise  as  a  potential  teacher. 

B'NAI  B'RITH  AMERICANISM  AWARD - 
Harvey  Gilbert  Gregory,  New  Paltz,  N.Y. 

Awarded  to  a  member  of  the  graduating  class  who  by  his  actions  best  exemplified  the  philosophies  of 
our  American  Democracy.  One  who  lived  according  to  the  precepts  of  tolerance,  brotherhood,  citizenship, 
and  respect  for  his  fellow  students  regardless  of  race,  color  or  creed;  one  who  abhors  prejudice  and 
discrimination  and  who  by  his  actions  has  earned  the  respect  and  admiration  of  his  fellow  students: 
a  student  who  has  put  into  practice  the  tenets  taught  to  all  of  us  in  our  institutions  of  learning  for  the 
purpose  of  making  this,  our  country,  a  better  land  in  which  to  live. 

GOVERNOR  JAMES  H.  DUFF  AWARD - 
Jane  Colette  Snyder,  Pottstown 

Established  in  1960  by  Governor  James  H.  Duff  (Pennsylvania)  to  promote  interest  in  state  government. 
Awarded  annually  to  a  senior  who  by  participation  in  campus  government  or  in  debating  demonstrates  a 
facility  and  interest  in  government  service. 

THE  SIGMA  ALPHA  IOTA  HONOR  CERTIFICATE  AWARD - 
Louise  Bauman  Waring,  Gilbertsville 

Awarded  to  the  senior  music  major  with  the  highest  scholastic  average  over  her  four  years  of  study.  The 
award  consists  of  an  honor  certificate. 

OUTSTANDING  SENIOR  OF  DELTA  ALPHA  CHAPTER,  SAI  - 
Louise  Bauman  Waring,  Gilbertsville 

Awarded  by  the  Philadelphia  Alumnae  Chapter  of  Sigma  Alpha  lota  to  the  girl  selected  by  her  sister 
members  as  the  outstanding  senior  of  Delta  Alpha  Chapter.  The  award  consists  of  a  life  subscription  to 
Pan  Pipes,  the  fraternity  magazine. 

135 


THE  CHUCK  MASTON  AWARD-* 
Edward  Francis  Thomas,  Cresskill,  N.J. 

Established  in  1952  by  the  Knights  of  the  Valley.  This  award  is  made  annually  to  a  male  member  of  a 
varsity  team  who  has  displayed  the  exceptional  qualities  of  sportsmanship,  leadership,  cooperation,  and 
spirit. 

THE  JOHN  F.  ZOLA  ATHLETIC  AWARD-* 
Robert  Wilson  Morris,  II,  Shermans  Dale 

Established  in  1962  by  the  L  V  Varsity  Club.  To  be  awarded  to  the  football  player  showing  qualities  of 
desire,  attitude,  sportsmanship,  and  initiative  —  the  qualities  that  John  displayed.  This  award  is  open  to 
members  of  all  classes  and  the  winner  is  elected  by  the  members  of  the  football  team. 

CHILDHOOD  EDUCATION  CLUB  AWARD  - 
Martha  Bauman  Waring,  Gilbertsville 

An  award  to  an  outstanding  student  majoring  in  elementary  education  who  has  demonstrated  qualities  of 
character,  scholarship,  leadership,  and  service,  and  who  has  successfully  completed  one  semester  of 
student  teaching. 

FRENCH  GOVERNMENT  PRIZE  (FRENCH  30) 
Linda  Maureen  Shaw,  Abingdon,  Md. 

Awarded  to  a  student  in  French  30  for  excellence  in  French,  given  by  the  French  Cultural  Services  in 
New  York. 

WALL  STREET  JOURNAL  AWARD  - 
Nancy  Faye  McLean,  Pine  Grove 

Established  in  1948  by  The  Wall  Street  Journal  for  distinguished  work  in  the  department  of  economics  and 
business  administration.  The  award  consists  of  a  silver  medal  and  a  year's  subscription  to  The  Wall  Street 
Journal. 

WHO'S  WHO  IN  AMERICAN  UNIVERSITIES  AND  COLLEGES - 


Marianne  L.  Cake,  Hershey 
Irene  Lydia  Carrilio,  Dallas,  Texas 
Thomas  William  Cestare,  Philadelphia 
Harvey  Gilbert  Gregory,  New  Paltz,  N.Y. 
Anita  Jean  Meiser,  Hershey 
David  Bartholomew  Niethamer,  Wernersvil 
Priscilla  Lenore  Roth,  Sinking  Spring 
Donald  Wayne  Samples,  Lewisberry 
David  Charles  Shellenberger,  Columbia 


Carol  Suzanne  Shenk,  Falls  Church,  Va. 
Jane  Colette  Snyder,  Pottstown 
Larry  Eugene  Sweger,  Columbia 
Richard  Bruce  Thompson,  Beltsville,  Md. 
John  DeWitt  Ulrich,  Harrisburg 
Louise  Bauman  Waring,  Gilbertsville 
Martha  Bauman  Waring,  Gilbertsville 
Marilyn  Lee  Whitmire,  Williamsport 
Kathleen  Frances  Wilke,  Timonium,  Md. 


Recognition  in  Who's  Who  Among  Students  in  American  Universities  and  Colleges  is  awarded  annually  on 
the  basis  of  grades,  personal  character,  and  campus  leadership.  Final  selection  is  made  by  the  publishers. 


Not  always  awarded  to  seniors. 


136 


GENERAL  AWARDS 

ALUMNI  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARDS - 

Helen  Eileen  Cummings,  St.  Michaels,  Md. 
John  Howard  Gable,  Red  Lion 
Marilyn  Louise  Graves,  Glen  Mills 
Kathleen  Joy  Henderson,  Hyattsville,  Md. 
Susan  Sara  Jacoby,  Lehighton 

These  awards,  authorized  by  the  Lebanon  Valley  College  Alumni  Association  in  June,  1953,  were  estab- 
lished with  the  resources  of  the  alumni  Life  Membership  Fund.  These  scholarships  are  granted  annually  to 
deserving  students  on  the  basis  of  character,  academic  achievement,  and  need;  the  recipients  of  these 
scholarships  to  be  designated  Alumni  Scholars. 

MAUD  P.  LAUGHLIN  SOCIAL  SCIENCE  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD  - 
Terry  Marlin  Heisey,  Palmyra 

Awarded  in  recognition  of  excellence  in  scholarship,  academic  progress,  campus  citizenship,  service  to  the 
institution,  participation  in  extra-curricular  activities. 

JOHN  F.  ZOLA  MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD  - 
Douglas  Robert  Poffenberger,  Halifax 
Awarded  by  the  Knights  of  the  Valley  to  a  full-time  student,  on  the  basis  of  character  and  financial  need. 

THE  BIOLOGICAL  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD - 
Gregory  Vincent  Arnold,  Lebanon 

Established  in  1918  by  alumni  and  friends.  Awarded  annually  by  the  chairman  of  the  department  of 
biology  on  the  basis  of  merit. 

MEDICAL  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD - 
Judith  Louise  Fonken,  Lebanon 
Established  in  1918  by  alumni  and  friends.  Awarded  annually  on  the  basis  of  merit. 

PHI  LAMBDA  SIGMA  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD - 
Not  awarded  in  1971. 

Established  in  1962  by  Phi  Lambda  Sigma  and  awarded  on  the  bases  of  need,  academic  achievement,  and 
outstanding  service  to  the  organization. 

BRADFORD  CLIFFORD  ALBAN  MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP - 
Not  awarded  in  1971. 

Established  in  1964  by  Phi  Lambda  Sigma  and  awarded  on  the  basis  of  need,  academic  achievement,  and 
contribution  to  the  goals  of  the  College. 

THE  WOMAN'S  CLUB  OF  LEBANON  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD  - 
Judith  Louise  Fonken,  Lebanon 

An  award  given  annually  by  the  Woman's  Club  of  Lebanon  to  a  person  from  Lebanon  County  enrolled 
as  a  full-time  student;  the  choice  to  be  based  on  financial  need,  scholarship,  and  character. 

ALICE  EVERS  BURTNER  MEMORIAL  AWARD - 
Elizabeth  Annette  Robinson,  Mechanicsburg 

Established  in  1935  in  memory  of  Mrs.  Alice  Evers  Burtner,  Class  of  1883,  by  Daniel  E.  Burtner,  Samuel  J. 
Evers,  and  Evers  Burtner.  Awarded  to  an  outstanding  member  of  the  junior  class  selected  by  the  faculty 
on  the  basis  of  scholarship,  character,  social  promise,  and  need. 

DELTA  ALPHA  CHAPTER  OF  SIGMA  ALPHA  IOTA  AWARD  - 
Joann  Louise  Paff,  York 

Established  in  1963  in  memory  of  Marcia  M.  Pickwell,  instructor  in  piano.  Given  annually  to  a  sophomore 
or  junior  woman  student  majoring  in  music  who  is  selected  on  the  basis  of  need,  musicianship,  and 
future  promise  in  her  profession. 

137 


STUDENT  PENNSYLVANIA  STATE  EDUCATION  ASSOCIATION  AWARD  - 
Not  awarded  in  1971. 

Established  in  1967  by  the  local  chapter  of  the  Student  Pennsylvania  State  Education  Association.  Given  to 
a  member  on  the  bases  of  service  to  the  organization  and  qualities  necessary  for  successful  teaching. 

SOPHOMORE  ACHIEVEMENT  AWARD  IN  CHEMISTRY - 
Roger  Allen  Heckman,  Mercersburg 

Awarded  to  a  member  of  the  sophomore  class  majoring  in  chemistry  who  has  demonstrated  outstanding 
work  in  the  field  of  chemistry.  This  award  was  originated  by  the  Student  Affiliate  Chapter  of  the  American 
Chemical  Society. 

SOPHOMORE  PRIZE  IN  ENGLISH  LITERATURE - 
Not  awarded  in  1971. 

Established  by  the  Class  of  1928.  Awarded  to  the  three  best  students  in  sophomore  English,  taking  into 
account  scholarship,  originality,  and  progress. 

PHYSICS  ACHIEVEMENT  AWARD - 
Bernard  Frederick  Plantz,  Linglestown 

Awarded  to  the  outstanding  student  of  the  freshman  or  sophomore  class  in  the  first  year  physics  course. 
The  award  consists  of  a  copy  of  the  Handbook  of  Chemistry  and  Physics. 

THE  MAX  F.  LEHMAN  MEMORIAL  MATHEMATICS  PRIZE - 
Scott  Edward  Ruehr,  Broomall 

Established  by  the  Class  of  1907,  in  memory  of  a  classmate.  Awarded  to  that  member  of  the  freshman  class 
who  shall  have  attained  the  highest  standing  in  mathematics. 

FLORENCE  WOLF  KNAUSS  MEMORIAL  AWARD  IN  MUSIC - 
Christine  Amy  Melson,  Forty  Fort 

Awarded  annually  to  the  freshman  girl  who  displays  the  following  basic  qualities:  (1)  musicianship  with 
performing  ability;  (2)  reasonably  high  academic  standing;  (3)  cooperation,  dependability,  and  loyalty  to 
the  College. 

MATHEMATICS  ACHIEVEMENT  AWARD  - 
Jane  Harrison  Keebler,  Hatboro 

Awarded  to  a  student  in  calculus  on  the  bases  of  achievement,  progress  and  industry.  The  award  consists 
of  a  copy  of  the  new  edition  of  the  Chemical  Rubber  Company's  book  on  Standard  Mathematics  Tables. 

FRESHMAN  ACHIEVEMENT  AWARD  IN  CHEMISTRY - 
Joseph  Anthony  Kargol,  Somerville,  N.J. 

Awarded  to  a  member  of  the  freshman  class  majoring  in  chemistry  who  has  demonstrated  outstanding 
work  in  the  field  of  chemistry.  This  award  was  originated  by  the  Student  Affiliate  Chapter  of  the  American 
Chemical  Society. 

SIGMA  ALPHA  IOTA  -  THE  DEAN'S  HONOR  AWARD  - 
Donna  Jean  Fluke,  Salfordville 

Awarded  to  a  member  of  Delta  Alpha  Chapter  on  the  basis  of  scholarship,  musicianship  and  fraternity 
service  and  in  recognition  of  her  outstanding  achievement  and  contribution  to  the  fraternity. 

SIGMA  ALPHA  IOTA  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD - 
Joyce  Elaine  Huber,  Peach  Bottom 

Awarded  annually  by  the  Philadelphia  Alumnae  Chapter  of  Sigma  Alpha  lota  to  a  junior  member  of  Delta 
Alpha  Chapter  on  the  basis  of  talent  and  need. 

138 


PICKWELL  MEMORIAL  MUSIC  AWARD  - 

Dorothy  Ellen  Fine,  Annville 

Established   in   1963   in   memory  of  Marcia  M.    Pickwell,  faculty   member  of  the   department  of  music. 

Awarded  annually  to  a  junior  music  major  who  has  demonstrated  outstanding  pianistic  ability  and  promise. 

ACHIEVEMENT  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD  IN  ECONOMICS  AND  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  - 

Robert  Gordon  Chabitnoy,  Cleona 

Awarded  to  students  majoring  in  economics  and  business  administration  for  outstanding  scholarship  in 
economics  and  business  administration  and  for  good  campus  citizenship.  Established  in  1965  by  the 
People's  National  Bank  of  Lebanon,  Pennsylvania. 

LA  VIE  COLLEGIENNE  AWARD - 

Diane  Ragan  Wilkins,  Broomall 

Benjamin  Metzler  Neideigh,  Lititz 

The  LA  VIE  COLLEGIENNE  Award,  established  in  1964  by  the  Rev.  Bruce  C.  Souders  '44,  a  former  editor  of 

LA  VIE  COLLEGIENNE,  seeks  to  acknowledge  the  contribution  of  students  to  good  campus  public  relations 

through  leadership  and  responsibility  in  the  publication  of  the  campus  newspaper.  It  is  awarded  annually 

to  an  upperclassman  and  to  a  freshman  on  the  staff  of  the  newspaper. 

AMERICAN  ASSOCIATION  OF  TEACHERS  OF  SPANISH  AND  PORTUGUESE  AWARD  - 

Edward  Charles  lannarella,  Sharon  Hill 

Established  in  1968,  this  medal  is  awarded  by  the  department  of  foreign  languages,  to  a  Spanish  student 

who  in  a  minimum  of  two  year's  regular  work  has  achieved  real  excellence. 

FOREIGN  LANGUAGE  ACHIEVEMENT  AWARDS - 

French:     Jane  Harrison  Keebler,  Hatboro 
Christine  Amy  Melson,  Forty  Fort 
Patricia  Jane  Kilgour,  Ft.  Lauderdale,  Fla. 

German:    Kristen  Lee  Weissenfluh,  Ridgway 
Kristen  Rae  Angstadt,  Kutztown 
Richard  Auman  Rutherford,  Millersville 
Daphne  Kupferberg  Gibble,  Forestville,  Md. 
Thomas  Alan  Richardson,  Scituate,  Mass. 

Spanish:    Lisa  Marie  Stoner,  Winfield 

Helen  Eileen  Cummings,  St.  Michaels,  Md. 
Christine  Evelyn  Walborn,  Carolina,  Puerto  Rico 

GERMAINE  BENEDICTUS  MONTEUX  MUSIC  AWARD 
Adrianne  Denise  Teyssier,  Ft.  Loudon 

Established  in  1968  by  Denise  Monteux  Lanese  in  memory  of  her  mother,  Germaine  Benedictus  Monteux. 
This  award  is  given  annually  to  a  sophomore  or  junior  student  majoring  in  music  or  music  education  as 
designated  by  the  department  of  music  on  the  bases  of  outstanding  personal  attitudes,  effort,  and  progress 
in  musical  development,  and  need. 


139 


CORRESPONDENCE  DIRECTORY 

TO  FACILITATE  PROMPT  ATTENTION,  INQUIRIES 
SHOULD  BE  ADDRESSED  AS  INDICATED  BELOW: 

Matters  of  General  College  Interest President 

Academic  Program Vice  President  and  Dean  of  the  College 

Admissions Director  of  Admissions 

Alumni  Interests Director  of  Alumni  Relations 

Business  Matters,  Expenses Vice  President  and  Controller 

Campus  Conferences Coordinator  of  Conferences 

Development  and  Bequests Director  of  Development 

Evening  School  and  Summer  Session Assistant  Dean  of  the  College 

Financial  Aid  to  Students Financial  Aid  Officer 

Placement: 

Teacher  Placement Director  of  Teacher  Placement 

Business  and  Industrial Director  of  Industrial  Placement 

Publication  and  Publicity Director  of  Public  Relations 

Religious  Activities Chaplain 

Student  Interests Dean  of  Men  or  Dean  of  Women 

Teacher  Certification Assistant  Dean  of  the  College 

Transcripts,  Academic  Reports Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  and  Registrar 

ADDRESS  ALL  MAIL  TO: 

Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  Pennsylvania  17003 

DIRECT  ALL  TELEPHONE  CALLS  TO: 

Lebanon  Valley  College 

Annville,  Pennsylvania 

Area  Code  717         Local  Number  867-3561 

REGULAR  OFFICE  HOURS  FOR  TRANSACTING  BUSINESS: 

College  office  hours  are  from  8:30  a.m.  to  12:00  noon  and  1 :00  p.m.  to  5:00  p.m.  Mon- 
day through  Friday.  Members  of  the  staff  are  available  for  interviews  at  other  times  if 
appointments  are  made  in  advance. 


140 


Index 


Absences    36 

Academic  Classification    35 

Academic  Dishonesty   36 

Academic  Offices 118 

Academic   Probation    37 

Academic  Programs  and  Procedures 26 

Academic  Procedures   34 

Academic  Program 26 

Academic  Requirements 27 

Accreditation 11 

Activities,  Student    38 

Actuarial  Science,  Outline  of  Program 98 

Actuarial  Science,  Plan  of  Study  in 73 

Administration   Building    14 

Administrative  Staff   118 

Administrative  Regulations 36 

Admissions  Deposit 23 

Admissions,  Requirements  and  Information   ....21 

Advanced  Placement 22 

Advisers,  Faculty    34 

Aid,  Student   25 

Aims  of  the  College 11 

Alpha  Phi  Omega 41 

Alpha  Psi  Omega 41 

Alumni  Office 15, 120 

Alumni  Organization 127 

Anthropology,  Course  in    96 

Application   Fee    23 

Application  for  Admission   21 

Art,  Courses  in   46 

Assistants,  Student  Departmental 117 

Athletics     43 

Athletics,  Aims  and  Objectives   43 

Attendance,  Chapel   36 

Attendance,  Class 36 

Auditing  Courses   34 

Auditions,  Department  of  Music 22 

Auxiliary  Schools   32 

Auxiliary  School  Fees 23 

Awards  Conferred,  1971    134 

Baccalaureate,  Attendance  at 29 

Balmer  Showers  Lectureship    40 

Band,  All-Girl    41,  81 

Band,  Symphonic 41,  81 

Baseball    43 

Basketball     43 

Biology,  Courses  in   47 

Biology,  Marine    33 

Board  Fees 23 

Board  of  Trustees 123 

Board  of  Trustees,  Committees 126 

Board  of  Trustees,  Officers 123 

Buildings  and  Equipment   14 

Business  Administration,  Courses  in 53 


Business  Administration,  Outline  of  Program   .  .102 
Business  Management 124 

Campus  Employment 25 

Campus,  Buildings  and  Equipment 14 

Campus  Map 13 

Campus  Organizations    41 

Carnegie   Building    15 

Cars,  Student  Rules  Concerning 36 

Certification,  Requirements, 

Public  School  Teachers 104-105,  110-111 

Change  of  Registration   34 

Chapel  Building   14 

Chapel   Choir    41,  81 

Chapel-Convocation   Program    36,  39 

Chemistry,  Courses  in 49 

Chemistry,  Outline  of  Program   100 

Class  Attendance   36 

Clubs,  Departmental    41 

College  Store    15 

College  Calendar,  1971-1972   3 

College  Calendar,  1972-1973   5 

College  Center 15, 119 

College  Chorus 41,  81 

College  Dining  Rooms   15 

College  Entrance  Examination  Board  Tests 21 

College  History 9 

College  Honors,  1971    132 

College  Honors   Program    31 

College  Profile   8 

College  Relations  Area   120 

Commencement,  Attendance  at   29 

Committees,  Board  of  Trustees   126 

Committees,   Faculty    122 

Computer  Programming   50 

Concert  Choir 41,  81 

Concurrent  Courses 34 

Contingency  Deposit 23 

Cooperative  Programs 99 

Cooperating  Training  Teachers   117 

Correspondence  Directory 140 

Counseling  and  Placement 35 

Course  Credit 45 

Course  Numbering  System   45 

Courses  of  Study  by  Departments 44 

Credits  Earned  at  Another  Institution    22 

Cross  Country 43 

Cultural  Opportunities    41 

Cum  Laude  Graduates,  1971    129, 131 

Degrees  Conferred,  1971    129 

Degrees,  Requirements  for 27 

Delta  Tau  Chi 40 

Denominational  Organizations    40 

Departmental  Assistants    117 


141 


Departmental  Clubs 41 

Departmental   Honors   32 

Departmental  Honors,  Chemistry 49,  50 

Departmental  Honors,  Economics 51,  53 

Departmental  Honors,  Elementary 

Education     55,57 

Departmental  Honors,  English   59,  61 

Departmental  Honors,  Foreign   Language   62 

Departmental  Honors,  French   63 

Departmental  Honors,  German   64 

Departmental  Honors,  History 67,  69 

Departmental  Honors,  Mathematics 74,  75 

Departmental  Honors,  Music 77 ,  83 

Departmental   Honors,  Philosophy   84,85 

Departmental  Honors,  Physics 87,  89 

Departmental   Honors,   Political  Science    ....70,72 

Departmental  Honors,  Psychology   90,92 

Departmental  Honors,  Religion 93,  94 

Departmental   Honors,  Sociology   95,97 

Departmental  Honors,  Spanish    66 

Departmental  Honors,  1971    132 

Departments,  Courses  of  Study  by 44 

Development  Office    15, 123 

Directories     114 

Discontinuance  of  Courses 34 

Dismissal    37 

Distribution  Requirements   30 

Dramatic  Organizations    41 


Economics  and  Business  Administration, 

Courses  in   51 

Economics  and  Business  Administration, 

Outline  of  Program   102 

Education,  Courses  in   55 

Elementary  Education,  Courses  in   56 

Elementary  Education,  Outline  of  Program 56 

Elementary  Education  — 

Subject  Matter  Requirements   110-111 

Emeriti  Professors 112 

Employment    25 

Endowment  Funds   16 

Engineering,  Cooperative  Program, 

Outline  of  Program   98 

Engineering,  Plan  of  Study  in 74 

English,  Courses   in    59 

Engle  Hall    15 

Enrollment  Statistics    19 

Entrance  Requirements   21 

Evening  Classes    33 

Examinations 27 

Examination,  College  Entrance  Board 21 

Expenses     23 

Extension   Courses    33 

Extra-Curricular  Activities   38 


Facilities     14 

Faculty   112 

Faculty  Advisers   34 

Faculty  Committees 122 

Federal  Opportunity  Grants   25 

Fees  and  Deposits   23 

Financial  Aid 25 

Football    43 

Foreign  Languages,  Courses  in 62 

Foreign  Language  Requirements   29 

Forestry,  Cooperative  Program, 

Outline  of  Program   99 

French   Club    41 

French,  Courses  in 63 

Freshman  Orientation   34 

Furnishings,   Residence  Halls   24 

General  Alumni  Organization   127 

General  Requirements 30 

Geography,  Course  in   66 

Geology,  Course  in   66 

German,  Courses  in 63 

Golf    43 

Gossard  Memorial  Library 14 

Governing   Bodies 42 

Grade  Point  Average 28 

Grading  and  Quality  Points,  System  of 28 

Grading,  Pass-Fail 28 

Grants-in-Aid     25 

Green  Blotter  Club   41 

Greek,  Courses  in    64 

Gymnasium   15 

Hazing    36 

Health   Reports   21 

Health  Services 15, 119 

History  and  Political  Science,  Courses  in   67 

History,  College   9 

History,  Courses  in    . 67 

Honorary  Degrees,  1971   132 

Honorary  Organizations   41 

Honors  Program   31 

Honors  Sections   32 

Hours,  Limit  of  Credit 35 

Independent  Study,  Chemistry   50 

Independent  Study,  Elementary  Education   57 

Independent  Study,  English   61 

Independent  Study,  French    63 

Independent  Study,  German    64 

Independent  Study,  History 69 

Independent  Study,  Mathematics   75 

Independent  Study,   Philosophy   84,85 

Independent  Study,  Physics   87,  89 

Independent  Study,  Political  Science   71 


142 


Independent  Study,  Psychology   90,  92 

Independent  Study,  Religion   94 

Independent  Study,  Sociology    97 

Independent  Study,  Spanish    66 

Information  for  Prospective  Students 20 

Infirmary    15 

Institutional   Rules    42 

Instructors    116 

Insurance  Plan  and  Fee 23 

Intercollegiate  Athletic  Programs   43 

Interdisciplinary   Courses    72 

Investment  Club    41 

Junior  Year  Abroad   33 

Laboratory  Fees  and  Deposits 23 

Lacrosse   43 

Late    Registration    34 

Laughlin  Hall 15 

La  Vie  Collegienne 41 

Library  Facilities 14 

Limit  of  Hours   35 

Loans    25 

Location  and  Environment 12 

L.V.  Varsity  Club 43 

Lynch  Memorial  Building 15 

Major  Requirements    27 

Marine  Biology  Program  33 

Map,  Campus   13 

Map,  Mileage   12 

Mathematics,  Courses  in 73 

Meals    25 

Medical  Examinations   21 

Medical  Technology,  Cooperative  Program, 

Outline  of  Program   99 

Music,  Conducting    82 

Music,  Courses  in    76 

Music  Education,  Courses  in   76 

Music  Education,  Outline  of  Program   108 

Music  Fees    23 

Music  Instruction,  Applied 83 

Music  Instruction,  Individual 83 

Music,  Instrumental  Courses   80 

Music,  History  and  Appreciation  of 82 

Music,  Methods  and  Materials 79 

Music  Organizations   81 

Music,  Outline  of  Program 106 

Music,  Special  Requirements 76 

Music,  Student  Teaching 80 

Music,  Theory  of 77 

NDEA  Loans   25 

New  Student  Orientation  34 


Night  Classes    33 

Nursing,  Cooperative  Program, 

Outline  of  Program   99 

Objectives  of  the  College 11 

Office  of  President 118 

Officers,  Board  of  Trustees 123 

Organ  Rental  Fees   23 

Organs,  Specifications  of   83 

Orientation    34 

Parking,  Student  Rules  on 36 

Part-Time  Student  Fees 23 

Pass/Fail  Grading   28 

Payment  of  Fees  and  Deposits 23 

Philosophy,  Courses  in   84 

Physical  Education,  Courses  in 86 

Physical   Education,  Requirement   29 

Physical   Examinations   21 

Physics,  Courses  in    87 

Placement    35 

Political  Science,  Courses  in   69 

Practice   Teaching    57,58,80,105,110,111 

Pre-Dental  Curriculum    99 

Pre-Medical  Curriculum    99 

Presidents  of  the  College 10 

Presidential    Scholarships    25 

Pre-Veterinary  Curriculum    99 

Principles  and  Objectives 11 

Private  Music  Instruction   83 

Prizes  Awarded,  1971    134 

Probation,  Academic 37 

Procedures,  Academic 34 

PROJECT    40 

Professional  Curricula,  Special  Plans  for 98 

Professors     113 

Professors,  Assistant 114 

Professors,  Associate   113 

Professors,  Emeriti    112 

Psychology,  Courses  in 90 

Public  Relations  Office 15, 120 

Public  School  Certification 

Requirements    104-105, 107-108, 109-110 

Public  School  Music,  Outline  of  Course 42 

Publications,  Student 41 

Quality  Points,  System  of 28 

Quittapahilla,  The   41 

Readmission    37 

Recitals,  Student 83 

Recognition  Groups 41 

Recreation   43 

Refund  Policy 24 

Registration   34 


143 


Regulations,  Administrative   36 

Religion  and  Life  Lectureships 40 

Religion,  Courses  in    93 

Religious  Emphasis  Week 40 

Religious  Life    39 

Repetition  of  Courses   34 

Requirements,  Admission   . 21 

Requirements,  Degrees 27 

Requirements,  Distribution  and  General   30 

Residence  Halls    15 

Residence  Halls,  Regulations   24 

Residence   Requirement    27 

Rules,  Institutional   42 

Russian,  Courses  in   65 

Saylor  Hall 15 

Schedules,  Arrangements  of 35 

Scholarships     . 25 

Scholarship   Funds    17 

Science  Hall    15 

Secondary  Education,  Courses  in   58 

Secondary  Education  —  Subject  Matter 

Requirements    110 

Semester  Hours    27 

Semester  Hour  Limitations 35 

Social  Organizations   41 

Sociology,  Courses  in    95 

South  Hall   15 

Spanish,  Courses  in   65 

Special  Plans  of  Study 98 

Student  Activities 38 

Student  Affairs  Offices   119 

Student  Awards,  1971    134 

Student  Departmental  Assistants 117 


Student  Employment 25 

Student  Finances    23 

Student  Government 42 

Student  Loans 25 

Student  Personnel  Offices   119 

Student  Recitals   83 

Student  Teaching 57,  58,  80, 105, 110, 111 

Student  Teaching  Fees   23 

Summer  Session   33 

Sunday  Church  Services   40 

Support  and  Control   16 

Suspension     37 

Symphonic   Band    41,  81 

Symphony  Orchestra 41,  81 

Teacher  Placement  Bureau 15 

Teaching  Assistants    117 

Teaching,  Certification 

Requirements    104-105, 108-109, 110-111 

Teaching  Interns 117 

Track    43 

Transcripts 36 

Transfer  Credit   22 

Transfer  Students   29 

Trustees,  Board  of 123 

University  Center  at  Harrisburg 33 

Wagner  House 15 

Withdrawal    37 

Withdrawal  from  Courses 28 

Withdrawal    Refunds   24 

Wrestling   43 


144